Vol 4: Design Basis Report: All India Institute of Medical Sciences AT

VOL 4: DESIGN BASIS REPORT
ALL INDIA INSTITUTE OF MEDICAL SCIENCES

AT
BATHINDA (PUNJAB) UNDER MoHFW
CLIENT EXECUTING AGENCY ARCHITECTS
MINISTRY OF HEALTH AND FAMILY

WELFARE, GOVT OF INDIA
HLL INFRA TECH SERVICES LTD. (HITES)
As
Executing Agency of
MINISTRY OF HEALTH & FAMILY WELFARE
CONSTRUCTION OF
ALL INDIA INSTITUTE OF MEDICAL SCIENCES
AT
BATHINDA (PUNJAB)
Tender No. HITES/AIIMS-BHATD/2018
Design Basis Report

(March’ 2018)
CLIENT EXECUTING AGENCY ARCHITECTS
MINISTRY OF HEALTH AND FAMILY

WELFARE, GOVT OF INDIA
CONSTRUCTION OF ALL INDIA INSTITUTE OF MEDICAL
SCIENCES AT BATHINDA, PUNJAB (INDIA)
INDEX
DESIGN BASIS REPORT
Chapter TITLE Page No.
A. General 1
B. Civil Structures 30
C. Civil Works 44
D. Plumbing (Water Supply and Sanitary Installation) 56
E. Solid Waste Generation and Management 64
F. Water Treatment Plant (WTP) 66
G. Reverse Osmosis System 77
H. Sewage Treatment Plant & Effluent Treatment Plant 79
I. Hot Water System including Solar System 84
J. Fire Fighting System 86
K. Electrical and LV works 106
L. Lifts 137
M. HVAC System 139
N. Building Management System 187
Annexure-I - Finishing Schedule
Annexure-II - Tentative List of Medical Equipment

Construction of AIIMS Bathinda Design Basis Report
Construction of All India Institute for Medical Sciences at

Bathinda (Punjab) (India)
DESIGN BASIS REPORT
A. GENERAL
1. INTRODUCTION
The New All India Institute of Medical Sciences (AIIMS) are being established in the
country under AIIMS (Amendment) Act 2012 as a Central Government Autonomous
Institutes of national importance. The mandate of these Institutes is to develop –
• Medical Education
• Medical Research
• Tertiary Healthcare
Government of India proposes to establish a new All India Institute of Medical Sciences
(AIIMS) at Bathinda in Punjab, India, under Pradhan Mantri Swasthya Suraksha Yojna
(PMSSY).The proposed Institute shall have 750 Bedded state-of-the-art multi-Specialty
/Super-Specialty facilities with captive Hospital, Medical College (at undergraduate
level with annual intake of 100 students and PG/Doctoral Courses in various Specialty/
Super-Specialty disciplines) and Nursing College, AYUSH block, Auditorium, Night
Shelter, Guest House , Hostels, Residential facilities and other ancillary requirements to
make the campus self-sufficient.
This Institute will participate in providing national leadership in education of the
Practicing Physicians & Surgeons and Medical Scientists, Medical research and in the
application of sophisticated Medical Technology to patient care. The activities of the
Institute will focus on providing the highest quality patient care services, medical
education and in advancing medical research.
This Institute shall have been envisaged as Centre of Excellence for undergraduate and
postgraduate Medical Education, Nursing Education and Medical Services and is to be
trend setter in Health Research and advancement of Medical Sciences in India. This
Institute will implement new approaches in medical education and provide best
facilities for postgraduate/doctoral studies and research.
HLL Infra Tech Services Ltd. (HITES) is the Executing Agency of Ministry of Health &
Family Welfare (MoHFW), Government of India for setting up of new AIIMS at Bathinda
(Punjab).
M/s Achal Kataria Architects, New Delhi is the Architectural Consultant for Preparation
of Master Plan and Concept Designs for this Project.
The project shall be executed on Turnkey i.e. EPC (Engineering, Procurement &
Construction) basis wherein the Master Plans & Concept Designs shall be provided to
Page 1
the bidders and after award of work The EPC Contractor shall be responsible for
complete detailed designing, engineering, procurement and construction of the project.
2. SITE ANALYSIS
2.1. Location and Description
Bathinda or Bhatinda (previously known as Tabar-e-Hind or Tabarhindh meaning the
Gateway to India) is a city and Municipal Corporation in Southern part of Punjab.The
city, named after the Bhati kings, is one of the oldest cities in Punjab, India and the
current administrative headquarters of Bathinda District. It is in northwestern
India in the Malwa Region, 225 km west of the capital city of Chandigarh and is the
fifth largest city of Punjab. Bathinda is nicknamed the 'City of Lakes', courtesy of the
artificial lakes in the city.
Bathinda is a home of Central University of Punjab and upcoming AIIMS. Bathinda is
home to two modern thermal power plants, Guru Nanak Dev Thermal Plant & Guru
Hargobind Thermal Plant at Lehra Mohabbat, a fertilizer plant, a large oil refinery,
two cement plants, Ambuja Cements and Ultra Tech Cement Limited, besides a
Zoo and a historic Qila Mubarak fort. Bathinda is one of the largest food grain and
cotton markets in northern India. It is one of the leading cities in education in Punjab.
It is one of the fastest growing major cities of Punjab.
Three national highways, NH 15 (connecting Samakhiali in Gujarat with Pathankot in
Punjab) NH-7 (Fazilka-Badrinath National Highway) and NH-54 (Jaipur-
Pathankot National Highway) pass through the city. The city has also one of the
largest railway junctions of India with six lines emanating from it. The army
cantonment of Bathinda is also one of the largest in Asia. The city is the economic and
cultural hub of the region.
2.2. Project Site
The project site is spread over 175 acres (Approx.) in Bathinda (Punjab). The design
approach intends to undertake all proposed construction in a phased manner to
enable development of the proposed infrastructure. The architectural design shall
aim to create a landmark healthcare facility with adequate scope for future
Page 2
expansion. All buildings shall be sustainable, energy efficient and use space
optimally. Campus shall be designed so as to leave enough space for future expansion.
2.3. Connectivity & Circulation
A majority of the traffic moves from North to south. There is one entry to the site
from NH 54 on the north side.
Airport- 30 Km
Railway Station 14.5 Km
ISBT- 09 Km
2.4. Building Regulations

The site falls under the jurisdiction of Punjab Urban Development Authority
(PUDA), Punjab. The site area admeasures 175 Acres (708225 sq m) Approx.
Development of infrastructure has been developed with permissible ground
coverage of 40% (283290 sq m) and a F.A.R. of 1.25 (885281 sq m). The other
details are as follows:
Parameters Permissible
Ground Coverage 40% (283290 Sqmt)
F.A.R 1.25 (885281 sqmt)
Height  Institutional - 45 m
 Residential - As per AAI Approval
Page 3
2.4.1. The other requirements as per applicable building bye laws, subject to
verification by the EPC Contractor, are as follows:
 Minimum green area on site = 15% of plot area
 Minimum set backs on all sides of building = 1/3 of height
 Minimum staircase width for hospital = 2m.
 Maximum travel distance to escape staircase=30m, 45m for sprinkled
building.
 Maximum travel distance to escape route for dead end = 6m.
 Minimum 6 m fire tender way, around building and minimum 9.00 mtr
turning radius at road junctions to be left.
3. MASTER PLANNING
3.1. The Master Plan reflects the strategic planning of the proposed institute for the
present and the emerging needs in view of advances in health care and the
needs of the population. The Master Plan delineates building g and functional
utilisation of the campus site in a creative efficient manner. The Master
Planning of the campus has been done considering the following key
parameters:
 Integrated complex with zoning taking into account the environment and
applicable bye-laws.
 Self-sustaining integrated campus with dedicated zones for Healthcare,
Institutional and residential components ensuring seamless movement of
residents, patients and visitors
 Segregation of various types of movement, including normal and
emergency vehicular movement and movement of vehicles for utilities.
 Creating a focus of an institution of excellence
 Functional utility of all services with hygienic condition
 Creating holistic environment for overall development of the inhabitants
 Integrating academic and residential life
 All blocks have been planned in the North south orientation enabling
maximum daylight and minimum dependence on artificial lighting
fixtures.
 Scope of Future Development has been kept into consideration.
The master plan, based on above concepts and bye laws, is as under:
Page 4
Master Plan
3.2. PROJECT COMPONENTS:

The Institute shall have 750 Bedded state-of-the-art multi-Specialty /Super-
Specialty facilities with captive Hospital, Medical College (at undergraduate level
with annual intake of 100 students and PG/Doctoral Courses in various
Specialty /super-Specialty disciplines) and Nursing College with annual intake
of 60 students, AYUSH block, Auditorium, Night Shelter, Guest House, Hostels,
Residential facilities and other ancillary requirements to make the campus self-
sufficient.
a. Hospital Complex:
The 750 Bedded Hospital shall comprise of the following blocks / departments:
 Hospital Block
- Specialty Departments - 360 Beds
- Super Specialty Departments - 215 Beds
- Other Facilities - 145 Beds
 Total - 720 Beds
 AYUSH Block - 30 Beds
 Total Beds - 750 Beds
Page 5
b. Institutional Complex:
The Institutional Complex shall have a Medical College and Nursing College. The
Medical College shall have intake of 100 MBBS students every year. The nursing
college shall have intake of 60 students every year. It shall have facilities as
under:-
 Medical and Nursing College with Administrative facilities
 Auditorium
c. Residential Complex:
The Residential Complex shall consist of Residential accommodation of various
types, as under:-
 Residences of various types viz. Type II, III, IV, V and Director’s Residence
 PG/UG Hostels for boys and Girls
 Nursing Hostels – working and students
 Guest House
d. Other Facilities:
 Local shopping complex(s)
 Recreational & Sports Facilities
 Night Shelter/ Dharamshala
 Dining Facilities
 Parking and other Support Facilities
e. Service Blocks:
To accommodate services, the building for following facilities may be separately
planned, as per requirements:-
 Substations
 HVAC Plant room
 Pump Houses
 Fire Station
 Other utilities
f. Future Expansion:
Provision has been made in the Master Planning for future development for the
following infrastructure:
 Expansion for the Hospital Block
Page 6
 Expansion of Medical College

 Dental College
 Paramedical Institute
 International Students Hostel
 Helipad
 Club
 Residential Complex i/c vertical expansion
 Sports facilities
 Parking
g. Vertical Expansion
Provision has been made for future vertical expansion of the following facilities
for which the construction is being taken up in present stage:
 Medical college (2 floors)
 Night shelter / Dharamshala (3 floors)
 Type III Quarters (3 floors)
 Type IV Quarters (4 floors)
 Type V Quarters (5 floors)
3.3. Summary of Facilities Planned/ Provided:

A. Institutional & Hostels:
Buildings/Particulars Planned/ Provided

Main Hospital Block 720 beds
AYUSH Hospital 30 beds
Medical College and Nursing College 100 admissions (Medical College)
60 admissions (Nursing College)
Auditorium 500 seats
Night Shelter 150 people
Shopping Centre 1
UG Hostel Boys 242 nos.
UG Hostel Girls 242 nos.
PG Hostel 80 nos.
Page 7
Working Nurses Hostel 150 nos.

Student Nurses Hostel 288 nos.
Guest House 15 rooms
B. Residential
Blocks Total Present stage of Future Total provision

development provision in in the master
the master plan plan
Required Provided
A B C D C+D
Director’s 1 1 1 1
Residence
Type II 665 64 64 604 668
Apartments
Type III 1806 18 20 1788 1808
Apartments
Type IV 482 18 16 468 484
Apartments
Type IV (s) 291 292 292
Apartments
Type V 6 6 208 214
Apartments
Type VI 44 44
Apartments
Total 3503 107 107 3404 3511
A. Detail of building floors
S. No Description No. of Floor

(Present Phase)
1 OPD + Diagnostic Block G+2
2 Hospital B+G+6
3 AYUSH Hospital (30 Beds) G+2
4 Medical & Nursing College G+4
5 Housing Type II(2Blocks) G+7
6 Housing Type III G+4
7 Housing Type IV G+3
8 Housing Type V G+2
Page 8
S. No Description No. of Floor

(Present Phase)
9 Director Residence G+1
10 Guest House G+1
11 Nurse Hostel G+4
12 Boys Hostel G+4
13 Girls Hostel G+4
14 PG Students Hostel G+4
15 Working Nurses Hostel G+4
16 Night Shelter/Dharmshala G+2
17 Auditorium G
18 Shopping G
19 ESS &HVAC Plant Room G
20 Fire Station G
21 Cafeteria G
22 MGPS Manifold Room G
23 Waste management services block G
24 Central Dinning & Mess G
25 Animal House G
The campus shall be a self-sustaining integrated campus with dedicated zones for
Healthcare, Institutional and residential components ensuring seamless movement
of residents, patients and visitors.
Comparison between Permissible & Proposed Built-up areas as per Local
Building Bye-laws
Parameters Permissible Achieved
Ground Coverage 40% (283290 Sqmt) 5.66% (40079 sqmt)
F.A.R 1.25 (885281sqmt). 0.181 (128205 sqmt)
Current Development
0.689 (494442.84 sqmt)
(Future i/c Current Development)
Height 45 m (Institutional) 35.2 m
As per AAI Approval 25 m
(Residential)
Page 9
4. DEVELOPMENT - PHASING
The development of the institute, under the present scope of work, shall be taken up in
four phases for creating infrastructure facilities as under:
Phases Construction and functioning of Building/ Components of Works to be
completed along with all associated E&M, services & utilities
Phase-I  Hospital (OPD & Diagnostic Facilities)
:10  Related Services Block, Electric Substation, HVAC Plant Room, STP cum ETP,
Months Fire Pump room with WTP & UGTs, and other related services.
 Related Roadwork, parking, pathways, external drainage, external
development including electrical services, horticulture, signages etc. covering
areas from entrance gate to OPD block.
Phase-  Director’s Residence,
II -  Guest House,
:14
 Medical and Nursing College
Months
 UG Student’s Hostels (Boys & Girls)
 Nursing Hostel (Working& Students)
 Type II Apartment (One Block)
 Type III Apartment (One Block)
 Type IV Apartments
 Dining Block
 Related Services Block, Electric Substation, HVAC Plant Room, STP, STP cum
ETP, Fire Pump room with WTP, UGTs, WTP & UGTs and related services
 Related Roadwork, parking, pathways, external drainage, external
development including electrical services, signages etc. covering areas
around above mentioned blocks.
Phase- 
AYUSH Block (30 Beds),
III 
Hospital Building (315 beds), Casualty/Trauma Centre, MGPS
:16 
Type II Apartment (One Block)
Months

Type V Apartments

Night Shelter

Roadwork, parking, pathways, external drainage, external development
including electrical services, signages etc. related to above mentioned blocks.
Phase- Completion of project with all Buildings and infrastructure including the
IV following:
:24  Hospital Building (addl. 405 beds )
Months  PG Hostel
 Auditorium Block
 Cafeteria,
 Shopping Centre
 Fire Station
 Animal House
 Roadwork, parking, pathways, external drainage, external development,
landscaping, horticulture including electrical services, signages etc. for
complete project.
Page 10
5. CONCEPT PLANNING
5.1. Hospital Block
The Hospital Block has three segments. The OPD + Diagnostic block segment is G+2
storey structure. The Hospital Block segment is B+G+6 storey structure and the
intermediate OT segment is G+1 Storey structure. Keeping into consideration the
requirements of MoHFW, the Department/ Specialties and their respective
distribution is as under:
S. No. Department/ Speciality Bed Speciality

Distribution wise total
A Surgical and allied specialities
1 General Surgery 60
2 Orthopaedics 30
120
3 Ophthalmology 15
4 OTO-Rhino-laryngology (ENT) 15
B Medicine and Allied Specialities
5 General Medicine 60
6 Paediatrics 60
165
7 Dermatology 15
8 Psychiatry 30
9 Obstetrics and Gynaecology
(i) Obstetrics 30
75
(ii) Gynaecology 30
(iii) NICU 15
C Super Speciality Departments
10 Cardiology 15
11 CTVS 15
12 Gastroenterology 15
13 Surgical Gastroenterology 15
Page 11
S. No. Department/ Speciality Bed Speciality

Distribution wise total
14 Nephrology 15
15 Urology 15
16 Neurology 15
17 Neuro Surgery 15 215
18 Paediatrics Surgery 15
19 Burns and Plastic Surgery 15
20 Surgical Oncology 10
21 Medical Oncology 10
22 Radiation Oncology 15
23 Endocrinology 10
24 Pulmonary Medicine 20
D Other Facilities
25 Intensive Care Unit and Critical Care 75
26 Trauma 30
145
27 PMR Facilities 10
28 Paid Beds 30
TOTAL BEDS (HOSPITAL BUILDING) 720 720
E AYUSH Block
1 AYUSH 30 30
TOTAL 750 750
5.1.1. DESIGN BASIS: The Hospital has been designed to provide tertiary healthcare
facilities meeting the patient’s needs and comfort. Some significant concepts
that have been incorporated while designing and planning are listed below:
- Each phase has been designed in a way that the building will look
complete in every phase
Page 12
- Orientation of the building is kept north south to facilitate maximum

natural light and ventilation.
- Smooth horizontal and vertical movement of patients, staff and visitors.
All the blocks and departments are inter-linked for horizontal and
vertical circulations.
- Various small waiting spaces have been dedicated for Patient and people
near each department apart from common waiting areas as this will help
in decongestion in peak period.
- Smooth accessibility for the differently-abled persons.
- Natural light to all the patient rooms has been externally provided.
- Centralized air conditioning, firefighting and detection system
- Energy efficient Building
- Planning and allocation of services as per the National Building Code-
2016 and applicable bye-laws
- Provision of solar water heating system
The Hospital Block has three segments. The OPD + Diagnostic block segment is G+2
storey structure. The hospital block segment is B+G+6 storey structure and the
intermediate OT segment is G+1 Storey structure. The OPD segment of the Hospital
building has been planned as G+ 2 storey structures to ensure its early completion
and commencement of relevant OPD & Diagnostics facilities. The floor wise
distribution of various facilities in the Hospital Block is as under:
FLOOR FACILITIES
Basement Nuclear Medicine Facility comprising of Brachytherapy, PET CT

and SPECT CT, Radiation Oncology comprising of LINAC Bunkers
(2 nos.), Kitchen, Laundry, Mortuary and Stores
Ground Floor OPD (32 consultant rooms with 8 treatment/procedure/

demonstration rooms) + Radio-diagnostics (4 X-Ray Rooms, 2
nos. Ultrasound Rooms, MRI Room, CT Scan Room), Casualty
(comprising of Triage, Resuscitation, Disaster management, 2
Nos. OT Room, X-ray, Ultrasound Room, ECG Room) a Critical
Care and Trauma Centre (30 bed Ward), Endoscopy, PMR, 14
incliner bed Chemotherapy unit, Open Air Cafeteria, Birthing
Centre with 2 Nos. OT,NICU(15 Beds),General Ward(Psychiatry),
CSSD, Doctors Lounge, sample collection and administration
block
First Floor OPD (36 consultant rooms with 9 treatment/procedure/
Page 13
demonstration rooms) + 16 OT Complex, Cath lab, 38 beds

Surgical ICU, General Wards, Labs and Blood Bank, 16 bed
hemodialysis unit with a separate area for infected cases (HIV,
HCV, HBSAg).
Second Floor OPD (32 consultant rooms with 8 treatment/procedure/

demonstration rooms) + 37 beds Medical ICU, General Wards.
Third Floor General Wards
Fourth Floor General Wards
Fifth Floor General Wards
Sixth Floor General and Private Wards
5.1.2. HOSPITAL BLOCK PLANNING

i. General
 The hospital block shall have five entry points namely OPD, IPD, Emergency,
patient, staff & services.
 All the entries on ground floor shall be well connected to lift lobby and staircase
nearby for easy and convenient access for one and all to various departments on
upper floors.
 The main/visitor entry corridor further leads into sizeable registration cum
waiting area with registration counters and patient waiting.
ii. Basement Floor : Kitchen + Laundry + Mortuary + Nuclear Medicine
This floor houses Nuclear Medicine Facility comprising of Brachytherapy, PET CT
and SPECT CT, Radiation Oncology comprising of LINAC Bunkers (2 nos.),Kitchen,
Laundry, Mortuary and Stores
iii. Ground Floor : OPD & Diagnostics, Trauma Centre, Registration, Administration +
Emergency + Birthing Centre + Diagnostic
This floor houses OPD (32 consultant rooms with 8 treatment/procedure/
demonstration rooms) + Radio-diagnostics (4 X-Ray Rooms, 2 nos. Ultrasound
Rooms, MRI Room, CT Scan Room), Casualty (comprising of Triage, Resuscitation,
Disaster management, 2 Nos. OT Room, X-ray, Ultrasound Room, ECG Room) a
Critical Care and Trauma Centre (30 bed Ward), Endoscopy, PMR, 14 incliner bed
Chemotherapy unit, Open Air Cafeteria, Birthing Centre (clean & septic delivery
rooms, anesthetist room, Eclampsia room, Induction room with 2nos OT &15 bed
NICU) CSSD, Psychiatry Ward (30 bed ward)Doctor’s Lounge, sample collection and
administration block
Page 14
iv. First Floor : ICU + Wards + OPD + OT

demonstration rooms) + 16 OT Complex, 38 beds Surgical ICU, General Wards (60
bed Obstetrics & Gynecology, Labs and Blood Bank, 16 bed hemodialysis unit with a
separate area for infected cases (HIV, HCV, HBSAg)
v. Second Floor : ICU + Wards + OPD
demonstration rooms) + 37 beds Medical ICU, General Wards (15 bed Cardiology,
15 CTVS, 15 bed Gastroenterology, 15 bed Surgical Gastroenterology).
vi. Third Floor : Wards
The floor houses 60 bed General Medicine, 20 bed pulmonary, 10 bed PMR, 10 bed
Endocrinology, 10 bed Surgical Oncology, 10 bed Medical Oncology.
vii. Fourth Floor : Wards
This floor houses 60 bed Pediatric, 60 bed General Surgery.
viii. Fifth Floor : Wards
This floor houses 15 bed Ophthalmology, 15 bed ENT, 30 bed Orthopedics, 15 bed
Urology, 15 beds Nephrology, 15 bed radiation oncology, 15 bed Burn and Plastic
Surgery.
ix. Sixth Floor : Wards
This floor houses15 bed Pediatrics surgery, 15 bed dermatology, 15 bed Neurology,
15beds neuro surgery, Private Wards(28 +1 Suite)
x. Terrace Floor:
Water tanks, Lift machine room, staircase/mumty, A.H.U’s and Solar panels shall be
installed on the Terrace Floor.
5.2. AYUSH Block

AYUSH Block (30 bedded) is planned to generate awareness on alternate therapies,
i.e., Ayurveda Yoga Unani Siddha and Homeopathy based on traditional methods of
healthcare delivery. The block is planned as G+ 2 structures with following
facilities on various floors:
a. Ground Floor – Reception. Department of Homeopathy, Unani, Yoga and
Siddha, Pharmacy, Kitchen. The administration department is also housed on
this floor comprising of office for HOD, 14 workstations and 3 cabins, a
meeting room for 8 people.
b. First Floor –6 beds (4Private Wards and 1 double bedded ward). Department
of Ayurveda with Panchkarma facilities have been provisioned at this floor,
Page 15
c. Second Floor - 24 beds (6 modules of 4 bed wards).
5.3. MEDICAL AND NURSING COLLEGE

An integrated building is planned for medical college and nursing college. In this
block, provision has been made for accommodating administrative offices.
The Medical College shall cater for 100 UG admissions and the Nursing College
shall cater for 60 B.Sc (Nursing) admissions. The block shall house pre-clinical
(Anatomy, Physiology and Biochemistry) and para-clinical (Microbiology,
Pharmacology, Pathology, Forensic Medicine, Community Medicine) departments.
Scope for expansion has been kept adjacent to enable future expansion. The block
is planned as G+ 4 (with future provision of 2 floor over medical college block )
structures with 8 nos. lifts (6nos working + 02 nos future) with following facilities
on various floors:
a. Ground Floor – Administration area (Offices for Director and President,
College council, Dean and Registrar’s Office, Comptroller of Exam) cafeteria.
Department of Anatomy (comprising of 1 Dissection Hall, 2 Demonstration
rooms, 1 museum, Histology Laboratory Offices for Faculty, Research Lab, DPT
Library, Department of Forensic Medicine, 1 Demo Room, 1 Seminar Room, 1
Research Lab, DPT Library, 1 Laboratory, 1 museum and autopsy block .
b. First Floor –Department of Pathology and Microbiology, 154 seater Lecture
Hall (1 no.), Boys & Girls common Room, Administration (Admin and Finance
Office) ,cafe
c. Second Floor – 154 seater Lecture Hall (1 nos.),154 seater examination Hall (1
nos.) /Multi-purpose Hall ,Pharmacology and Physiology, Administration
(Purchase, store and engineering) , cafe
d. Third Floor – Departments of Bio Chemistry and Community Medicine, Boys &
Girls common Room, Library and central research laboratory, cafe.
e. Fourth Floor- Nursing College consisting of Principal and Vice Principal’s
Offices for faculty, 4 nos. Lecture Halls, Common Rooms for Staff, Girls and
Boys, Nursing Foundation Lab, Computer Lab, Common Health and Nursing
Lab, Pre-clinical Lab, Nutrition Lab, AV Room, Pre-clinical, OBG & Pediatrics
and CHN lab , Lecture Hall (154 Nos.), Lecture Hall (254 Nos.),café.
5.4. Auditorium
The auditorium is a single storey double height structure. It shall be air conditioned
and have capacity of 500 seating and has been designed for optimum values of
acoustic parameters. The provision has also been made for 1 no. seminar hall for
150 capacity, 1 no. multipurpose hall with 100 capacity, 1 No. VIP lounge and other
Page 16
required amenities. Separate entry for VIP has been planned. The arrival lobby
space shall be developed as exhibition cum poster display area. The auditorium is
located with adjoining lawns, parking space and easy access for outsiders. The
auditorium will serve the purpose for scientific conferences / seminars as well as
for cultural programs. Care has been taken while designing the interior acoustics to
achieve desired values of reverberation time, ambient noise level and diffusion.
The selection of materials on the ceiling, walls and at stage has been made to
achieve these parameters and materials have been fixed at locations to achieve
aesthetic values in addition to the technical requirements. The provision for
required audio and video system and stage lighting has been considered.
5.5. Residential Complex

5.5.1. HOSTEL COMPLEX
Hostel facilities have been planned with the following requirements.
 UG Students Hostel for Boys (242nos.) and Girl students (242nos.).
 PG Students Hostel (80nos.).
 Nurses Hostel for Working (150nos.) and Student (288 nos.).
 Common dining space to meet the requirement of all the hostels. The dining
hall is a single storey structure with 4 halls of 584 seating capacity.
 Interaction Area, Activity rooms and related facilities have been planned for
all the hostels.
 Covered interconnecting passage has been planned between the hostels
and the common dining space.
5.5.2. RESIDENTIAL COMPLEX
The provision has been made for Residential Units, including Director’s
residence as per requirements. These units shall be planned broadly as per
norms prescribed by MOUD, Govt. of India. The different types of residential
units planned are as follows:
 Director’s Residence – Type VIII
 Type V Apartments G+2 (06 apartments) with future provision of 5 floors.
Each block shall have two apartments per floor with a common core
comprising of 2 nos.(including 01 No. future) Lifts and a staircase, with
additional provision for one fire escape staircase.
 Type IV Apartments G+3 (16 apartments)with future provision of 4 floors
Each block shall have four apartments per floor with a common core
comprising of 2 nos.( including 01nos future) lifts and a staircase, with
Page 17
 Type III Apartments (G+4) (20 apartments)with future provision of 3

floors Each block shall have 4 apartments per floor with a common core
comprising of 2 nos. lifts (including 01 no. future)and a staircase, with
 Type II Apartments (G+7)(64 apartments) Two blocks, with each block
shall have 4 apartments per floor with a common core comprising of 2
nos. lifts and a staircase, with additional provision for one fire escape
staircase.
In addition, the master planning of the residential complex shall be to enable
future housing requirements, as per details given below:
Blocks/ Total Present stage of Future Total provision

Category Requirement development provision in in the master
the master plan plan
Required Provided
A B C D C+D
Director 1 1 1 1
Residence
Type II 665 64 64 604 668
Apartments
Type III 1806 18 20 1788 1808
Apartments
Type IV 482 18 16 468 484
Apartments
Type IV (s) 291 292 292
Apartments
Type V 6 6 208 214
Apartments
Type VI 44 44
Apartments
Total 3503 107 107 3404 3511
5.5.3. Guest House

The campus shall have a guest house facility with total 15 rooms (8 single
rooms + 5 suites and 2 special suites) with related facilities such as dining
area and kitchen.
5.5.4. Night Shelter
A night shelter (G+2 Floor) with future provision of 3 floors to cater to 150
persons, in the present phase, has been planned in the campus. The
accommodation has been planned in the form of dormitories, dining area and
kitchen at ground floor have been planned. A core comprising of 3 nos. lifts
(2nos working + 01 no. future) and a staircase has been planned.
Page 18
5.6. Other Facilities:

5.6.1. Cafeteria:
A 86 seat cafeteria is planned adjacent to the Auditorium Block to cater to
students and faculty in the institutional area. This shall also cater to the
requirements of the Auditorium Block during functions.
5.6.2. Shopping Centre
A shopping centre (single storey) to cater to the needs of the campus has been
planned.
5.6.3. Sports & Recreation Facilities:
For the welfare of the residents, outdoor sports facilities, in the present phase
of construction, have been planned as follows:
- Play ground
- Basketball Court - 2 no.
- Badminton Court-6 nos.
- Tennis Court- 1 no.
The playground is to be developed in future to house a full-fledged football
field with seating rakes.
5.6.4. Service Blocks/ Facilities:
Service Blocks with adequate space like Electrical Substations, HVAC Plant
Room, WTP/ETP/STP/ Fire Pump Rooms etc. has been planned.
5.6.5. Medical Services:-
Adequate Space provision has been made for, Mortuary, Laundry, CSSD,
Kitchen and Pneumatic Tube System inside Hospital building. MGPS have been
planned as separate buildings.
5.6.6. Waste Disposal Facility:-
Adequate space has been planned for collection of solid waste. Also separate
dedicated space has been planned for collection of Bio Medical waste
generated from various buildings.
5.6.7. Fire Station:-
A single storey building is planned for Fire Station to cater to firefighting
services at AIIMS Bathinda. Fire station shall have sufficient space to
accommodate 2 Nos. of Fire Tenders, other firefighting equipment, Fire
Personnel, ancillary facilities etc. It has been considered that the required Fire
Tenders & other associated equipment shall be provided & operated by State
Fire Authorities.
Page 19
5.7. Future Expansion

a. In addition, the following facilities have been provisioned in the master plan to
be taken up in the future stages of construction.
i. School of Public Health
ii. International Scholar Accommodation
iii. Transit Accommodation
iv. Club
v. Local Shopping Complex for Residence
vi. Student Centre
vii. Community Hall
viii. Girls Hostel
ix. Boys Hostel
x. Nurses Hostel
xi. Working Nurses Hostel
xii. PG Hostel
xiii. Dining Hall / Kitchen
xiv. Type IV (special) Qtrs.
xv. Type VI Qtrs.
xvi. Multi-level Car Parking
b. Besides, there is a provision for future vertical expansion of the following
facilities for which the construction is being taken up in present stage:
i. Medical college (2 floors)
ii. Night shelter / Dharamshala (3 floors)
iii. Type III Quarters (3 floors)
iv. Type IV Quarters (4 floors)
v. Type V Quarters (5 floors)
5.8. External Development

5.8.1. Site Levels
The campus area is almost flat except a portion on the North corner side which
is high and some other areas are low. The level of internal roads and Building
Plinths are planned as follows:
Page 20
 The Bench Mark available on Delhi-Bathinda-Dabawali Road is 156.666

mts. and the corresponding existing external road level at the entrance
of the site on North Side adjoining to the site is 156.75 m.
 The internal road level from round about near entrance onwards is
proposed to be kept 0.15m above from the existing external road level
i.e. at 156.90 ms. The level of the internal roads from the roundabout
near entrance upto the road along grid behind Hospital and along
Auditorium shall be maintained at 156.90 m. The remaining internal
roads shall be gradually laid in slope so as to maintain the levels at
various intersection points upto 155.65 m as per the road layout plan.
 The plinth level for Hospital, Medical College & Auditorium is proposed
to be 1.05m above the adjacent internal road level i.e. 157.95 ms.
 The plinth level for AYUSH building is proposed to be 0.60 m above the
adjacent internal road level i.e. 157.50 ms.
 The plinth level for all other buildings including residential buildings is
proposed to be 0.45m above the adjacent internal road level.
5.8.2. Circulation & Parking
The circulation and parking has been planned to keep the pedestrian character
of the complex. The open parking has been carefully camouflaged and softens
through vegetation or totally screened off with trees/ shrubbery.
(i) Provision for parking spaces has been made on the basis of “Equivalent
car space” (ECS) as laid down under “Building Bye Laws” of Punjab Urban
Development Authority.
(ii) Parking space has been planned with adequate vehicular access to a street
and the area of drives, aisles and such other provisions required for
adequate maneuvering of vehicles shall be exclusive of the parking space.
5.8.3. Roads
It is proposed to construct the main campus roads as concrete roads. Following
types of roads, as per layout drawings, are proposed: -
(i) Type A: 6 M Right of way, single lanes with single carriageway is
proposed on the Perimeter of the site (south side) to enable services
and for maintenance of the plot.
(ii) Type B: 8.95 M Right of way, single lanes with single carriageway (6.0
M) with walkway is proposed on the Perimeter of the site (North
side) to enable services and for maintenance of the plot.
(iii) Type C: 25.9 M Right of way, with double carriageway (9.0 M each) is
proposed from entrance onwards upto the Northern end as per layout
drawing. The carriage way includes roads, footpaths, verges, etc. as
per the layout drawings.
Page 21
(iv) Type D: 22.9 M Right of way, with double carriageway (7.5 M each) is
proposed around hospital block as per layout drawing. The carriage
way includes roads, footpaths, verges, etc. as per the layout drawings.
(v) Type E: 14.9 M Right of way, single carriageway (9.0 M each) is
proposed as per layout drawing. The carriage way includes roads,
footpaths, etc. as per the layout drawings.
(vi) Type F: 19.90 M Right of way, with double carriageway (6.0 M each) is
proposed around hospital block as per layout drawing. The carriage
way includes roads, footpaths, verges, etc. as per the layout drawings.
(vii) For pedestrian movement and parking areas: paver blocks/ Grass-
Crete blocks/Chequered CC tiles, as required.
(viii) Kerb stones: Along all roads edges.
(ix) Road/ pathway Crossings: Adequate no. of RCC Pipes of suitable dia.
shall be laid across the roads/pathways etc. to meet the requirements
for crossing of cables, pipe etc.
5.9. Landscape
a. Objective
Main objective of the landscape theme is to create a pleasant outdoor
environmental for the patients and visitors to this prestigious complex,
complementary to the character of the built form. The aim of the landscape
theme is to creating an enabling healing environment for the patients. The
plantation shall be in the combination of fast and slow growing plantations. Care
shall be taken to provide cover along the walkways.
b. Landscape Irrigation Design
Irrigation to the plantation shall be done with the combination of modern
irrigation techniques and manual irrigation methods, in line with the site
conditions and local agro-climatic conditions and assist in conserving the
landscapes besides saving water and ecology.
5.9.1. Design criteria
a. Public and Semi Public Realms
A clear segregation of public and semi-public realms is aimed by creating
clearly defined zones delineated by landscaping.
Each area aims to create a self-contained zone in itself to disable users from
crossing over into restricted areas.
b. Walking Distances
Provision for adequate walkways/pathways has been made as per
requirements. A covered walkway shall be provided connecting the different
hostels to dining block.
Page 22
c. Buildings
The built form merges seamlessly with the landscape. The relationship is
ensured by use of similar materials for the landscape palette corresponding
to the building materials. Sandstone & Painting shall be used on facades.
d. Main Entrances
The campus has roundabouts at road junctions to facilitate smooth flow of
traffic within the campus.
e. Paths and Roads
There will be a consistency in the way paths and roads are presented that
clearly identifies their use, whether these are direct routes, recreational
routes, service routes. Three categories of roads, as detailed above have been
proposed on campus.
f. Lighting and Security
Adequate lighting provision has been made to enhance safety and security.
Parking areas, entrance and service roads, and also isolated or dark areas are
clearly defined and lit.
g. Parking areas
Segregated parking spaces have been earmarked for Patients, Staff and
Students across the campus.
h. Avenue plantation is proposed along the hospital, medical college frontage.
5.10. Boundary wall

a. External boundary wall, with entrance gate has been constructed. However
to meet the requirements of the AIIMS Complex, any changes required to be
made in the existing boundary wall shall be done. The main entrance gate, as
per design, shall be within the scope of this project.
b. Internal low height boundary walls for Residences & Hostels are to be
provided.
5.11. Signages:
Signages of different sizes, at different locations inside the campus shall be
provided. Design basis of the signage is readability at vehicular movement &
pedestrian movement. In general, wherever required, signages will be bilingual. The
signage scheme has been developed to enable way finding for the patients, students,
visitors. Signage will be consistent across the campus.
Page 23
The entrance signage shall be made of Stainless steel alphabets fixed onto concrete
base with dash fasteners. The building signages shall be made of Non backlit Acrylic
panels of approved pantone shades, mounted onto framework made of square
hollow sections.
6. ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT:
As per EIA notification dated 09th December, 2016 the projects having built up area
between 1,50,000 sqm to 3,00,000 sqm falls under jurisdiction of State Level Expert
Appraisal Committees while projects having built up area more than 3,00,000 sqm is
examined by the centre committee (Expert Appraisal committee of MoEF& CC). Since
the Built Up Area at AIIMS, Bathinda campus is proposed to be less than 1,50,000sqm, it
will be taken up by State Level Expert Appraisal Committee (SEAC), Punjab. Following
measures shall be taken for reducing impact on environment in the campus:-
(i) STP/ETP facility for treatment of liquid waste generated at site.
(ii) Treatment of Solid Waste & Bio Medical waste generated at site.
(iii) Emission of exhaust gases at suitable height from DG sets as per CPCB norms.
(iv) dB level of equipment chosen will be within limits as per relevant norms.
(v) Adequate storage provision for operationalization of Hospital Facilities shall
be made
(vi) Solid waste management techniques shall be segregated in the following
heads :
 Municipal solid waste, organic waste composter, inert waste shall handed
over to the authorized municipal waste collector,
 Recyclable waste to be handed over to authorized recycler,
 Biomedical waste to be handed over to the authorized common
biomedical waste management facility (approved by UP Pollution Control
Board).
 E-waste shall be handed over to authorized e-waste recycler.
(vii) During construction stage following precautions to be taken
 Back filters shall be used for batch mixing plant. All provisions as per
CPCB shall be provided.
 Sprinkling of water to avoid dust pollution shall be ensured during
construction.
 Temporary hutments shall be constructed for accommodation of
constructions workers during construction which shall be demolished and
cleared off after completion of the project
Page 24
7. GRIHA RATING & CERTIFICATION

7.1 AIIMS Bathinda is planned to be designed and constructed based on
sustainability and green building principles. The vision is to conserve energy &
water; reduce waste; renewable energy generation; reduce urban heat island
effect and use sustainable materials. It is intended that the following buildings
in the campus should meet minimum THREE Star GRIHA rating: –
 Hospital Building,
 Medical & Nursing College,
 AYUSH Building,
 Auditorium
7.2 The requirements as per GRIHA Version 2015 (with amendments, if any) shall
be followed. GRIHA norms shall be followed during various phases like
planning & design, construction, Post Construction and Operation. However,
key considerations & strategies for targeted rating are as indicated below:-
A. PLANNING –
1. Site Plan and building plans conform to government approvals/
requirements.
2. Compliance to ECBC 2007 and NBC 2005 is mandatory even when
updated version of NBC and ECBC are used for project design.
3. Heat Island mitigation measures to be implemented like SRI paint, tree
shade, and reduction in hard paving.
4. Net Imperviousness factor of site meets the NBC 2005 norms & the site
is designed such that post-construction storm water discharge from the
site is zero
5. Window to Wall Ratio to be limited in each building as per GRIHA V2015
6. Skylight to roof ratio to be limited in each building as per GRIHA V2015
7. All the fenestrations meet the SHGC requirement of ECBC-2007/
Weighted Façade average SHGC (for each orientation) meets SHGC
requirements of ECBC-2007.
8. Energy Conservation Measures to achieve Energy Performance Index
(EPI) lower than GRIHA V2015 Baseline EPI.
9. Insulation, refrigerants, fire suppression systems will be CFC, HCFC and
halon free
10. Paints, adhesives and sealants to be low/free of VOC content as per
GRIHA V2015 requirements.
11. Passive Architecture measures to be adopted to make optimum use of
natural light an internal courtyard &atrium shall be planned.
12. Following features shall be taken into consideration :-
Page 25
a. LED light fittings and occupancy sensors

b. Solar water heaters & Solar PV system
c. Insulation of Roofs
d. Provision of sewage treatment plant and re-use of waste water for
flushing/gardening/Cooling Tower make up
e. Use of permanent, durable and local materials
f. Low Flow fixtures/faucets
g. Heat resistant Tiles on Terrace
h. Double Glazed Units
13. Building Water demand to be reduced below GRIHA V2015 base case by
using low flow fixtures in toilets, kitchen, cafeteria, pantry etc.
14. Sewage Treatment Plant to treat waste water generated on site, as per
GRIHA V2015
15. All materials (calculated by surface area) used for building interiors
should meet the GRIHA V2015 requirements.
16. BIS recommended waste materials to be used in building structure.
17. Renewable energy generation through solar PV Panels installed on roof,
sizing as per GRIHA V2015.
B. DURING CONSTRUCTION
1. Replantation/Plantation to be done as per GRIHA V2015
2. Preservation of Top soil preservation and maintaining its fertility
3. Air & Water pollution control measures including but not limited to –
i. Provision of at least 3 meter high barricading around the
construction area.
ii. Wheel washing facility at the vehicular entrance of the site
iii. Covering of fine aggregate and excavated earth on site with plastic
/geotextile sheets
iv. Water sprinkling on fine aggregate (sand) and excavated earth
v. Diesel gen-sets on site must have proper chimneys with their outlet
facing away from the site
4. Adopt strategies to reduce water use during construction like –
i. Using gunny bags for curing and using ponding for curing
ii. Monitoring to avoid leaks and water wastage
iii. Use of additives to reduce water requirements during curing
iv. Use of treated waste water/captured storm water
Page 26
5. Implement waste management practices during construction including

but not limited to,
i. Allocation of separate waste storage spaces
ii. Safe disposal of waste
iii. Hiring of waste haulers
C. POST CONSTRUCTION
i. Monitoring of project’s energy consumption by installing digital
meters for Utility grid, on-site renewable energy system, diesel
generator, AHU, Cooling tower etc.
ii. Reduction in landscape water demand by using efficient irrigation
techniques like drip irrigation, minimizing turf area and installing
native trees, shrubs.
iii. Water used for drinking, irrigation to conform to BIS standards
iv. Monitoring of project’s water consumption by installing digital
meters at municipal supply, irrigation, cooling tower,
STP/WTP/ETP.
v. Effective use of Sewage Treatment Plant to treat wastewater
generated on site
D. INNOVATION
A few other strategies should also be implemented for innovation,
including but not limited to –
i. A GRIHA certified professional (Trainer or Evaluator) is involved in
the project from beginning to end)
ii. Implementation of a technology for the first time in the country.
iii. E-waste recycling
iv. STP technologies which do not use chemicals
v. Net-Zero Energy/Water
8. AESTHETICS
Aesthetics is of utmost importance to enable a healing environment. It shall be ensured
that aesthetics is met by providing pleasing architectural elevation features coupled
with the use of local materials (white sandstone is to be used in the facade), creating an
enabling environment.
9. ARCHITECTURAL FEATURES OF THE PROJECT
The Architectural features of the project shall keep the following into consideration:
a. Green campus with seamless phasing
Page 27
b. Clear structured into zones for hospital complex, teaching, hostels &
recreation and residences, maximizing site potential, & connected through a
pedestrian spine
c. Campus has an imposing frontage and wide entrance to the O.P.D. Complex
d. Hospital complex is designed around a central healing garden with seamless
expansion with emphasis on pedestrian & barrier free movement
e. Central green area having sports & recreation facilities is easily accessible
from teaching & residential complexes. Likewise, dining is a central meeting
point
f. Orientation is primarily north south and coupled with specific shading of
envelop
g. Permanent, durable and local materials have been integrated, low heat
transmission heat reflective glass towards green building complex.
h. Windows:
i. The Hospital Block, AYUSH Building, Medical & Nursing College and
Auditorium Building shall be centrally Air-conditioned and are required
to satisfy the norms for minimum 3 Star GRIHA Rating. All the exterior
windows and common areas viz. Waiting Lobbies of the above referred
buildings shall be provided with double glass units comprising of 6mm
thick toughened glass (Outer face)-12 mm thick air gap
(HEARMATICALLY SEALED) -6mm thick high performance toughened
glass (Inner Face) DGU (VLT ≥ 35% , SHGC ≤ 0.25, U-value ≤ 1.8 W/sqm
K). meeting the functional requirements
ii. In other areas such as residential areas viz. Director's Residence, Guest
House, Apartments, Hostels etc., Clear float glass SGU shall be provided.
The thickness of float glass shall depend on the size of panel subject to
minimum of 4 mm thickness.
10. DESIGN PHILOSOPHY

The design philosophy takes into account the followings:
a. To cater for different functional requirements of user with creative indoor
spaces, surroundings, better circulation and flexibility in space planning.
b. Integrated designs of electrical, mechanical and other services with structural
system which should be planned with optimum cost, low maintenance and
lowest consumption of energy and water.
c. Climate responsive Architecture with integration of daylight and electric light,
thermal comfort, ventilation.
Page 28
d. Consideration of green building principles.

e. Water and solid waste management with waste water recycling, water
conservation.
f. Development of surroundings with site terrain consideration, traffic circulation,
indigenous vegetation and plantation.
g. The complex/blocks proposed to be developed should be based on efficient
construction technologies for fast track and ease in construction. The buildings
can be RCC framed construction.
Page 29
B. Design Basis Report- Civil Structures

1. General
Master Plan & Concept Plan of the AIIMS Bathinda shall be provided to the EPC
Contractor. The EPC Contractor shall prepare the detailed architectural design and
drawings of the Project for approval from the local bodies and statutory authorities.
The structural design of buildings shall be done by the EPC Contractor and Proof
checked/vetted by the approved Institute. The requirements for the structural designs
are briefed hereunder.
2. Geo Technical Investigations
The EPC Contractor shall carry out the required site surveys and soil investigations as
per requirements. However, the data, as per the available Geo-Technical investigations,
is given hereunder for reference:
i. As per the available soil report, soil strata at this site consist of silty sand ranging
from 4m to upto the depth of 10.50 meters below the ground level. Thereafter the
soil consists of sandy silt in various grades.
ii. Water table:-The ground water table has been encountered at the depth of 6.3m
below the Natural Ground level.
iii. Recommended Soil Bearing Capacity
For assessment of safe bearing capacity, the allowable settlement is taken as 50mm
and 75mm for isolated foundation and raft foundation respectively.
a. ISOLATED FOOTINGS
Depth of foundation Size of Allowable Bearing
from NSL (M) foundation (m) Capacity (t/m2)
1.5 1.5 X1.5 13.96
2 1.5 X1.5 21.70
3 1.5 X1.5 28.01
1.5 2.0 X2.0 14.75
2 2.0 X2.0 22.44
3 2.0 X2.0 31.30
b. RAFT FOUNDATION
Depth of foundation Size of Allowable Bearing
from NSL(M) foundation (m) Capacity (t/m2)
1.5 10.0 X20.0 29.37
2 10.0 X20.0 29.56
3 10.0 X20.0 30.05
Page 30
3. Design of Structural System

3.1. Objective
The objective is to lay down the structural analysis & design of proposed AIIMS at
Bathinda. It also incorporates the design process to establish the overall design
philosophy to be adopted in the Analysis and design.
3.2. Description of the Project:
The AIIMS Bathinda has several buildings. All the buildings shall have RCC frame
structure except the auditorium which shall have roofing with sandwich puff
panels supported on MS structural truss roofing system. The structure
/configuration of buildings shall be as under:-
a. Institutional Blocks
Building No. of Floors Structural provision for
vertical future expansion
OPD+ Diagnostic Block G+2 Nil
Hospital Block B+G+6 Nil
AYUSH Hospital G+2 Nil
Medical & Nursing College G+4 2 Floors
Auditorium G+1 Nil
Night Shelter G+2 3 Floors
b. Residential Accommodation:

Type II G+7 Nil

Type III G+4 3 Floors
Type IV G+3 4 Floors
Type V G+2 5 Floors
Nurses Hostel G+4 Nil
UG Hostels (Girls & Boys) G+4 Nil
Working Nurses Hostel G+4 Nil
PG Hostel G+4 Nil
Dining G Nil
Director's Residence G+1 Nil
c. Other buildings
Page 31

Guest House G+1 Nil
Shopping Block G Nil
Service Block G Nil
Solid & Waste Management G Nil
Fire Station G Nil
Cafeteria G Nil
Animal House G Nil
3.3. Statutory Requirements

The design of the Civil Structure will comply with the requirements of the
following:
 National Building Code.
 Local Building Regulations.
 Bureau of Indian standard codes.
 International codes as applicable.
 Any other regulation as per requirements.
3.4. Design Philosophy

a. Type of Structure: RCC framed structure has been proposed for all the
structures.
b. 3-D Analysis of all the building structures is to be carried out by The EPC
Contractor using latest versions of modern software packages such as STAAD
Pro and the results of the analysis shall be used for designing the various
elements. All designs shall strictly conform to the standards specified in
National Building Code 2016 and to be proof checked.
c. HITES reserves the right to conduct third party design validation and the EPC
Contractor shall provide all data and carry out all modifications that may be
suggested by the third party so appointed.
d. The recommendations of the past Geo Technical investigation as above are
indicative. The EPC Contractor shall conduct soil investigations on their own
and shall be responsible for the adequacy of the design.
e. Overhead tank for domestic and firefighting purposes shall be located at
terrace level, unless planned otherwise.
Page 32
f. Site falls in Zone III of Seismic Zones of India

3.5. Structural designs:-
The main considerations followed for the design of structure are:
a. Structure safety and stability.
b. To meet the demands of aesthetics conceived by the architect.
c. Availability of material, equipment and expertise.
d. Constructability and ease of maintenance.
e. Durability.
f. Economy
3.6. Structural Arrangement
The proposed buildings in the AIIMS Complex are considered to be of RCC frame
structure with Isolated/ Strip /Raft foundations.
3.7. Design Standards
The relevant Indian Standard Codes, as given below have been followed for
structural design.
Sl.
Code Description
No.
1 IS: 875(Part 1)- Code of practice for Design Loads (Other than Earthquake)
1987 for Building and Structures-Unit weights of Buildings
Materials and Stored Materials.
2 IS: 875(Part 2) - Code or Practice for Design Load (Other than Earthquake)
1987 for Buildings and Structures Imposed Loads.
3 IS: 875(Part 3) - Code of Practice for Design Loads (Other than Earthquake)
2015 for Buildings and Structures – Wind Load.
4 IS: 875 (Part 5) - Code of Practice for Design Loads (other than Earthquake)
1987 for Buildings and Structures-Special Loads and Load
combinations.
5 IS: 456 -2000 Code of Practice for Plain and Reinforced Concrete with
amendments
6 IS: 1786 -2008 Specification for High Strength Deformed steel bars and
Wires for Concrete Reinforcement.
7 IS: 1904 -1986 Code of Practice for Design and construction foundation in
soil;- General Requirements
8 IS: 2950 (Part-1) Code of Practice for Design and construction Raft
-1981 Foundation – Part-1
9 IS: 3370 (Part1) Code or practice for Concrete Structures for the storage of
-1965 Liquids – General Requirements.
10 IS: 3370 (Part2) Code of Practice for Concrete Structures for the Storage of
-1965 Liquids – Reinforced Concrete Structures.
Page 33
11 IS: 3370 (Part4) Code of practice for Concrete Structures for the Storage of
-1967 Liquids – Design Tables.
12 IS: 1893 (Part1) Criteria for Earthquake Resistance Design of Structures.
– 2016
13 IS: 4326-2013 Earthquake Resistance Design and Construction of Building
– Code of Practice.
14 IS: 1642-1989 Fire safety of buildings (general):details of construction
code Of practice
15 IS: 13920-2016 Ductile detailing of reinforced Concrete structures
subjected to Seismic forces — code of practice
16 SP:24-1983 Explanatory handbook on Indian standard code of practice
for Plain and reinforced concrete (IS:456-1978)
17 SP:16-1980 Design aids for Reinforced concrete to IS : 456-l978
18 SP:34-1987 Handbook on Concrete Reinforcement and Detailing
19 IS: 800-2007 Code of Practice for General Construction in Steel.
3.8. Loads, Classification and Material Properties

3.8.1 LOADS
The structural members are loaded with various loads combinations during
its services conditions. The loads on the structure are taken for analysis and
design as per the relevant IS codes of practice.
a. Dead load as per IS: 875 -1987 Part-1
b. Imposed live load as per IS: 875 -1987 Part-2
c. Wind loads as per IS: 875(Part 3) – 2015
d. Seismic Loads as per IS: 1893-2016
Dead loads comprises of the self-weight of all permanent construction
including walls, slabs, beams, columns, water proofing treatment, water tanks,
stair case, floor finish etc. Other super imposed loads shall be considered. The
structure would be designed for earthquake resistance as per IS 1893:2016,
with due consideration for the structural detailing as per provisions of IS
13920-2016 and SP 34-1987.
a. Dead Loads (DL) (Ref:- IS:875 (part-1)-1987)
i. Self-weight of reinforced concrete : 25KN/m³
ii. Self-weight of plain concrete : 24KN/m³
iii. Brick Masonry :18.85KN /m³
iv. Ceiling plaster (12mm thick) :0.25 KN/m³
v. Waterproofing (Av. 200 mm thick brick bat coba) :9.90 KN/m³
vi. Cement plaster : 20.40KN /m³
Page 34
vii. Glass : 26 .00KN /m³

viii. Aluminium : 27 .00KN /m³
ix. Water : 10KN/m³
x. Granite (average) :26.70 KN/m³
xi. Marble /Sand stone : 24.00KN /m³
xii. Steel : 78.5 KN/m3
xiii. Vitrified tiles (considering density as 2.4 gm/cc) : 24.00KN/m3
xiv. Other Loads: As per Actual assessment/requirement.
b. Live loads (LL) (Ref:- IS: 875 (part-2)-1987)
The live loads shall be as per IS: 875 (part-2)-1987, read with NBC-
2016. However live loads for some of the locations/occupancy
classification shall be as follows:-
Location Occupancy Classification UDL Conc. Load #(KN)
(KN/m2)
Hospital Laboratories 3 4.5
Block, OPD X-ray rooms, Operating Rooms,
general Storage area 3 4.5
Office rooms and OPD rooms 2.5 2.7
Wards and Dressing rooms 2.5 2.7
Records/files stores room and 5 4.5
storage space/ Cafeteria/
Corridors
Assembly areas and fixed seats 4 -
Common Class rooms 3 2.7
for all Dormitory 2 2.7
blocks Wards 2 1.8
Office 2.5 2.7
Multipurpose hall 5 3.6
Library 5 4.5
Canteen 5 4.5
Lecture hall, museum 4 -
Kitchen 5 4.5
Corridors, passages, lobbies 5 4.5
Corridors and stair cases 5 4.5
including fire escapes
Plant rooms 7.5 4.5
Baths & toilets 2.5 -
Hostels All rooms 2 1.8
Toilets and bathrooms 2 -
Kitchen, Laundries, Corridor, 3 4.5
passages, staircases i/c fire
escapes and store rooms
Dining/ Cafeteria 4
Residential All rooms and kitchens 2 1.8
buildings Toilets and bathrooms 2 -
Corridor, passages, staircases 3 4.5
i/c fire escapes and store
Page 35
Location Occupancy Classification UDL Conc. Load #(KN)

(KN/m2)
rooms
Balconies 3 1.5 p/m run
concentrated at outer
edges
Terraces Accessible 1.5 3.75 KN uniformly
distributed over any
span of 1m width of the
roof slab and 9 KN over
beams.
Not accessible 0.75 1.9KN uniformly
distributed over any
span of 1m width of the
roof slab and 4.5 KN
over beams.
For design of terraces, the loads as per the functional requirements
such as equipment load, solar panels loads, HVAC Equipment loads
and other equipments loads shall be taken into consideration.
# The concentrated loads shall be considered to be applied in positions, which
produce maximum stresses and where deflection is the main criteria.
c. Wind Loads (Refer:- IS:875 (part-3)-2015)-Typical)
Basic wind speed (Vb) : 47m/sec
Design life of the structure : 100 years
Risk coefficient (k1) (table-1) :1.07
Terrain category :3
Maximum height of the structure from ground : 30 ms. to 50 ms.
Structure size factor k2 (table-2) :1.06 to 1.12 to be
interpolated as per
structure height
Topography factor (k3) :1.0
Importance factor for Cyclonic Region (k4) :1.30(Hospitals,
Institutional)
: 1.0 (Residential)
i. Design wind velocity (Vz) =Vb*k.1*.k2*k3 *k4
ii. Design wind pressure (pz) =0.6 Vz²
Note: Software STAAD pro/ E Tabs would be made use of for the
application of above said loads on the said structure.
d. Seismic Load Parameters - (Ref:- Is :1893 (Part-1)2016)
Location of proposal site lies in Zone III. The design parameters will be
followed accordingly. However the salient features are as under:
Page 36
Seismic Zone Zone III

Seismic Zone Factor, ‘Z’ 0.16
Soil Profile, Type-II 2
Occupancy of building Hospital/Institutional/Residential
Seismic Importance Factor ‘I’
i. Hospital buildings, substations 1.5
and other important buildings:
ii. Residential buildings and 1.2
buildings with occupancy more
than 200
Response Reduction Factor The response reduction factor and
fundamental period of vibration
shall be taken as per IS 1893:2016,
Fundamental Period of Vibration
depending upon the structure and
design requirements.
Damping Ratio
Percentage of Imposed Load to be considered in calculation of Seismic
Building Weight
Impose uniformity distributed floor Percentage of Imposed loads
load (KN/M2)
Upto and including 3.0 25
Above 3.0 50
Vb= Ah*W
W= Seismic weight of the structure
Ah= Horizontal seismic coefficient as per code
3.8.2 MAX. ALLOWABLE DEFLECTION – (Including the effect of temperature,

creep and shrinkage)
i. Concrete - Span / 250 (for gravity load) Floors
ii. Steel / composite - Span / 325 (for gravity load) Floors
For (i) & (ii) - Height / 500 (for lateral load)
3.8.3 LOAD COMBINATION
The following are the proposed Load combinations for designing with
partial safety factors as per IS 456:2000, Cl 36.4.1 (Table 18)
Load Limit State of
Combination Limit State of Collapse Serviceability
DL LL WL/EL DL LL WL/EL
DL+LL 1.5 1.5 _ 1.0 1.0 _
DL+WL 1.5 or 0.9 _ 1.5 1.0 _ 1.0
Page 37
DL+LL+WL 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 0.8 0.8

DL+EL 1.5 or 0.9(1) _ 1.5 1 _ 1
DL+LL+EL 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 0.8 0.8
This value is to be considered when stability against overturning or stress
reversal is critical.
Wind Load and Earthquake Load both are considered for both x and y
directions.
For steel structure, commensurate load combinations as per respective IS
Codes, shall be taken for analysis and design.
3.8.4 HAZARD CLASSIFICATION
(a) Fire :The structure is designed for 2 hr fire rating, as the firefighting
system and fire hydrants are available within the building .the
minimum clear over to reinforcement and minimum dimensions of RC
structural members as per clause 21.2 of IS:456-2000 shall be as
follows considering 2 Hr fire rating.
Minimum Minimum
Sl. No. Structural member dimension clear cover
1 Column fully exposure to fire 300 mm 40 mm
2 Beams (continuous) 200 mm 30mm
3 Floors (continuous) 125 mm 25 mm
4 RCC walls 160 mm 25 mm
(b) Earthquake: as explained earlier the building will be designed for the
earthquake force in accordance with IS: 1893-2016
3.8.5 MATERIAL PROPERTIES
i. Concrete: as per Table 5 of IS 456-2000 keeping in view loads the
proximity of the Structure, Minimum grade of concrete proposed is M25
Exposure condition is moderate. Maximum size of coarse aggregate is 20
mm. Maximum w/c ratio is 0.5.Minimum cement concrete is 410
kg/m3.Type of cement is either OPC or PPC.
ii. Reinforcement: Reinforcement steel is TMT bars of grade Fe-500
Conforming to IS: 1786-2008. Ductile detailing of reinforcement shall be
provided for all RCC structural components to take care of earthquake
forces as per IS: 13920-2016.
iii. Structural Steel: - Shall be FY 350 conforming to IS 800-2007.
3.8.6 COVER TO REINFORCEMENT
From durability consideration, exposure condition is assumed to be
Moderate. The clear cover to main reinforcement shall be considered in the
Page 38
design, satisfying durability & 2 hrs. fire rating requirement, which shall be
as follows (clause No. 26.4.2, Clauses 21.4-,26.4.3 and Fig 1 of IS 456-2000)
A Footing 50MM
B Columns 40MM
C Floor/Roof Beams 30MM
D Floor /Roof Slab 25MM
E Lintel Beams, Chajja & Loft 15MM
F Staircase Waist Slab & Landing 25MM
G Plinth Beam 40MM
H Walls 25MM
3.9. ComputationMethods – Modelling, Analysis, Design & Detailing
3.9.1 Modelling
The structure is idealized as a 3-D space frame model using the software
packages STAAD pro/ Etabs. The masonry wall is used as filler wall and not
cast monolithically with structure. Hence this is not modelled in the analysis.
In this packages slab loads are applied as a floor loads. Wall loads are applied
as UDL on beams. Self – weight is added in the software to have member
loads.
The analysis of the proposed structure would be carried to
 Analyse to ensure elastic behaviour and fulfilment of serviceability
criteria for un-factored load combination.
 Analyse to ensure adequate structural integrity for factored load
combinations
 Obtain static displacements and rotations at various nodes.
 Obtain resultant member forces like bending moments, shear forces and
axial forces.
 Support reactions (axial force and moment) coming on foundations.
3.9.2 Control of Deflection (Vertical)
The deflections of a structure or part thereof shall not adversely affect the
appearance or efficiency of the structure or finishes or partitions. The
deflections shall generally be limited to the following (clause 23.2 of IS 456-
2000):
a) The final deflections due to all loads including heat effects of
temperature, creep and shrinkage and measured from the as-cast level of
the supports of floors, and all other horizontal members, should not
normally exceed span/250.
b) The deflection including the effects of temperature, creep and shrinkage
occurring after erection of partitions and applications of finishes should
Page 39
not normally exceed span/350 or 20 mm whichever is less .When

deflections are required to be calculated, the method given in Appendix –
B of IS: 456-2000 will be used.
3.9.3 Design Philosophy
To meet the design life and durability requirements, codal provisions
specified in clause 8.0 and table 5 of IS: 456- 2000 will be followed for
reinforced Concrete Elements. All structural elements would be designed
according to the Limit State Method as specified in IS: 456: 2000. M 25
grade concrete for beams, slabs footings, staircase, lift walls and M30 grade
concrete for columns with Fe 500 Grade steel are considered for design.
a. DESIGN OF FLOOR / ROOF SLAB
All floor/roof slabs be designed in accordance with Annex- D of IS: 456-
2000 with corners held down. Cranking of reinforcement at the support
will be provided. Torsion reinforcement will be provided at corners of
the slab as per clause D-1.8 of Annex-D of IS: 456-2000.
b. DESIGN OF FLOOR / ROOF BEAM
The beams shall be designed for the envelopes of maximum bending
moment and shear force for the load combination that gives the
maximum stresses using the STAAD Pro2006/Etab 2016.2.2 software as
per the requirements of IS 456-2000. The critical members would be
check manually also. Main reinforcement will not be bent – up and hence
shear reinforcement shall be in the form vertical stirrups only.
c. DESIGN OF COLUMNS:
The columns shall be designed for vertical load (reduced in accordance
with clause 3.2 of IS: 875 (part-2-1987) and uniaxial or biaxial bending
depending on its location. Effective length of the column will be in
accordance with Annex- E of IS: 456:-2000, considering fixed end on both
ends. Minimum diameter of longitudinal steel is 12mm and that for ties is
8mm. The columns shall be designed for the envelopes of maximum value
as per STAAD Pro/Etab. The critical members would be check manually
also.
d. DESIGN OF FOOTINGS
Assume 10% of the vertical load from the column as the self-weight of the
footing a preliminary step for the design. The same shall be checked after
designing the footing dimensions. The plan size of the footing will be
determined on the basis of the SBC of the soil. The design pressure at the
base of the footing shall be determined by algebraic addition of the
pressure due to vertical load and that the due to moment at the base of
the column.
Page 40
The design pressure shall be less than SBC of soil except when seismic
load are considered, Where SBC can be increased as per Table-1 of IS:
1893-2016.
Base pressure = (P/A)+/-( ) +/- (My/Zy)
Where P = Vertical load on the footing
A = Plan area of the footing
Mx and My = Bending moment at the base of the column along the X and
Y directions
Zx and Zy = Sectional modules of the footing along the X and Y directions
= ab²/6 or ba²/6
a & b are the dimensions of the footing
The footing shall be designed in accordance with clause 34 of IS:456-
2000. The footing will be checked for the following:
a) Bending moment at a section on the face of the column /pedestal
b) Shear force at a section at a distance equal to effective depth of the
footing from the face of the column or pedestal.
c) Bearing stress on the footing due vertical load of the column.
d) Punching shear on the footing due to vertical load of the column.
The reinforcement will be determined as a rectangular section in
accordance with Annex-G of IS:456-2000 and SP-16.
e. DESIGN OF LINTEL BEAMS, CHAJJA & LOFT
The lintel beams will be designed for:
a) Weight of brick masonry above the lintel level
b) Load from RCC Chajja attached to the lintel.
c) Torsion moment due to eccentricity of the Chajja/loft.
Lintel beam shall have a minimum bearing equal to the thickness of the
wall on which it is supported or the depth of the lintel beam, whichever is
greater. It shall be designed as a simply supported rectangular section.
Chajja/loft will be designed as a cantilever slab.
f. DESIGN OF STAIRCASE
The Internal staircase shall be designed in accordance with clause 33 of
IS: 456-2000. The Staircase is slab type without stringer beam. The waist
slab shall be designed as a simply supported rectangular section. The size
of main reinforcement steel shall not be less than 12mm. The staircase
would be analysed, designed & detailed as per the provisions of SP-34.
g. UNDERGROUND SUMP COMBINED WITH WTP/OVERHEAD
WATERTANK
Page 41
Underground water tank would be designed to sustain the following two

cases-
i. Tank full and No earth fill
ii. Tank empty and active earth pressure acting from outside.
The walls and base slab would be designed as per the provisions of IS:
3370 (Part1- Part4)-1965 using the working stress method.
Overhead water tank would be designed to sustain the water load at full
tank condition as per the provisions of IS: 3370 (Part 1- Part4) -1965
using the working stress method.
h. Auditorium Roofing System
Roofing shall be designed with composite steel structure with the trusses
and Purlins system. Puff panels (Sandwich) shall be supported on the
purlin system.
Catwalk, in structural steel, shall be provided between the roofing/
structural trusses and the false ceiling.
3.9.4 Expansion &Construction Joints:
Seismic Expansion joints are recommended when structure exceeds 45m
length. The width of the joints is being calculated as per IS-1893-2016,
clause7.11.3.
However even though the length of building this project is more than 45m,
the Seismic expansion joints are not provided but thermal analysis shall be
carried out to ascertain their effect and accordingly the design shall be
carried out
Construction joints will be planned with the coordination of construction
agencies.
3.9.5 Detailing
The reinforcement layout should take into account the strength
requirements as well as the economy of construction.
Following are the requirements of good detailing.
 Reinforcement detailing should be simple for fabrication and placing.
 Cracking of concrete should be within the permissible limits
 There should not be any free paths for propagation of cracks without
being traversed by reinforcement
 Joints and discontinuities should be capable of withstanding the same
forces as the adjoining sections
Page 42
 Reinforcement should not deviate excessively from the direction of

tensile stresses
 Reinforcement steel of same type and grade shall be used as main
reinforcement in a structural member.
 Provisions of IS: 456-2000, IS 13920-1993 and IS: SP 34 will be followed
for the purpose of detailing of reinforcement.
Page 43
C. Design Basis Report- Civil Works

General
The Construction of AIIMS Bhatinda, Punjab, shall be done on Turnkey i.e. EPC
(Design, Engineering, Procurement & Construction) basis and the EPC Contractor
shall be responsible for shortfall of any technical propriety and of upholding
prevailing standard of Code of Practice according to NBC 2016 and all other
relevant IS-Codes on the way to accomplish the work according to HITES’s
requirement. Approval of Engineer- in- charge at any stage of planning, design and
construction of the project will not absolve the ingrained responsibility of the
Contractor to execute the construction flawless and at par excellence and, if any
aspect contrary to this owning up of responsibility is glaring, the Contractor will be
held liable for such gross deviation.
The new facilities shall be completed in conformity with high standards of
construction and specification. The Architectural finishes shall be of such quality
that will ensure better hygienic conditions. The design of building shall ensure
control of noise due to walking, movement of trolleys and banging of doors etc. The
architectural design should take in to account the requirements of physically
challenged patients. All the building material, fitting and fixtures procured or to be
used should be as per Technical Specifications and to the satisfaction of the
Engineer-in-charge before being used for the works intended to. The planning
should include landscaping and horticulture to increase the comfort &
hospitality conditions inside the building. The contractor shall develop parking,
approach roads and other service requirements meant for the AIIMS Hospital.
Master Plan & Concept Plans of the AIIMS Bathinda shall be provided to the
Contractor. The Contractor shall prepare the detailed architectural design and
drawing of the Project for approval from the local bodies and statutory authorities.
The structural design of the buildings and structures shall be done by the EPC
Contractor and shall be Proof checked/vetted by the approved Institute.
The Civil works shall be carried out in accordance with the Requirements,
Architectural drawings and structural drawings approved by the Engineer-in-
Charge. The finishing schedule is appended to this Design Basis Report and shall
govern the finishing requirements. The requirements of the Civil Construction, in
brief, are summarized hereunder.
Site clearance, Excavation & Earth Work:

Contractor shall carry out clearing jungle including uprooting of rank vegetation,
grass, brush wood, trees and saplings and rubbish to be removed outside the
plot area. The Contractor shall carry out felling of trees, if any, including cutting of
trunks and branches, removing the roots and stacking of serviceable material and
disposal of unserviceable material as per requirement and as directed by Engineer-
in-charge. The excavated good earth shall be used, as far as practicable and possible,
for filling, levelling, consolidating etc. within the campus. Only the surplus
excavated earth shall be disposed off by the contractor at his own cost to the place
as directed by Engineer–in-charge and/or permitted by the local authority after
obtaining written permission of the Engineer – in-charge.
Page 44
Anti-termite treatment:
Anti-termite treatment of all buildings in the campus with Chloropyriphos/ Lindane
emulsifiable concentrate of 20% with 1% concentration, shall be got done through
approved specialized agencies only.
Damp-proof course:
The damp-proof course (DPC) shall be laid at plinth level or as decided by Engineer-
In charge in the brick work walls resting on brick foundations, as per approved
drawings and as directed of 50mm thickness with cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement:
2 coarse sand: 4 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) mixed with water
proofing material in cement concrete work in doses by weight of cement as per
manufacturer’s specification.
Plinth Protection:
Plinth protection with 50mm thick of cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement :2 coarse
sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) over 75mm bed by dry brick
ballast/ stone aggregates 40mm nominal size well rammed and consolidated and
grouted with fine sand including finishing all around the buildings, as per approval
of Engineer-in-charge. The width of the plinth protection shall be 750 mm
(Minimum).
Plain Cement Concrete and Reinforced Cement Concrete Work:
All concrete work will be strictly done by automatic computerized batching plant of
suitable capacity installed at site or RMC as per approval of HITES / Engineer-in-
Charge. No concrete work will be permitted without automatic batching plant
unless specifically approved in writing by HITES/ Engineer-in-Charge.
 RCC Work (Concrete Mix Design):- The RCC work shall be done with RMC of
Design Mix Concrete, unless otherwise specified. The contractor shall carry out
the concrete mix design with and without admixture through one of the
following laboratories/Test houses to be approved by Engineer-in-charge: -
 IITs, NITs or any Govt. Engineering College.
 In the event of all the above laboratories being unable to carry out the
requisite design/testing; the Contractor shall have to get the same done from
any other reputed laboratory with prior approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
Brick Work:
i. The bricks used in the brick work shall be either 7.5 class designation, common
burnt clay bricks conforming to IS: 1077 or 10 class designation, Fly ash lime
gypsum (FALG) bricks conforming to IS: 12894, as follows:
a. Common burnt clay bricks shall be used for all substructure works upto plinth
level, all wet areas viz toilets, kitchens, pantries, manholes, sewers etc.
b. Fly ash lime gypsum (FALG) bricks shall be used for superstructure and all
other works.
ii. Bricks used in the work shall be obtained from kilns to be got approved from
the Engineer in charge and shall be best quality bricks. There characteristic
Page 45
compressive strength shall be in conformity to the provision in Latest CPWD

Specifications for works.
a. For mortar, use of PP Cement shall be preferred.
b. The mortar shall be as under:
i. For brick work cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement: 6 coarse sand)
ii. For half brick masonry cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand)
c. The half brick masonry (with F.P.S. bricks)/ Fly Ash Bricks shall be provided with 2
Nos. 6mm dia. M.S. bars at every third course of masonry.
Finishing:
The surfaces of brick work, RCC, CC etc. shall be treated and finished in the following
manner:
Cement Plaster: - The use of PP Cement shall be preferred. The cement plaster
shall be provided as under:
a. Plane wall faces: 12mm thickness (minimum) cement plaster 1:6 (1 cement: 6
fine sand).
b. Rough wall faces: 15mm thickness (minimum) cement plaster 1:6 (1 cement: 6
fine sand).
c. Ceiling and RCC works: 6mm thickness (minimum) cement plaster 1:3 (1
cement: 3 fine sand). In respect of RCC works, in continuation with the brick
work, plastering as per brick work shall be continued over RCC works.
d. All External faces including wall faces behind dry cladding and structural
glazing: 18mm thickness (minimum) cement plaster in two coats, under layer
12mm thick cement plaster 1:5 (1 cement: 5 coarse sand) finish with a top
layer of 6mm thickness (minimum) cement plaster 1:6 (1 cement: 6 fine sand).
e. The junction of RCC work and brick walls shall be covered with chicken wire
mesh to avoid cracks in plaster work.
f. The trenches / open drains: 15mm plaster finished with cement plaster 1:4 (1
cement: 4 fine sand) with floating coat of neat cement.
Painting:
The plastered surfaces shall be finished as per the finishing schedule/tender
drawings appended to the tender document. This shall include Antibacterial Paint
and other paints as per finishing schedule. The false ceiling, as required, shall also
be finished as per the finishing schedule appended to the tender document. All
paints shall meet the GRIHA requirements for minimum 3 Star Rating. Painting on
doors, windows, Grills, MS work, structural steel, rolling shutters, railing and
other members requiring painting and polishing etc., wherever required, shall be
treated with primer coat and finished with painting/polishing of approved shade
and manufacture, as per CPWD Specifications, to meet the functional
requirements.
a. All paint work on concrete and plaster surfaces shall include application of
white cement based putty as base preparation, application of primer in
compatibility with the respective type of paint and painting with 2 or more
Page 46
coats of paint as per technical specifications and directions of Engineer-

Incharge.
b. All paint work on structural components (excluding Stainless steel) shall
include application of primer in compatibility with the respective type of paint
and painting with 2 or more coats of paint as per technical specifications and as
per directions of Engineer-Incharge.
c. The soffits of all projections, jambs, parapet walls terrace (in side) shall be
finished with premium acrylic smooth exterior paint with silicone additives of
approved shade and make.
d. The wood work shall be painted / polished (melamine finish) as per
requirements.
Door & Windows
The doors and windows shall be provided as per the requirements indicated in the
finishing schedules appended to the Design Basis Report and the tender drawings and
technical specifications. However the various types of Doors and Windows shall be as
under:
 Wooden
 Doors & Windows
 Wooden Glazed Doors & Windows
 Flush doors- laminated, veneered, commercial
 Hardware: All hardware for doors and windows shall be of stainless steel
or as specified.
 Aluminium Works
 Doors & Windows – Glazed /infilled
 Partitions
 Hardware: All hardware for doors and windows shall be of
anodized/powder coated aluminum or as specified.
 The aluminum sections shall be infilled with hardwood insert.
 MS Works
 Doors frame-pressed steel frame and T-iron as specified
 Windows – pressed steel frame-Glazed /wire gauge (SS)
 Hardware: All hardware for doors and windows shall be of
anodized/powder coated MS or as specified.
 MS door shutter and frame at mumty and machine room.
 Rolling Shutter
 With mechanical operation system.
 With MS grill / without MS grill as required.
 Fire Check Doors and Partition:-
i. All fire checks door shall be of mild steel except, in the auditorium where the
wooden fire check doors, with acoustic lining on the interior face shall be
provided.
ii. Fire Check doors of 120 minutes fire rating confirming to BS : 476 part 22 & IS :
3614 Part II . These doors shall be provided at all fire exit points, firefighting
Page 47
shafts, Service Duct and shafts. The MV panel room shall be provided with fire
resistance wall and doors. The fire doors shall be of Metal (M.S.), as specified.
The fittings such as Mortice Lock, Flush Bolts, Automatic Door Closer, Pull
Handle, Fire Rated Panic exit device shall also be of 120 minutes fire rating.
Smoke Seals, Acoustic Seals shall also be provided.
iii. Fire Resistant Glazed Doors, Windows & Partitions, as per requirements, 120
minutes fire rating shall be provided.
iv. The shafts and /or ducts, if penetrating multiple floors, shall be of masonry
construction with fire damper in connecting ductwork or shall have fire rated
ductwork with fire dampers at floor crossing. Alternatively, the duct and
equipment may be installed in room having walls, doors and fire damper in duct
existing/entering the room of 120 min fire resistance rating. Such shafts and
ducts shall have all passive fire control meeting 120min fire resistance rating
requirement to meet the objective of isolation of the floor from spread of fire to
upper and lower floors through shaft/duct work.
o Glazing (with toughened glass) with Patch Fittings and fixtures
o Hermetically Sealed Sliding Lead Door-
Anti-Radiation Sliding doors are hermetically sealed doors with 2mm lead inside
that comply with AERB requirements for X-Ray shielding Doors. Three sided wall
frame consist of 2mm lead lining. These Doors should withstand up to 75 Pa
Pressure.
 External Façade Treatment:
o GRC Jali in Cladding
The GRC jali in cladding shall be provided in the Hospital Building, Medical and
Nursing College at required locations as per tender drawings.
o Stone work -Dry cladding-
The dry cladding in white sand stone (in combination of mint white and Jodhpur
teak shade) shall be provided in the Hospital Building, Medical and Nursing College,
AYUSH building at required locations as per tender drawings. The cladding shall be
fixed with the help of SS cramps, pins and fastener. The joints shall be sealed with
approved weather sealant. The external surface shall be finished with stone sealer
of approve make.
o Structural Glazing System
The structural glazing shall be provided in the Hospital Building and Medical &
Nursing College at required locations as per tender drawings. The glazing system
shall be provided as per CPWD specifications and shall meet the GRIHA Norms to
achieve minimum 3 Star Rating.
 Railing and Grill Work:
o Grill Work:
a. The grills shall be provided in the windows in the residential complex. The grills
shall be in mild steel sections
Page 48
b. The open drains / channels in the machine room / plant room/cable trench shall be
covered with the MS grill.
o Railing :
a. MS Railing
The MS railing shall be provided in Residential, Hostels, Night Shelter, Animal
House, Services Blocks etc.
b. Stainless Steel Railing
The Stainless Steel railing shall be provided in Hospital Building, Medical and
Nursing College, AYUSH building, Director’s Bunglow, Guest House, Auditorium,
Cafeteria, and other locations etc.
 Structural Steel
a. The roofing system for auditorium shall be as per designs as contained in the Civil-
Structures Chapter of this Design Basis Report.
b. For approach to mumty/ machine rooms / overhead tank/pump rooms, MS stair
case/ ladder, as required for maintenance shall be provided.
 Flooring:
a. The flooring shall be as per the finishing schedules and for residential units, as per
requirements indicated in the finishing schedule.
b. In order to keep the floor finish as per direction of Engineer-in-charge and as per
Architectural drawings and to provide required thickness of the flooring as per
specification, the level of top surface of RCC shall be accordingly adjusted at the time
of its centering, shuttering and casting. Alternatively, for maintaining the floor
finish, grading with cement concrete with nominal mix 1:2:4 (1 cement: 2 coarse
sand: 4 graded stone aggregate 10mm nominal size) shall be provided.
c. Protective layer to be provided of all types of flooring.
d. The edges of steps in the staircases, counters, kitchen platform, window sills, facias
and similar location shall be edge moulded as required.
o Minimum Bed mortars for various types of flooring
i. Chequered tiles/stone flooring/kota stone flooring/granite flooring/ Ceramic
glazed floor tile flooring/vitrified flooring - 20mm thick bed of cement mortar
1:4 (1 cement: 4 coarse sand).
ii. For dado, skirting and risers of steps in Chequered tiles/stone /kota stone
/granite / Ceramic glazed floor tile /vitrified tiles- 12mm thick bed of cement
mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand).
iii. The vertical facia and drops shall be finished with epoxy resin based adhesive.
o Types of flooring
The types of flooring shall be as per finishing schedule / tender drawings.
However, these are brief as under:
 Granite Work
 Vinyl Flooring
Page 49
 Vinyl flooring
 Anti-conductive and anti-static vinyl flooring
 Flooring For Microbiology Lab
Acid resistant rectified, anti-skid, vitrified flooring, complying with flooring
requirements as per Good Laboratory Practices norms.
 Flooring for SERVER/ EPABX/ Fire Control/ CCTV Room
Removable raised/ false access flooring with system and its components of
approved make for 300/450 mm height with possible height adjustment
conforming to CPWD Specifications.
 False Ceiling
The types of false ceiling shall be as per finishing schedule / tender drawings.
However, these are brief as under:
 False ceiling with Mineral Fiber Ceiling Tile
 False ceiling with Light Weight Calcium Silicate False Ceiling Tiles
 False ceiling with Powder coated metal false ceiling tiles
 False ceiling with gypsum board
 A combination of above type of false ceilings
 In auditorium false ceiling with mineral fiber tiles (NRC value not less
than 0.8)
 Under Deck Insulation System - Polystyrene Rigid Insulation Board
 ROOFING
o The covered pathways, as per Tender Drawing, shall be covered by
Polycarbonate Sheet Roofing as per requirement & technical specifications. The
support structure shall be designed in MS tubular sections.
o The roofing in the auditorium shall have roofing with sandwich puff panels of
approved make and supported on MS structural roofing truss system designed
and as per tender drawing/ technical specifications.
 PANELLING
The paneling shall be as per finishing schedule / tender drawings. The paneling shall
be provided in the following areas:
 Auditorium complex
 Lecture Halls/Seminar Rooms/Conference Halls/college council
 Director Room /President Room / Board Room/Meeting Room
The type of paneling shall be as under:
i. Wooden paneling
ii. Acoustical wall paneling
iii. Laminated wooden paneling
 WATER PROOFING
o Water Proofing Treatment-General:
Page 50
i. All items for water proofing treatment with integral cement based water
proofing treatment for roof slab and sunken portion shall be guaranteed for
TEN YEARS, to be reckoned from the date of expiring of the Defect Liability
period prescribed in the contract. The Guarantee shall be furnished by the
contractor as per Performa prescribed.
ii. The water proofing of basement, all tanks, LINAC room, ETP, WTP, STP etc.
shall be done by Chemical Injection System (Pre-Construction).
iii. The treatment for water-proofing of basement, roofs, water retaining areas
hall be of type and specifications and remain fully effective for a period of not
less than 10 (Ten) years to be reckoned from the date of expiring of the Defect
Liability period, prescribed in the contract. The work shall be got executed
from the specialized agency as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
7. Crash Guards
Crash Guards (wall guards) shall be provided as per tender drawings, finishing
schedule appended in Design Basis Report in corridors, lobbies etc. having vinyl
snap on cover (lead free) and bumper of 2mm thickness each and aluminum
retainer of 2mm thickness that shall be fabricated from 6063-T5 aluminum
having high impact resistance with size of 152 mm X 25 mm. The rigid vinyl
profile shall resist an impact of 30.4 ft-lbs/ inch as per ASTM D-256-90b and shall
not support fungal or bacterial growth in accordance with ASTM G-21. The system
shall also confirm to class A fire rating and ASTM D-543 for chemical and stain
resistance. The color and design shall be as per Engineer incharge.
8. Pavers
8.1. Grass-crete-pavers: In Surface Parking & other specified areas Grass -Crete
Concrete Pavers shall be laid as per tender drawing. The Pavers shall be factory
made of minimum thickness 60 mm thick shall and M-30 Concrete Mix Grade
manufactured in joint less moulds on vibrator table finished smooth as per
required shape size and pattern, colour.
8.2. Interlocking Pavers
The Interlocking pavers shall be provided in Pathways, roundabout, cycle track of
required size and thickness 75 mm thick, factory made of cement concrete mix of
M-30 manufactured in joint less moulds on vibrator table finished smooth as per
required shape size and pattern, colour and to be laid over subgrade etc. as per
specification.
9. ROADWORK
The campus roads with M-30 VDC Concrete and 150mm thickness to be provided
as per tender drawings of required width. Service roads 6m wide, 7.5 m and 9m
at turning points from main RCC roads to all round the builds are to be
constructed, as per firefighting norms.
HORTICULTURE WORKS:
1. Scope of work
The work shall in general conform to the Latest CPWD Specifications for works.
Work under this Contract shall consist of furnishing all labour, materials,
Page 51
equipment and appliances necessary and required. The Contractor is required to

completely furnish all the plumbing and other specialized services as described
hereinafter and as specified in the schedule of quantities for Horticulture works.
2. Excavation
The top excavated soil shall be collected, stacked, preserved for use in landscaping
/ horticulture works. Surplus top excavated soil may be given to the nurseries or
put to use in other Horticulture works.
3. GRASSING
a. Preparation
i. During period prior to planting the ground shall be maintained free from
weeds.
ii. Grading and final leveling of the lawn shall be completed at least three
weeks prior to the actual sowing. Clods of excavated earth shall then be
broken upto the size not more than 75mm in any direction. The area shall
then be flooded with water and after 10 days and within 15 days of
flooding, weeds that re-germinate shall be uprooted carefully. The rubbish
arising from this operation shall be removed and disposed of in a manner
directed by Engineer. Regular watering shall be continued until sowing by
dividing the lawn area into portion or approx 5 mts. Square by constructing
small bunds to retain water. These ‘bunds’ shall be level just prior to
sowing of grass plants. At the time of actual planting of grass, it shall be
ensured that he soil has completely settled.
iii. Slight unevenness, ups and downs and shallow depressions resulting from
the settlement of the flooded ground, in drying and from the subsequent
weeding operations, shall be removed by fine dressing the surface to the
final levels by adding suitable quantities of good earth brought from
outside, if necessary as directed by the Engineer. In fine dressing, the soil at
the surface and for 40mm depth below shall be broken down to particles of
size not exceeding 6mm in any direction.
b. SOIL: The soil itself shall be ensured to satisfaction of Engineer to be a good,
fibrous loam, rich in humus.
c. SOWING THE GRASS ROOTS :
i. Grass roots (Cynodon dectylon or a local approved by the Engineer) shall
be obtained from a grass patch, seen and approved beforehand.
ii. The grass roots stock received at site shall be manually cleaned of all weeds
and water sprayed over the same after keeping the stock in a place
protected from sun and dry winds.
iii. Grass stock received at site may be stored for a maximum of three days. In
case grassing for some areas is scheduled for a later date fresh stock of
grass roots shall be ordered and obtained.
d. EXECUTION :
i. Small roots shall be debbled about 15 cms apart into the prepared grounds.
Dead grass and weeds shall not be planted.
Page 52
ii. Grass areas will only be accepted as reaching practical completion when
germination has proved satisfactory and all weeds have been removed.
iii. All planting is to be done in moderately dry to moist (not wet ) soil and at
times when wind does not exceed a velocity of 8 kilometer per hours.
e. MAINTENANCE OF LAWN
i. As soon as the grass is approximately an inch high it shall be rolled with a
light wooder, roller in fine, dry weather and when it has grown to 2 to 3
inches above the ground, weeds must be removed and regular cutting with
the scythe and rolling must be begun. A top dressing of announce of guano
to the square yard on well decomposed well broken sludge manure will
help on the young grass. The scythe must continue to be used for several
months until the grass is sufficiently secure in the ground to bear the
mowing machine. It should be possible to use the inch above the normal
level of the first two or three cuttings. That is to day the grass should be cut
so that it is from 1 to 2 inches in length, instead of the ½ to ¾ of an inch
necessary for mature grass.
ii. In absence of rain the lawn shall be watered every ten days heavily, soaking
the soil through to a depth of at least 25 cms.
iii. Damage failure or dying back of grass due to neglect of watering especially
for seeding out of normal season shall be the responsibility of the
contractor.
iv. Any shrinkage below the specified levels during the contract or defects
liability period shall be rectified at the contractor’s expense.
v. The contractor is to exercise care in the use of rotary cultivator and
mowing machines to reduce to a minimum the hazards of flying stones and
brickbats. All rotary mowing machines are to be fitted with safety guards.
f. ROLING: A light roller shall be used periodically, taking care that the lawn is
not too wet and sodden. Rolling should not be resorted to, to correct the levels
in case certain depressions are formed due to watering
g. EDGING: The contractor shall establish a neat edge where planting areas meet
grass areas with spade or edging tool immediately after all planting, including
lawn planting, is completed. Particular care shall be exercised in edging to
establish good flowing curves as shown on the plans or as directed by the
Engineer. Edging must be cut regularly and shall be maintained by the
contractor.
h. FERTILIZING: The lawn shall be fed once a month with liquid manure prepared
by dissolving 45 grams of ammonia sulphate in 5 litres of water.
i. WATERING: Water shall be applied daily during dry weather. Watering
whenever done should be thorough and should wet the soil at least upto a
depth of 20 cms to eliminate air pockets and settle the soil.
j. WEEDING: Prior to regular mowing the contractor shall carefully remove rank
and unsightly weeds.
4. MAINTENANCE: The contractor shall maintain all planted area within the
landscape contract boundaries until the period of one year after the completion of
Page 53
project. Maintenance shall include replacement of dead plants. Watering, weeding,

cultivating, control of insects, fungicide and other disease by means of spraying
with an approved insecticide or fungicide, pruning and other horticulture
operations necessary for the proper growth of the plants and for keeping the
landscape area neat in appearance.
5. PRUNING & REPAIRS: Upon completion of planting work on the landscape all
trees should be pruned and all injuries repaired where necessary. The amount of
pruning shall be limited to the minimum necessary to remove dead or injured
twigs and branches and to compensate for the loss of roots and the results of
transplanting operations. Pruning shall be done in such a manner as not to change
the natural habit or special shape of the trees. In general, one third to one fourth
branching structure of the plants to be removed to compensate the loss of roots
during transplantation by thinning or shortening branches but no leaders shall be
cut. All pruning shall be done with sharp tools in accordance with instructions of
the HITES. Pruning cuts shall be painted with recommended paints.
6. DIGGING HOLES FOR PLANTING TREES
In ordinary soil, refilling earth after mixing with manure and Watering.
Holes of circular shape in ordinary soil shall be excavated and excavated soil
broken to clods of size not exceeding 75 mm in any direction, shall be stacked
outside the hole, stones, brick bats, unsuitable earth and other rubbish, all roots
and other undesirable growth met with during excavation shall be separated out
and unserviceable material removed from the site as directed. Useful material, if
any, shall be stacked properly and separately. Good earth in quantities as
required to replace such discarded stuff shall be brought and stacked at site by
the contractor. The tree holes shall be manured with powdered Neam/castor oil
cake at the specified rate along with farm yard manure over sludge shall be
uniformly mixed with the excavated soil after the manure has been broken down
to powder, (size of particle not be exceeded 6 mm in any direction) in the
specified proportion, the mixture shall be filled in to the hole up to the level of
adjoining ground and then profusely watered and enable the soil to subside the
refilled soil shall then be dressed evenly with its surface about 50 to 75 mm
below the adjoining ground level or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
7. M.S. Iron Riveted Tree Guard

The tree guard shall be 600 mm in diameter and 2 meter high above ground level
and 25 cm in below ground level.
The tree guard shall be framed of 4 nos. 25 x 6 m M.S. flat 2 meter long excluding
displayed outward at lower and upto an extent 10 cm and 8 nos. 25 x 3 mm
vertical M.S. Flat Riveted to 3 Nos. 25 x 6 mm Flat iron rings in two halves, bolted
together 8 mm dia and 30 mm long M.S. bolts and nuts. The entire tree guard
shall be given two coats of synthetic enamel paint of approved brand and
manufacturer of required shade over a priming coat of ready mixed steel primer
of approved brand and manufacturer. The design of tree guards shall be shown
in the drawing.
8. FLOODING THE GROUND WITH WATER AND MAKING KIARIES
Page 54
The water for flooding shall be of soft water and free from chemical and good for
growing the trees and shrubs etc. Before flooding the kiaries shall be made in
required size and shape as per directions of Officer-in-charge. After uprooting
weeds from the trenched area and uprooting vegetation, kiaries shall be dismantled.
9. SPECIFICATIONS OF PLANTS
The plants should be as per following specification.
i. The plants should be full of fresh and healthy foliage.

ii. The plants should be free from insect, pest and disease.
iii. Plant should be healthy and vigorous growth
iv. The height of the plants will be measured from top of the pots.
v. The plants should be well settled and should not be newly shifted.
vi. The plants should be true to the variety and named Variety should be
tagged.
vii. Moss stick used should be made on plastic pipe.
viii. Moss stick should be straight and properly fixed in the pot.
ix. The rejected plants materials should be removed from the site
immediately.
x. Moss stick should be covered with the plants in case of plants supplied
with moss stick.
xi. The Plant should be well established and good spread.
xii. Good earth and manure used for filling the pot/poly bag free from any
inert material and mixed to proper ratio.
xiii. Pot/ Poly bag used for filling the plants should be proper size good
quality not damaged.
xiv. There should be proper drainage in pots for plants.
xv. The flowering plants should also have proper flowering and should be
true to the variety.
xvi. All plant should have the tendency of growth and should not be stunted
type.
xvii. There should be no stagnation of water in the pots.
10. TREE GUARDS: Where tree guards are necessary, care should be taken to ensure
that they do not impede movement or restrict growth.
11. NURSERY STOCK: Planting should be carried out as soon possible after reaching
site. Where planting must, of necessity, be delayed, care should be taken to protect
the plants from pilfering or damage from people or animals. Plants with bare roots
should be healed in as soon as received or otherwise protected from dying out, and
others set closely together and protected from the wind. If planting should be
unpacked, the bundles opened up and each group of plants heeled in separately
and clearly abeled. If for any reason the surface of the roots becomes dry the roots
should be thoroughly soaked before planting.
12. PROTECTIVE FENCING: According to local environment shrubs may have to be
protected adequately from vandalism until established.
COMPLETION: On completion the ground should be formed over and left tidy.
Page 55
D. Design Basis Report- Plumbing

(Water Supply and Sanitary Installation)
1. General:
The water supply and sewerage demand has been estimated, based on the population as
required by NBC norms, Local bye Laws & statutory norms. Planning of PHE system has
been done taking into account various topographical, meteorological, hydrological etc.
reports, identifying the source & quality of water, interaction with local bodies,
conducting survey of existing water supply system, sewerage system, drainage system
etc. The different components related to services are listed as below:-
1.1. Internal Plumbing Works
 Sanitary fixtures & C.P brass fittings
 Soil, waste & rain water piping system
 Internal domestic and flushing water supply system
 Hot water supply system
 Disposal of soil, waste & rain water pipe to 1st manhole
1.2. External Water Supply System
 The external water supply shall be met from STP treated water supply.
 The water so received shall be treated to make it fit for human consumption &
hospital needs.
 Providing water supply distribution network system of the campus.
 Storage of Water
 Distribution System
1.3. Sewerage System
 The sewer generated from the buildings shall be fed into the sewage treatment
plant
 Treated Effluent from Effluent treatment plant will be fed to equalization tank
of sewage treatment plant
1.4. Storm Water Drainage System
 Collection and conveyance around the proposed buildings
1.5. Garden Hydrant System
 External garden hydrant system to supply the water for horticulture purpose to
all landscaping/green area around the buildings
1.6. Pumps & Water Treatment Equipment
 Water supply pumps for Hospital, College, Hostels and residential units &
flushing water supply system etc.
2. Basic Objectives
The basic objective is to provide all sanitary engineering services and specification
in relation to:
 High standards of materials and workmanship.
Page 56
 Leak proof plumbing.

 Reliable and dependable engineering systems.
 Plan the system in such a way as to minimize the energy requirements.
 Create minimum nuisance and disturbance to the environment.
3. List of Codes and Manuals
The following codes of practice and design manuals are being referred for
designing the water supply and Sanitary installation Systems:
 National Building Code 2016
 Hand Book on Water Supply & Drainage (with Special Emphasis on Plumbing),
Bureau of Indian Standards SP-35
 Manual on Water Supply & Treatment (Ministry of Urban Development)
 Manual on Sewerage & Sewage Treatment (Ministry of Urban Development)
 CPWD Specifications
 National Building Code 2016 (Part-IV — Fire Protection)
4. Proposed Water Management System:-
Reduce, Re-use, Re-cycle Model has been adopted for meeting the water
requirement.
The following measures shall be adopted for reducing water consumption:
 Discipline use of water
 Installing water saving toilet fixtures and faucets and flow regulators
 Installing water conserving cooling towers
 Adopting water saving landscape techniques (selection of grass and plants)
including irrigation
5. Water Supply System

Water requirements has been estimated on the basis of present acceptable standards,
references from various sources such the National Building Code of India, Public
Health Manuals, Ministry of Environment, Forests Guidelines, and CPWD Specification
as well as Inputs from other services consultants involved on the projects.
5.1. Design for Water Supply/Waste Water Distribution System
For continuous water supply at adequate pressure, complete water supply system is
designed with following type of pipe-lines.
5.1.1. The main water supply lines from treated water underground tank & till the
building shall be connected with designed pipe line grids for buildings which
shall be ductile iron class K-9 pipes conforming to IS 8329 (for dia. above 80
mm) & GI pipes, conforming to the requirements of IS 1239 Part-I (for dia. 80
mm & less) . The water supply lines have been designed with ductile iron class
K-9 pipes of different diameters with push on joints, as per requirements. All
the operational valves/fittings also designed with same D.I. Specials of class K-
Page 57
12 as per I.S 9523 material as per IS Code and shall be fixed in clay bricks/fly
ash masonry chambers as per specification.
5.1.2. Water supply pipe from buildings to overhead tanks, inside shaft and
concealed by c-PVC pipes of required grade/class, conforming to the
requirements of IS 15778 Codes. To regulate the water supply, valves and
fittings, at required places, shall be fixed as per specification. At Terrace, ring
main will be with GI pipe, medium class.
Laying of these pipe lines upto building shafts shall be underground and in
shafts, supported with standard clamps up to the overheads tanks complete as
per specification.
5.1.3. Flushing water pipe shall be of c-PVC of required grade/class, 10 kg/sqcm
pressure rating, from STP to overhead tanks, inside shaft & concealed areas. At
Terrace, ring main will be with GI pipe, medium class.
5.1.4. Storm water pipe inside building to the 1st manhole outside the building
shall be of UPVC of required grade/class, 6kg/sq. cm pressure rating
conforming to relevant IS codes. The network system from 1st manhole
onwards shall be RCC NP2/NP3 pipes as required.
5.1.5. Irrigation water pipe shall be of UPVC of required grade/class, 10kg/sq. cm.
pressure rating conforming to relevant IS codes.
5.1.6. Soil/ Waste water pipe from building to 1st manhole shall be of
Polypropylene of required pressure rating & relevant IS codes. From 1st
manhole till STP, pipe shall be of RCC.
6. SANITARY WORKS
6.1. Sanitary Fixtures & C.P Brass Fittings
Plumbing fixtures, Chrome Fittings and accessories shall be as per IS: 781-1984.
6.1.1. Porcelain fixtures shall be of high quality, as given below.
i. WCs - Low volume dual flushing system comprising concealed cistern are
proposed as per IS: 2556.
ii. Lavatory Basins available in all size and shapes including wall hung,
over or under counter types etc. with infra-red sensor as per IS: 2256
(Part 7) 1995.
iii. Urinals shall be provided with Infra-red sensor battery operated as per
IS: 2556 part.
iv. Accessories - Soap dispensers, toilet paper holders, hand drier, etc. shall
be of Stainless Steel.
v. Chrome Fittings Provision for additional and special hospital fittings
where required shall be made as per IS: 781 - 1984.
6.1.2. Soil, Waste Pipe System
Page 58
i. Design Parameters
 Piping system shall be designed in accordance with Code of Practice
for Installation of Soil & Waste Pipes.
 Above ground piping shall be designed on the basis of two pipe
system as recommended in code of practice for soil and waste. Soil
pipes shall carry the wastes from WC’s & urinals etc. Soil pipes shall
connect directly to the 1st manhole outside the building.
 Internal buildings sanitary disposal system will be under the RCC
slab (By core cutting RCC slab and suspended at bottom) for hospital
zone and with sunken floor in residential buildings.
 Waste pipes shall carry the wastes from waste appliances (lavatory
basins, kitchen sinks etc.). Waste pipes shall connect to Gully Traps
outside the buildings and shall be connected to the external
manholes.
 All vertical stacks will terminate as vent pipes at terrace level.
 All Vertical Stacks in the buildings shall terminate at the ground floor
level in a chamber / manhole, as per design and then it shall be
connected to the manhole of the external sewerage system. The
manholes / chamber, Pipe dia. and slope will be as per connected
load and in conformance with the relevant specifications .
ii. Pipe Work
 All vertical stacks will be installed in pipe shafts on the external face
of the buildings or in internal shafts within the building according to
the architectural planning of the toilets.
 Provision has been made to provide cleanout doors and plugs for
Roding and maintenance where necessary and required.
7. Sewerage System
Pipes used for Sewerage disposal system shall be of RCC NP2 and NP3 class pipes
with collars joints conforming to (IS 458) from building 1st Manhole to sewerage
treatment plant inlet chamber.
7.1. Design Parameters
a) Velocity
Minimum velocity at peak = 0.75 m/sec
Maximum velocity at peak = 2.4 m/sec
b) Peak Factor = 3 times the average flow
c) Interception factor = 0.80
d) Design Equation = Manning Equation.
7.1.1. Flow conditions in pipe (IS-SP 35- Hand book on Water Supply & Drainage)
Page 59
Pipes upto 250 mm dia = 50% full running.

Pipes from 300-900 mm dia = 67% full running.
7.1.2. Min. depth for sewers
For branches = 1 M.
For lateral, main & trunk sewers = 1.5 M. / as per required gradient
a. Type of Distribution
Sewer flow shall be by gravity up to the final disposal point. The external
sewer shall be connected to centralized sewage treatment plant.
b. Kitchen Effluent
Kitchen waste shall be passed through grease trap / oil separator before
discharging in to the external sewer line.
c. Manholes
The manholes are to be constructed with fly ash /brick masonry as per
standard specifications of NBC 2016 and shall have details as follows:
i. Rectangular manhole of size 900 x 800 mm upto 0.90 mtr depth.
ii. Circular manhole of size 910 mm dia for 0.9 mtr to 1.65 mtr depth.
iii. Circular manhole of size 1220 mm dia for above 1.65 mtr to 2.30 mtr
depth
iv. Circular manhole of size 1520 mm dia for above 2.3 mtr to 9.00 mtr
depth.
v. Circular manhole of size 1820 mm dia for above 9.00 mtr depth.
d. Spacing of Manholes
i. Manhole shall be provided with all the junctions, change of directions,
change in diameters and as per connection requirement from every
units.
ii. A distance of 20 meters (maximum) on the main sewer line depending
on dia of pipes and local conditions.
e. Manholes Covers
i. Medium duty S.F.R.C. manhole/chamber/Gully traps covers for
manholes/ chambers/ Gully traps not falling on main roads, service
roads and pedestrian ways.
ii. Heavy duty S.F.R.C. manhole /chamber/Gully trap covers for
manholes/ chambers/ Gully traps falling on main roads, service roads
and pedestrian ways.
f. Treatment of Sewage
Page 60
Treatment of sewage shall be through the Sewage Treatment Plant, the

details for the same are specifically indicated hereinafter.
8. Storm Water Drainage System
8.1. Planning of Storm Water Drainage System
 The rainwater from the terraces, open surface areas, as per design, shall be
collected in the masonry chambers, collection chambers and shall be ultimately
connected to the main storm-water drainage system.
 The network of storm water system shall be mostly catch basins and RCC pipe
network, as per requirements.
 All paved/road/green areas, the run off shall directly connected to the main
storm water drains,
 Since the subsoil water table is around 6.00 to 7.00 meter from general ground
level, the rain water harvesting system is not proposed and the storm water
from main storm drain of the Campus shall be discharged in to the storm water
system of the Bathinda.
8.2. Design Parameters
 The storm water drainage system for AIIMS Bathinda shall be designed
keeping into consideration the rainfall intensity applicable for the Bathinda.
 Min. Pipe diameters for main storm water drain will be 300 mm dia in line with
local authority requirements.
 All construction specifications with respect to the manhole sizes etc. will be
respected and followed and as per CPWD specification.
 The complete campus storm water drainage system for AIIMS Bathinda
designed with RCC pipes, clay brick masonry chambers and manholes etc.
9. Irrigation system for lawns and gardens
Gardens and lawns shall be irrigated in combination of Garden Hydrant System and
Sprinkler Irrigation System.
9.1. Garden Hydrant System, Network System
 It is proposed to provide a separate and independent captive garden hydrant
system to supply water for horticultural operations to all landscaped areas.
 The distribution grid for garden mains will be by a separate grid of uPVC pressure
pipes and connected to a separate pumping set obtaining it’s water supply from
STP & raw water tank.
 The all the piping for garden hydrant shall be with UPVC pressure pipes confirming
to specifications.
Page 61
 Garden hydrant points will be of 25 mm outlets and located approximately 45-50

m apart.
 The garden hydrant pumping system is proposed to be planned so that the grid is
sized to cater for a maximum of 6 outlets operated at the same time.
9.2. Sprinkler Irrigation System, Network System
 Sprinkler Irrigation is a method of applying irrigation water which is similar to
rainfall. Water is distributed through a system of pipes usually by pumping. It is
then sprayed into the air and irrigated entire soil surface through spray heads so
that it breaks up into small water drops which fall to the ground.
 Sprinklers provide efficient coverage for small to large areas and are suitable for
use on all types of properties.
 It shall be designed to ensure maximum water saving, combining high quality,
affordability and ease of installation. All the products are made out of high strength
& chemical resistance engineering plastics to achieve functional satisfaction and to
maintain cost economics.
 All sprinklers undergo extensive quality testing in our well-equipped state of the
art lab. Performances of the products shall also be tested, as per relevant
specifications, in the field to ensure uniform water distribution and higher
efficiency.
10. Tube-wells/bore-wells & Pumping System
The water supply to the campus shall be met from the Municipal Supply from the
Local Bodies and / or from tube wells provided in the campus. The tube wells shall be
planned for the present phase of scope of construction in AIIMS Bathinda Campus and
shall be well spread so as to avoid affect of draw down on one and another. The
proposed locations have been shown in the Tender drawings. The requirements for
the tube wells pump shall be as under:
 The pumps shall be vertical, submersible, multistage centrifugal, stainless steel
(304) casing, stainless (304) impeller, stainless steel (316) shaft, ceramic bearings,
tungsten carbide shaft protection bushes and mechanical seal driven suitable rated
motor with 1500/2900 RPM, 415±10% Volts, 50 Cycles, AC 3 –phase Each pump
shall be capable of operating within a performance pressure characteristics range
sufficient below and above the required working pressure.
 The Pump shall conform to Indian standard IS: 8034.
 Pumps and motors shall be mounts on a common MS structural base plate.
 The pump shall be water cooled coupled to induction motor of suitable H.P and
R.P.M specified in schedule of quantities.
Page 62
 Pumping set shall be provides with a Gun Metal “Bourden” type pressure gauge
with gunmetal isolation cock and connecting piping.
 The pump set shall be provided with gun metal gate valve of appropriate sizes on
delivery. & non-return valve of appropriate size and a pressure gauge with cock
shall be provided on the delivery line.
 The pumping system for tube wells shall be designed for 10 hours operation
(average) per day.
Page 63
E. Design Basis Report-

Solid Waste Generation and Management
1. General
The EPC Contractor shall carry out Design, Engineering, Supply, Installation, Testing &
Commissioning for Solid Waste Generation and Management System.
The Solid waste generated from the project will be collected and managed as per Solid
Waste Management Rules, 2016. The project will adopt a systematic approach for solid
waste collection and disposal. The domestic solid waste will be generated by the
occupants of the Hostel, Visitors, Patients, and Staff; pertains to the two categories, Bio-
degradable and Non-biodegradable. These solid wastes will be collected separately by
putting different types of separate bins at the source of generation.
1.1. Solid Waste during Construction Phase:
The table below gives an estimate of the average composition of waste generated
from the onsite construction activities.
Indicative Solid Waste Composition during Construction Phase
Sr. No. Constituents Percentage composition

1 Soil, Sand and Gravel 34.99
2 Brick and Masonry 29.95
3 Concrete 24.98
4 Metal 4.97
5 Bitumen 2.04
6 Wood 2.04
7 Other 1.02
Total 100
Source: TIFAC Report “Utilization of Waste from Construction Industry,”2001
1.2. Solid Waste during Operation Phase:
The table below gives an estimate of the average composition of waste generated from
the onsite operation activities.
Proposed Solid Waste Generation Rate
SOLID WASTE CALCULATION

S. No. Category of Solid Waste Waste Generation Total Waste Generated
Rate Population (kg/day)
1 Residential Refuse 0.3 to 0.6 Kg/cap/day 10000 6000
2 Institutional Refuse kg/cap/day
0.05 to 0.2 kg/cap/day 500 100
3 Auditorium other kg/cap/day
0.1 to 0.2 kg/cap/day 500 100
miscellaneous facility
4 Beds 1.5 kg/bed 750 1125
Page 64
Total 7325
Biomedical Waste generated is 25 %of the waste generated from 281.25
the total waste from beds
*Source: Manual on Municipal Solid Waste Management, published by Central Public

Health and Environmental Engineering Organization (CPHEEO), Ministry of Urban
Development, Government of India.
It is proposed to treat various types of solid waste generated in the campus as
under:
1) For Bio Medical waste, Integrated Sterilized Shredder of optimum capacity
shall be provided to minimize the volume of and sterilizing before disposing it
off.
2) For Bio degradable solid waste like kitchen waste, paper, vegetation etc, the
waste shall be collected & segregated at source in various designated bins.
Total bio degradable waste collected shall be handed over to municipal
authority for further disposal.
3) Non bio degradable solid waste like glass, e-wastes, bulbs etc. shall be
collected at one place & handed over to the designated authorized vendor.
Solid Waste Generation mentioned as above is indicative only. During detailed
designing, if required and found necessary, the capacity / rating of the equipment may
be upgraded/ revised subject to concurrence of Engineer-In-Charge.
Page 65
F. Design Basis Report

Water Treatment Plant (WTP)
1. General
The EPC Contractor shall carry out Design, Engineering, Supply, Installation, Testing
and Commissioning for Water Treatment Plant.
1.1. The construction of AIIMS Bathinda complex is planned in four phases. For providing
WTP/ ETP/STP & Hot Water System, the entire Complex, in the present scope of
work, is proposed to be divided into two Primary Cluster as under:
Cluster -1 Comprising of AYUSH, Guest House, OPD Block & Hospital, Director
Residence, Medical & Nursing College, Auditorium, Night Shelter,
Shopping Complex, Service Blocks, Fire Station, Cafeteria, Animal House
etc.
Cluster -2 Comprising of mainly residential areas like Residential Buildings (Type –
II, III, IV, V), Dining hall, Kiosk, Hostels (U.G Girls, U.G Boys, P.G Hostel,
Working Nurse Hostel, Nurse Hostel) etc.
Two Nos. separate Water Treatment Plants of suitable capacities catering to
Cluster -1 & Cluster- 2 shall be provided.
Plumbing and fire protection water tanks, pump rooms, water treatment and
sewage/ effluent treatment plants, RO System, Solar Hot Water System etc. have
been proposed.
1.2. Population
Estimation of population is most critical element in identifying the infrastructure
requirements for any development. All the demand estimations are based on the
population or maximum expected capacity of the proposed development.The
norms adopted for population estimation for entire campus is as per NBC Code
2016.
1.3. Basic Objectives
All related engineering services and specification shall be:
 High standards of materials and workmanship.
 Provide leak proof plumbing.
 Reliable and dependable engineering systems.
 Provide adequate safety and means to egress easily in case of fire.
 To plan the system in such a way as to minimize the energy requirements.
 To create minimum nuisance and disturbance to the environment
2. Concept Planning
Page 66
It is proposed to provide:
 Water Treatment Plant
 Centralized RO System (catering to critical areas in Hospital like Labs, Dialysis
Kitchen etc.)
 Portable RO with Chilled/Hot Water System (catering to Drinking facility in
Hospital/ Medical & Nurses College/Auditorium/All Hostels/Guest House/
AYUSH / Dining hall / Cafeteria / Night Shelter / Guest House etc.).
 Sewerage Treatment Plant
 Effluent Treatment Plant cum Sewerage Treatment Plant.
 Hot Water System (Standalone building wise Air to Water Heat Pump for
Hospital Building terrace. Energy Efficient BEE min. 3 star rated Geysers for
balance blocks)
 Solar Hot Water System with required capacity electrical back up for minimum
20 % of total hot water requirement or as per GRIHA Norms to be provided.
All water distribution pipelines from WTP/STP/ETP to various buildings and vice
versa shall be laid underground at suitable depth as per CPWD Specifications.
WTP/STP/ETP Rooms shall be provided with safety equipment/items like suitable
elastomeric mat (as per relevant IS codes) for Panels, fire buckets, fire extinguishers,
hand gloves, safety charts, framed Schematic/SLD etc.
3. Water Management System:-
Following shall be focus area of design for the Campus.
 One and Half day storage shall be planned of the total domestic water
requirement to ensure continuous availability of water in all buildings.
 Recycled water from sewage treatment plant shall be used for flushing, cooling
tower make-up and irrigation.
 Dispose roof run-off and surface water flows into the proposed harvesting Pits
which will help in ground water recharge.
 Achieve water conservation by use of low flow fixtures. The flow rate shall be
equivalent or better than that prescribed in Green building standard.
 Domestic water supply shall be fed through hydro pneumatic pump for
Hospital. Gravity feed system shall be followed for all balance buildings.
 Flushing water supply shall be fed through gravity feed system for all buildings.
 Soft water shall be supplied by gravity feed system. Irrigation water shall be
distributed through water transfer pump.
 Air to Water Heat Pump of adequate capacity shall be provided to cater for hot
water requirement for hospital building. For balance building hot water shall
be provided through individual electric geysers.
Page 67
 Hot water @ 20% of total hot water requirement shall be met through Solar PV
Panels as per MoEF guidelines.
 Broad guidelines for various requirements in Cluster 1 & 2 is given below:
S.
Description Cluster 1 Cluster 2
No.
 Hydro-pneumatic /gravity for  Hydro-pneumatic /gravity
all buildings as explained for all buildings as explained
1. Domestic Water
below below
Gravity feed for all buildings as Gravity feed for all buildings as
2. Flushing Water
explained below explained below
Soft Water for
3. As per Requirements NA
Cooling Tower
Hot Water  Hydro-pneumatic for Hospital
Electric Geysers for individual
4. circulation/recircula  Individual Geysers for all
units in all buildings
tion other Cluster 1 buildings
 Standalone Heat Pump for
OPD & Hospital & Electric
Geysers for individual
units/bathrooms in all other
Cluster 1 buildings namely Electric Geysers for individual
Hot Water
5. units/bathrooms in all
Generation AYUSH, Guest House, buildings
Director Residence, Medical &
Nursing College, Auditorium,
Night Shelter, Cafeteria,
Animal House.
@ 20% (Min.) of total hot water @ 20% (Min) of total hot water
requirement shall be met by requirement shall be met by
Solar Hot Water
6. Solar Panels as per MoEF Solar Panels as per MoEF
Generation
guidelines and GRIHA guidelines and GRIHA
requirement requirement *
 Centralized RO plant for
Hospital.
 Portable RO for Cluster 2
7. RO Water  Portable RO for all other
buildings, as required.
Cluster 1 buildings, as
required.
4. Water Supply System

Water requirements has been estimated on the basis of present acceptable standards,
references from various sources such the National Building Code of India, Public
Health Manuals, Ministry of Environment, Forests Guidelines, and CPWD Specification
as well as Inputs from other services consultants involved on the projects.
4.1. Water Treatment Plant
It is proposed to provide Water Treatment Plant of suitable Capacity to meet the
specified outlet parameters of water. The system shall consist of following
components but not limited to:-
 Water supply/Lifting Pumps/filter feed pumps/Non Clogging type submersible
sump pumps etc. – MoC preferably should be -SS-304/C.I casing, SS-304 /Brass
/Bronze impeller & SS shaft suitable for operation 400/440 volts, 3 phase, 50
Page 68
Hz, 2900 rpm, TEFC electric motor with best efficiency class preferably IE-3
complete with all accessories like flexible rubber bellows, strainers, valves,
pressure gauges etc. Suitable PCC/RCC foundation with plaster, MS channel
plate with primer and one coat of paint, Anti-vibration arrangement of cushy
foot mountings should be provided.
 For Cluster-1, water treatment filter and transfer pumps shall be provided in 2
set. Each will cater 50% load of the water demand. For Cluster-2, water
treatment filter and transfer pumps shall be provided in 1 set, which will cater
100% load of the water demand.
 MSFRP Filters (dual media/activated carbon/pressurized sand/multi grade),
Softeners shall be sized for optimum working pressure etc.
 Panels, Allied Equipment & Accessories (level controllers, probes, starters,
valves, pressure gauges etc.)
 All equipment shall be installed on suitable foundations true to level and in a
neat workman ship.
 Equipment shall be so installed as to provide sufficient clearance between the
end walls and between equipment to equipment.
 Piping within the pump house shall be so done as to prevent any obstruction in
the movement within the pump house.
 The water treatment process shall be designed depending upon the quality of
water. pH, TDS, Turbidity, Total Hardness & other biological factors shall
conform to latest IS Codes/GRIHA Norms. Suitable nos. of Filters/Softeners shall
be considered & sized taking into consideration the diameter, OBR, depth of
filter media, backwash arrangement, interconnecting pipes of GI pipe of heavy
grade, instruments, valves etc.
 One standby pump shall be provided considered for each type.
 The entire water treatment plant shall be designed based on water quality
parameters available at site. The expected Treated Water Characteristics, after
Filtration, shall be as under:-
Expected Treated Water Characteristics after Filtration
(Domestic Water Requirements for all Buildings)
Sl. No. Parameters Characteristics
1 pH 6. 5 – 8.5
2 Total Dissolved Solids 400 ppm
3 Suspended solids < 1 mg/ litre
4 Turbidity Nil
5 Total Hardness Less than 150 ppm
Page 69
Expected Treated Water Characteristics after Filtration and

Softener (For Cooling Tower Make-up)
1 pH 6. 0 – 7.0
4 Turbidity Nil
Expected Treated Water parameters shall be in conformance to relevant IS

standards & GRIHA Norms.
4.2. Source of Water supply
The main sources of raw water are from the Municipal Supply/Bore wells. While
the bore wells in the Campus are yet to be drilled, but in the water quality Report,
it has been noted that the hardness level of the ground water available is within
acceptable limits. Domestic water requirements will be fulfilled from bore-wells for
all Buildings. Flushing water requirements for blocks shall be fulfilled from
recycled water from STP. And also Irrigation water requirements for entire campus
& Cooling Tower make up shall be met with STP treated water.
From the surrounding environment it is noted that the bore-wells shall, generally
be more than 50 meters in depth with blind and strainer pipes as per CPWD
specifications. The yield shall be minimum 80,000 liters per day (considering 10
hrs. operation per day) per bore well. Accordingly, 10 nos. bore wells (9 working +
1 stand by) are sufficient These shall be as per detailed design distribution and
requirement at different Zones at the location of bore wells as marked in Layout
Plan subject to the confirmation by CGWB by the Contractor at his own cost. MS
Pipes & fittings are to be used in bore well as per CPWD specifications and GI
Water supply pipes & fittings with necessary gate valves area to be provided as per
requirements from bore wells to the underground tanks.
4.3. Pumps & Water Treatment Equipment
 It is proposed to provide all type of pumps including that for filter feed pumps,
domestic water supply pumps, flushing water supply pumps (For flushing
pumps will be installed in STP), make up pump to STP treated tank from raw
water (in case of failure/maintenance of STP), Plant Room Sump Pump etc.
catering to All Buildings of Cluster 1 & Cluster -2 Comprising of AYUSH ,Guest
House, Faculty Club, OPD Block & Hospital, Director Residence, Medical &
Nursing College, Animal House, Night Shelter, Auditorium & Shopping
Complex, Service Blocks, fire Station, Cafeteria, Residential Buildings (Type –II,
Page 70
III, IV, V), Dining hall, Kiosk, Hostels (U.G Girls, U.G Boys, P.G Hostel, Working
Nurse Hostel, Nurse Hostel etc.).
 Water Treatment Plant is being considered with various types of Filters and
Softening Plant to ensure proper quality of water within acceptable limits of
hardness, as well as bacteriological limits.
 Activated Carbon Filter/Pressurized Sand Filter/Dual Media Filters /
Chlorinators for catering Domestic Water Requirements for all Buildings.
Softeners will be installed only where soft water requirement is there like for
HVAC Make up (For Cooling Towers, DG Sets etc.), other critical areas etc.
 Sufficient maintenance space shall be provided inside the water treatment plant
room for accessibility of various pumps, panels etc. during repair &
maintenance activities.
 Water Treatment Plant Room shall be suitably ventilated considering adequate
ACPH as per NBC 2016 code.
 In hospital and AYUSH minimum 1.5 bar pressure shall be maintained at each
outlet for both hot and cold water supply.
 Suitable size Sumps with sufficient sized submersible pumps & level indicators
to be considered in plant room for drainage. Also, proper slope to be provided
in Water Treatment Pump room so that there is no stagnancy of water during
any leakage & it is properly channelized to nearest drainage sump.
 Water treatment Pump Room shall be provided with safety equipment/items
like suitable elastomeric mat (as per relevant IS codes) for Panels, fire buckets,
fire extinguishers, hand gloves, safety charts, framed Schematic/SLD etc.
 Water test has to be conducted for detection of parameters like TDS, sulphate,
chloride, pH, Total hardness, Calcium, magnesium, Alkalinity, acidity etc.
 In addition to above tests, for detecting presence of toxic /heavy elements like
lead, arsenic, uranium, zinc, fluoride, boron, barium, nickel, chromium, mercury,
cyanide, molybdenum, cadmium etc. in raw water which are detrimental to
human health, shall be carried out required laboratory tests to ascertain
presence of such elements beyond acceptable/permissible limits as per
relevant IS codes/WHO standards & other norms as applicable. In case any
toxic/heavy element is found to be beyond permissible/acceptable limits,
suitable remedial measures have to be taken while designing the water
treatment plant especially for Domestic & RO water.
4.4. Water Supply System
Water requirements has been estimated on the basis of present acceptable
standards, References from various sources such the National Building 2016 Code
Page 71
of India, Public Health Manuals, Ministry of Environment, Forests Guidelines, and

CPWD Specifications etc.
4.5. Water Demand Projection
As per the estimated population and water demand norms discussed above,
Totalwater demand has been estimated as 1520 KLD, out of which domestic water
demand is 735 KLD, Flushing demand is 285 KLD, Make up water for Cooling Tower
for HVAC & DG sets is 300 KLD, and Gardening is 200 KLD. It may be noted that the
loads and demands are indicative only and may vary as per actual requirements. It
is proposed that all the Underground Tanks shall be constructed in the first phase of
execution itself.
STP Treated Water shall be use for flushing, cooling towers and gardening.
4.6. Water Storage
4.6.1. Under Ground/Overhead Water Storage:-
It is proposed to have underground & overhead storage of water equal to
minimum one and half day requirement in case of Raw/Domestic/Flushing
Tanks. Underground Soft Water Tank/ Irrigation Water Tank will be of 1 day
storage capacity. Soft water overhead tank at Plant Room Terrace for Cooling
Towers for HVAC & DG Sets shall be of adequate size to meet functional
requirement.
Municipal / Tube well water supply is collected in underground storage
reservoirs with firefighting storage capacity. It is proposed to provide
adequate static Storage for firefighting as per the norms of National Building
Code 2016 and Local Fire Services. To prevent the stagnation of the water in
the static storage tank, water would be made to circulate through overflow into
the storage chamber for the domestic requirement.
In Hospital Building, one set of dedicated hydro pneumatic pumps
(capacity/head & nos. meeting functional requirements with min. one standby)
shall feed domestic water directly to individual supply points in Hospital.
However, there will be one connection to OHT of 50 KL which will connect to
the ring main at terrace catering to domestic needs for redundancy. Booster
Pumps for top 2 floors shall be considered for maintaining requisite pressure.
For all other buildings, for domestic water transfer, one set of dedicated hydro
pneumatic pumps (capacity/head & nos. meeting functional requirements with
min. one standby) for cluster –1 & another set for cluster 2 shall feed domestic
water directly to OHT of respective buildings & then the same will be
distributed through gravity system. Booster Pumps for top 2 floors shall be
considered for maintaining requisite pressure.
For all buildings, for flushing water transfer, dedicated lifting pumps
(capacity/head & nos. meeting functional requirements with min. one standby)
Page 72
for Cluster 1 & Cluster 2 separately to be provided for lifting water from UGT
to OHT of respective buildings. Water will be further distributed through
gravity system. Booster Pumps for top 2 floors shall be considered for
maintaining requisite pressure.
Selection of requisite number of pumps in case of gravity based distribution
system shall be meeting functional requirements of various buildings
(height/usage etc.). In each type of pump, one standby provision needs to be
considered.
Over flow from fire water tank will fill the raw water tank. After treatment of
raw water up to portable water condition with the aid of water treatment plant
water shall be stored in treated water tanks. Treated water will be further
directed to Softener for catering needs of Filter back wash, HVAC make up
demand & shall be stored in soft water tanks.
Sl. Tank Type Under Ground Tank

No. Capacity (Approx.)
Cluster -1
1. Fire Water Tanks – In WTP 400 KLD ( 2 X 200 KLD)
2. Raw Water Tanks –In WTP 400 KLD ( 2 X 200 KLD)
3. Domestic Water Tanks- In WTP 400 KLD ( 2 X 200 KLD)
4. Flushing Water Tanks- In STP/ETP 200 KLD ( 2 X 100 KLD)
5. Soft Water Tanks – In STP/ETP 300 KLD ( 2 X 150 KLD)
6. Irrigation Water Tanks- In STP/ETP 135 KLD – 1 No.
Cluster -2
1. Raw Water Tanks – In WTP 85 KLD -1 No.
2. Domestic Water Tanks- In WTP 85 KLD -1 No.
3. Flushing Water Tanks - In STP 80 KLD – 1 No.
4. Irrigation Water Tanks- In STP 65 KLD – 1 No.
The Tank Details & capacity given in the above table are indicative only. During
detailed designing, if required and found necessary, the capacity / rating of the
equipment may be upgraded subject to concurrence of Engineer-In-Charge.
4.6.2. Sizing of Pumps:-
The Flow Rate of Pumps shall be suitably selected to meet each building’s
water demand & of Sufficient Head depending upon Building Height , Pipe
Friction losses, Bends etc. and other relevant Site Conditions. One Standby
Pump to be considered in each & every variant. The Pumps shall be sized so as
Page 73
to ensure approximately 4 hours of operation time (approx.) to fill the

overhead tanks.
4.6.3. WTP- Phased Construction:
All Underground Tanks of required capacities catering to various purposes
should be constructed during Phase-I itself. Filters and Softeners of required
size should also be installed during Phase-I catering to requirements of all
Buildings.
For Cluster-1, depending upon criticality of buildings served, WTP system
(water treatment filters and filter feed pumps etc.) shall be considered
in 2 set. Each will cater 50% load of the water demand.
For Cluster-2, WTP system (water treatment filters and filter feed pumps)
shall be considered in 1 set. It will cater 100% load of the water
demand.
Pumps of required discharge and head as mentioned below are proposed to be
provided:
Sl.
Pump Pump Position Application
No.
Between Raw Water To Pump Raw Water to the Filters
1 Filter Feed Pump Tank and Multi-Grade which will eventually collect in the
Filter Domestic Water Tank after filtration
Water Supply
To supply treated water to Hospital
Pump (Hydro-
2 WTP Plant Room Buildings and shall also supply to
pneumatic
overhead tank of other building.
System)
Submersible Sump of WTP Plant To Pump out Filter Backwash Water
3
Sump Pumps Room
Soft water treated tanks

To Pump Soft water treated tanks to
Soft Water to Cooling Tower make
4. Cooling Tower make up tanks for DG
Transfer Pump up tanks for DG Sets &
Sets & HVAC
HVAC
4.6.4. Tentative allocation of water transfer pumps.
The Pump Details, Layout scheme, Position and Application of Pumps given in
the above table is indicative only. During detailed designing, if required and
found necessary, the capacity / rating of the equipment may be upgraded/
revised with the approval of Engineer-In-Charge.
4.6.5. Water balance diagrams
The tentative water balance diagrams for cluster-1 & 2 are as under:
Page 74
Water Balance Diagram for Cluster -1
TOTAL FRESH WATER REQUIREMENT FOR PRESENT
565 KLD
Domestic Flushing Irrigation / road wash Cooling Tower

565 KLD 205 KLD 135 KLD 300 KLD
Flow to Sewer 100%

335 KLD of
waste From Cluster -2
water STP
85 KLD 50 KLD
540 KLD 590 KLD
STP capacity Treated Water

ETP capacity 620 KLD 590 KLD
75 KLD
Sludge &
Evaporation
Losses 30 KLD
ETP Waste Water  FRESH WATER 565 KLD

Fresh Water Supply  RECYCLE WATER 590 KLD
 KLD – Kilo liters per day
Waste Water Supply
 STP – Sewage Treatment Plant
Recycled Water Supply
Page 75
Water Balance Diagram for Cluster -2
TOTAL FRESH WATER REQUIREMENT
170 KLD
Domestic Flushing Irrigation / road wash

170 KLD 80 KLD 65 KLD
Flow to Sewer 100%

125 KLD of
waste
water
205 KLD
145 KLD
STP capacity Treated Water

205 KLD 195 KLD
50 KLD
Sludge &
Evaporation Cluster-1
Losses 10 KLD Irrigation 50 KLD
Fresh Water Supply  FRESH WATER 170 KLD

 RECYCLE WATER 195 KLD
Waste Water Supply  KLD – Kilo liters per day
Recycled Water Supply  STP – Sewage Treatment Plant
Page 76
G. Design Basis Report-Reverse Osmosis System

1. General
Commissioning for RO System. For meeting the requirements of Laboratories, Kitchen,
Dialysis needs, OT scrubs & other critical areas of Hospital, Centralized Reverse
Osmosis Plant is proposed at the terrace level of Hospital. Portable type R.O System is
proposed for Hostels/ Medical & Nursing Colleges / Hospital / Guest House /
Auditorium / Night Shelter /AYUSH /Animal House etc. for meeting drinking water
requirements in common areas (corridors etc.) etc. The Output of RO Water system
shall comply with the minimum requirement specified as per BIS 10500 for Drinking
Water.
2. Concept Planning
The Centralized RO shall comprise of RO High Pressure Feed Pumps (HPP), RO Raw
Water Pumps (RWP) of Vertical multistage centrifugal type and suitable head to
generate permeate flow as per requirements. The pump casing construction shall be
preferably of SS-316 & impeller shall be also SS 316. The motor shall be TEFC with
min. IE-2/IE-3 efficiency suitable for a supply of 415V / 3 Phase at 50 Hz. Supply. The
pump shall be supplied complete with base channel, coupling foundation bolts,
pressure gauge, valves at inlet and outlet of each pump. One standby pump needs to be
considered for each type. Central R.O Plant shall be preferably placed at Hospital’s
Terrace. Capacity of Centralized R.O Plant shall be selected based on meeting
functional requirement (RO water demand of each building/day) as stated above
within minimum operating hours (preferably 10 hrs. /day).
It shall consist of Package type RO module capable of giving a net treated water output
as per requirement, Special Anti-scalant dosing system consisting of suitable no. HDPE
tank of capacity as per requirement with a positive displacement diaphragm dosing
pump having variable flow rate, Micron cartridge filter (shall be made of FDA
compliant high quality poly propylene or some other suitable material) suitable for a
flow rate as per requirements, CIP system (Cleaning in Place) consisting of HDPE tank
with agitator complete with inlet/outlet, drain overflow etc. along with SS pump of
capacity and cartridge filter of 10 micron, PH correction dosing system consisting of
one HDPE tank with a positive displacement diaphragm dosing pump having variable
flow rate, High pressure side piping from the RO high pressure pumps to the rejects
stream control valves shall be of SS 316 using all SS fittings ball valves of suitable
pressure rating shall be used till 50 mm size, above 50 mm, flanged globe / water
butterfly valves in SS construction shall be used. Rejects pressure control valves shall
be globe valve and feed flow control valve shall be of SS 316, SS 316 RO Water storage
tank (Capacity as per requirements) of required thickness. Tank shall be provided
with water flow meter at inlet & outlet, inlet / outlet valves, overflow / drain
connection with MH cover. All RO distribution pipes shall be with SS 304 with press
Page 77
fittings. Centralized control panel made out of CRCA sheet min. 2mm thick having main
contactors for all pumps.
All control and power cabling along with double earthing between the panel shall be
provided. An emergency stop push button shall be provided in the panel.
Portable RO water unit shall be with water Cooler shall be of S.S construction of 80 Lit.
(Approx.) Storage capacity & water flow rate 50 LPH through faucets including RO
membranes, pumps, motors, cartridge filters, interconnecting pipes, valves, cables etc.
or as per OEM standards meeting each building’s drinking water requirement & as per
directions of E-I.C. The R.O Units shall be placed at different locations with minimum
two Units on each floor or as per requirement. It should be complete with all
interconnecting piping, valves, cartridge filters, diaphragm type pumps, RO
membranes, cable, drain pipe & other related accessories. It shall be with UV unit. The
system shall be suitable for a supply of 240 V AC / 50 Hz.
For Hospitals, the R.O Water requirement per bed is being considered at
approximately 40 Liters. With the number of beds being 720, the total requirement
comes out to be 28,800 say 30,000 Liters/day. Considering 10 Hours of operation, the
capacity of Centralized R.O Plant comes out at around 3000 LPH net flow after
rejection of waste water (approx. 2000 LPH) for which 5000 LPH capacity should be
proposed. The waste rejected water from RO will be discharged to STP.
RO capacity (portable & centralized) mentioned above indicative only. During detailed
designing, if required and found necessary, the capacity / rating of the equipment may
be upgraded/ revised subject to concurrence of Engineer-In-Charge.
3. Design Basis (RO Plant)
Expected Treated Water Characteristics after RO (Reverse Osmosis Plant )
Parameters Characteristics
PH 6. 0 – 7.0
Total Dissolved Solids <50 ppm
Suspended solids Nil
Turbidity Nil
Iron as Fe Nil
Total Hardness Less than 5 ppm
The Output of RO Water should comply with the BIS 10,500 for Drinking Water.
4. Instruments List including but not limited to (Provision to be considered in the
Centralized R.O Plant)
Sr. No. INSTRUMENT
1 Flow Indicator
2 Pressure Gauge
3 Pressure Switch (Low & High)
4 Conductivity Indicator
5 PH Meter etc.
Page 78
H. Design Basis Report-

Sewage Treatment Plant & Effluent Treatment Plant
1. General
Commissioning for Sewage Treatment Plant & Effluent Treatment Plant.
The source of sewage is soil and waste water namely from Toilets/ Pantry/ Kitchen/
Laundry etc. of Hospital/ Medical & Nursing College /Auditorium/ AYUSH/ All Hostels
& All Residential Blocks/Night Shelter/ Shopping/ Service Blocks etc. Drain lines for
sewerage and pantry/kitchen waste needs to laid right up to the sewage treatment
area. All equipment must be designed to fit within the allowable space and height at
site. Treated Waste Water shall be used for meeting Flushing /Cooling tower make up
/Landscape irrigation water demand as much as possible. The STP capacity shall be
sized taking into account ETP treated water. Both STP & ETP shall be underground.
Also, the tanks of ETP & STP shall be preferably of RCC construction. Common Plant
Room for STP & cum ETP shall be constructed for Cluster -1 & Separate plant room
shall be constructed for STP for Cluster -2. STP & ETP shall be designed considering
preferably 16/20 hours of operation.
Waste Water Estimation, Treatment, Distribution shall be considered only for the
buildings/developments under the present scope of work and not for buildings
planned for future expansion.
Sufficient maintenance space shall be provided inside the STP/ETP room for
accessibility of various pumps, panels etc. during repair & maintenance activities.
STP/ETP Room shall be suitably ventilated considering adequate ACPH as per NBC
2016 code.
Suitable size Sumps with sufficient sized submersible pumps & level indicators to be
considered in plant room for drainage. Also, proper slope to be provided in STP/ETP
room so that there is no stagnancy of water during any leakage & it is properly
channelized to nearest drainage sump.
STP/ETP tank sizes shall be as per functional requirements, OEM standards & as per
directions of Engineer-in-Charge.
STP/ETP Room shall be provided with safety equipment/items like suitable
elastomeric mat (as per relevant IS codes) for Panels, fire buckets, fire extinguishers,
hand gloves, safety charts, framed Schematic/SLD etc.
2. Sewage Treatment Plant ( MBR Technology)
Sewage Treatment Plant of suitable Capacity shall be provided to meet the specified
outlet parameters of water. It should comprise of pumps with maximum efficiency
{non clogging mono block type of suitable capacity & head}, blowers, bar screen
chambers, grease trap, equalization tanks, reaction tanks, centrifuge/filter press,
Page 79
sludge holding tank, Multi grade Filters/Activated Carbon Filters/Pressurized Sand

Filters, clear water tanks, MBR hollow fibre Membrane, Anoxic Tank, Aeration Tank,
MBR Tank, Sludge Holding Tank, level sensors, instruments, interconnecting piping
{PVC piping (10kg/sqcm)- For all submerged waste water piping, MS (C Class) - For all
exposed air piping and flexible stainless steel pipe for submerged air piping. GI (C
class) for all other water piping }, valves, tube settler, chlorine dosing, pressure
gauges, control panel, electrical wiring, etc. complete including all necessary safety
requirements. Tanks may be underground/over ground of suitable size and may be of
RCC/Fabricated Metal type as per requirement. STP/ ETP plant room shall be suitably
ventilated. One standby pump needs to be considered for each type.
STP Panel of required size and number of feeders to cater to all the clusters shall be
considered during the first phase of execution itself with provision of necessary spares
being kept for future.
3. Effluent Treatment Plant System:-
The effluent generated namely from the Laundry, Laboratories/OTs/Septic ICUs /
Dialysis Areas etc. shall be disposed by gravity system into the effluent treatment
plant. After treatment in the ETP, the discharge shall be connected to the Equalization
tank of STP.
In ETP, Flocculator, Flash Mixer & Chemical dosing system should be proposed for
preliminary treatment of Hospital Lab/OT effluent after which semi treated water will
be treated through the entire STP Plant.
Effluent Treatment Plant of suitable Capacity shall be provided to meet the specified
outlet parameters of water. ETP shall comprise of bar screen chambers, flash mixer,
level sensors, instruments, interconnecting piping {PVC piping (10kg/sqcm)- For all
submerged waste water piping, MS (C Class) - For all exposed air piping and flexible
stainless steel pipe for submerged air piping. GI (C class) for all other water piping },
valves, tube settler, media in tube settler, chlorine dosing, pressure gauges,
instruments, level sensors, non-clogging mono-block pumps of suitable capacity &
head, lime/alum/polyelectrolyte dosing system consisting of ABS dosing pump with
suitable capacity HDPE tank including all piping from the dozer to the reaction tank
etc. control panel, high speed Agitator of SS 304 and Flocculator complete with single
phase motor for flash mixer, electrical wiring, etc. complete including all necessary
safety requirements. One standby pump needs to be considered for each type.
All RCC/HDPE tanks shall be constructed as per requirements.
The STP CUM ETP Works proposed for the Complex can be sub-divided into two
categories:-
 Cluster 1 i.e. for Hospitals and Colleges, AYUSH, Shopping Complex,
Cafeteria, Night Shelter, Auditorium, Guest House, Club, Director’s
Residence, Animal House etc: Sewage Treatment Plant cum Effluent Treatment
Plant is considered with both the installations being housed in a single plant
Page 80
room. The proposed Sewage Treatment Plant of 620 KLD (approx.) shall be with
MBR Technology or improved version, as applicable, and shall include the ETP
discharged of 75 KLD (approx.) The treated water generation may be considered
to be approximately 590 KLD of which 205 KLD of water shall be utilized for
flushing and 85 KLD for irrigation and rest 300 KLD for Cooling Tower Makeup
for HVAC/DG Sets.
 Cluster 2 i.e. for Residential areas, Hostels, Central Dining etc.: Only Sewage
Treatment Plant is being considered. The Proposed Sewage Treatment Plant shall
be of 205 KLD (approx.) capacity with MBR Technology or improved version, as
applicable. The treated water generation may be considered to be approximately
195 KLD of which 80 KLD of water shall be utilized for Flushing, 65 KLD for
Irrigation and the excess water 50 KLD shall be utilized for cluster-1 irrigation.
 All civil tanks, plant & machinery to be installed for ETP cum STP and STP shall be
completed in a manner so that the same is completed & operational along the
completion of buildings in the respective phase.
4. Desired Quality After Treatment
a. Desired Effluent Quality (After Treatment):
Sl. No Parameter Unit Treated
water
1 pH - 6.5 - 8.5
2 Suspended solids Mg/l < 100
3 BOD Mg/l < 150
4 COD Mg/l < 300
5 Oil &Grease Mg/l <5
b. Desired Sewage Quality (After Treatment):
Sl. No Parameter Unit Treated
water
1 pH - 6.5 - 8.5
2 Suspended solids Mg/l <5
3 BOD Mg/l <5
4 COD Mg/l <10
5 Oil &Grease Mg/l Nil
c. Expected Treated Water Characteristics after Filtration and Softener (For

Cooling Tower Make-up)
1 pH 6. 0 – 7.0
Page 81

4 Turbidity Nil
Table Given above is Indicative & Treated Discharge Effluent/Sewage Water shall meet all
relevant norms including BIS standards & GRIHA compliances.
FOR STP
Sl. No. Pump Pump Position Application
Between Raw Sewage Tank
Submersible
and Anoxic tanks. Then over To transfer raw sewage to MBR
1 Raw Sewage
flow to aeration tank, then Tank
Pump
over flow to MBR Tank
To transfer sludge generated in
Tube Settler Tank to Sludge
Holding Tank and MBR Tank. The
Recirculation Between Tube Settler Tank purpose of sending it to MBR
2
Pump and Sludge Holding Tank Tank is to dilute the concentration
of sewage in the MBR Tank which
will increase the overall efficiency
of the Plant.
To transfer Clear Water from
Filter Feed Between Clear Water Tank and
3 Clear Water Tank to Multi-Grade
Pump Multi-Grade Filter
Filter
To supply treated flushing water
Flushing Water Between Treated Water tank
4 to Overhead tank filling of
Pump to Overhead Tank
Buildings
To transfer sewage to the last
Bypass Sewage Connected to Equalization
5 manhole connection to municipal
Transfer Pump Tank
external drain.
Sump Pumps to be provided for plant room drainage
FOR ETP
Sl. No. Pump Pump Position Application
To pump effluent water from
Between Equalization Tank
1 Raw Sewage Pump Equalization Tank to Flash
and Flash Mixture
Mixture
To supply Alkali dosing For Alkali dosing treatment of
2 Alkali Dosing Pumps
mixture to Flash Mixture Effluent Waste
To supply Poly dosing For Poly dosing treatment of
3 Poly Dosing Pumps
To supply Lime dosing For Lime dosing treatment of
4 Lime Dosing Pumps
To supply Alum dosing For Alum dosing treatment of
5 Alum Dosing Pumps
Page 82
Sludge Transfer Primary Settling Tank to To Pump out Filter Backwash

6
Pump STP Sludge Holding Tank Water
To convey water from Filter
Between Filter Feed Tank
7 Transfer Pump Feed Tank to STP-Raw Sewage
and STP Raw Sewage Tank
Tank
Sump Pumps to be provided for plant room drainage
The Pump Details, Position and Application given in the above table is indicative only.
During detailed designing, if required and found necessary, the capacity / rating of the
equipment may be upgraded/ revised subject to concurrence of Engineer-In-Charge. The
Disposal point for excess sewage during STP overflow / failure (location of Existing
manhole, invert level, pipe diameter and material, etc. shall be provided after ascertaining
from the local bodies.
Page 83
I. Design Basis Report-

Hot Water System including Solar Hot Water System
1. General
Commissioning for Hot Water System including Solar Hot Water System. Entire Hot
Water Requirement of the Campus shall be met from Heat Pump, Energy Efficient
Electric Geysers (min. BEE 3 star Rated) & through Solar Hot Water System. Solar
system shall be provided meeting GRIHA Norm requirements.
2. Heat Pump & Electric Geysers:-
Water supplied to Heat Pump and Electric Geysers shall be first preheated through
Solar Hot Water System. Heat Pump shall be considered for Hospital & Laundry Load
and will be placed at Terrace of Hospital Building. Hot Water needs to be considered
for entire Hospital & Laundry buildings including showers, kitchen pantry sinks, wash
basins etc. depending upon requirement meeting total hot water demand of individual
buildings.
It is proposed that Electric Geysers shall be provided for Residential Blocks/ Hostels/
Colleges /AYUSH/ Guest House/ Dining/ Cafeteria/ Director’s Residence/Night
Shelter etc. It needs to be considered for entire buildings including showers, kitchen
pantry sinks, wash basins etc. depending upon requirement meeting total hot water
demand of individual buildings.
3. Solar Hot Water Heating System:-
Solar Hot Water Generation System with recirculation pumps shall be provided. Same
shall be selected based on geographical location, cost optimization, functional
requirement, space availability etc. It should be based on flat plate type solar hot water
system. Solar Hot Water System shall be sized as per building hot water requirements.
Recirculation system shall be provided for Hospital including Laundry.
It should be complete with solar collector panels, support for collectors, mixing tank
(as per building requirement), absorbers, heat exchangers (as per building
requirement), electrical control panel, back up heaters, make up water tank,
recirculation pumps, inter connecting pipes with suitable insulation, valves, pressure
gauges, thermometers etc. complete in all respect as per OEM standards & directions
of Engineer-In-Charge.
Solar Hot Water System shall be provided for Hospital, AYUSH, Medical & Nursing
College, Guest House, All Hostels, Residential Blocks, Director’s Residence, Night
Shelter, Dining, Club House, Cafeteria, Auditorium, Animal House etc. meeting min.
GRIHA requirements. The dedicated water supply system to meet the supply
requirement shall be provided from the solar hot water tanks to the requisite
Page 84
locations. Wherever, geysers have been provided, such supply shall be fed through to
the Geysers.
4. Tentative Hot Water Requirement:
Cluster Total Hot Water Solar Hot Water Requirement

Requirement (Approx.) (considered @ 20% of Total Hot
Water requirement approx.)
Cluster 1 144530 Liters 28906Liters
Cluster 2 53160 Liters 10632 Liters
The Tentative Capacity of Heat Pump for Hospital & Laundry shall be considered to be
approximately 588240 Kcal/hr.
The hot water requirements, Equipment capacities & overall scheme & placement of
Equipment given in the above tables is indicative only. During detailed designing, if
required and found necessary, the capacity / rating of the equipment may be
upgraded/ revised subject to concurrence of Engineer-In-Charge.
Page 85
J. Design Basis Report

Fire Fighting System
1. General
Commissioning for Fire Fighting Works.
Fire Fighting system shall comprise of Wet Riser /Hydrant (Internal & External),
Sprinkler system, Down comer System, Gas flooding system for panels, Computer
Rooms & other sensitive areas, Fire Extinguishers, Fire Signage’s near Fireman’s lift,
Fire Exits, Fire Brigade Inlet/Draw Out Connections etc. proposed for various Buildings.
Suitable size shafts, cutouts, Niche, openings etc shall be provided to facilitate
installation of Pipelines etc. in all floor slabs of various buildings for various service
areas, as required. All shafts, cutouts, Niche, openings etc provided on floor slabs shall
be suitably closed after laying of services lines as per fire safety norms as per NBC
2016. Doors shall be provided for all shafts at all floors as per fire safety norms as per
NBC 2016.
The ratings and capacities of various equipments are based on NBC 2016 Part - IV and
subject to revision during detailed designing stage. The firefighting system is proposed
on basis of type of occupancy as per NBC 2016 Part -IV and building Height. The system
proposed are water based and gas based. Water based Fire suppression system is
having piping network inside and outside the building with internal and external
Hydrants, First Aid Hose reel at regular intervals according to various type of
occupancy. The distribution system is finally connected to ring main system for
firefighting.
Sprinkler system with water distribution pipes sprinkler heads above and below false
ceiling is designed to actuate automatically to extinguish the fire by discharge of water
when room temperature crosses 68˚ C in case of fire.
1.1. The following standards, bye-law, manual has been followed in designing the
firefighting system:-
a) Relevant IS codes published by Bureau of Indian Standards.
b) National Building code Part IV for fire Protection System 2016.
c) Pumps, Valves and Accessories shall be of UL listed and FM approved
d) CPWD General Specifications for Electrical Works-part V (Wet Riser &
Sprinkler System-2006)
e) NFPA/UL/FM certifications & TAC for guidance.
2. Water Requirements:
Water services for Hydrants and sprinkler system shall be stored in underground /
overhead tanks.
Page 86
a. Underground Static fire tank:-

Underground reservoir shall be provided of 400KL capacity as per latest NBC
requirement/ Bye laws.
b. Overhead storage fire tank:-
Overhead fire water tanks on the terrace will be provided for down comer system
and as supplementary fire storage as per NBC requirement/ Bye laws.
The effective capacity of reservoir, as per Table 7 of NBC 2016 Part – 4, is given
below:-
Sl. No. Underground/ Capacity of Remarks

Overhead Reservoir
Tanks
1. Underground 400000 Lts (in Considering scattered locations of buildings,
Static Water 2 Compartments probability of fire spreading to different
Storage Tank adjacent to Fire buildings is negligible, thus UG storage
Pump Room capacity has been devised as per max.
near to Hospital Requirement.
Entry) Currently, no. of hydrants coming for the
current campus is more than 100 so double
the requirement of UG tank of the stringent
building i.e; Hospital is required. (As per NBC
2016- Part IV Table No. 7, Note 23.
2. Terrace Tank Capacity as per NBC 2016 - Part IV -Table -7
3. System Description:-
The Fire Fighting System shall consist of Diesel Fire Pumps,Electrical Driven Fire
Hydrant pump, Electrical Driven Sprinkler pump ,Jockey Pumps, Fire hydrant (Internal
& External), Air Cushion Tank with air release valves for all risers, Down comer system
with /without terrace pumps, Pressure vessel, associated instruments, cabling, piping
(internal & external), valves, Fire Brigade inlet connections, draw out connections for
each wet riser, fire signages, extinguishers, Gas based fire suppression system, Fire
detectors, Discharge Nozzles, control panel etc. has to be provided as per NBC 2016
requirements. Jockey pumps shall maintain pressure in all water lines for Hydrants &
Sprinklers fully charged under pressure for full Automatic operation in case of fire. In
case of slow pressure loss, jockey pump will start and at about 1 kg/cm2 pressure loss
in the system, jockey pump will not start and main pump will start automatically.
a. Shafts/Cut Outs & Room Provisions:-
Minimum size of shafts to be provided to accommodate sprinkler/wet riser/down
comer /drain pipes etc. will be 1200 X 800 MM (approx.) and to be provided at
suitable locations as per relevant codes & standards.
Page 87
 Shafts & Inspection doors shall be minimum of 120 minutes fire rated or as
desired by relevant codes.
 Fire Control Room to be provided In Ground Floor which shall be easily
accessible & shall accommodate all fire alarm system panel/public address
system panel etc.
b. Egress components:-
 Egress components to be considered are the no. of exits to which access is
provided, capacity of exit access, travel distance to an exit, directional exit etc.
 The width of corridors, aisles/ramps required for exit access shall be sufficient
to ensure smooth flow of occupants to exit. Exits shall be so located that the
travel distance on the floor shall not exceed distance as mentioned in NBC
2016.
 No exit doorway shall be less than 1000 mm in width except in assembly
buildings where door width shall not be less than 2000 mm in width. All exit
doorways shall not be less than 2000 mm in height.
 The requirements of nos. of staircases shall supplement the requirements of
different occupancies as per NBC 2016 norms.
c. Pressurization & Compartment System:-
 Pressurization of enclosed Staircase/Lift Lobby/Lift well provisions to be
considered as per NBC 2016 requirements.
 Mechanical ventilation system for basement to be designed to permit min. 12
ACPH or as per relevant codes in case of fire or distress call.
 All floors shall be compartmented / zoned with area of each compartment
conforming to NBC 2016 provisions depending upon usage & area/building
type.
 Smoke exhaust fans in mechanical ventilation system shall be fire rated &shall
withstand 250 degree Celsius for 120 minutes.
d. Access to Fire Tenders:-
For access to fire tenders, a clear motorable approach of at least 6meters shall be
kept for movement of fire tenders all around the building. The width of the main
entrance to the complex shall not be less than 5.5 meters.
e. Location & size of Fire Pump House:-
 The fire pump house shall be located adjacent to underground fire tanks. The
slab of UGT shall be designed structurally to take the load of fire rescue tender
(if coming in the drive way area).
Page 88
 The base of the water tank shall be kept at a level preferably 450 mm to 600
mm (or as desired as per codes) above the level of base of fire pump room so
that pumps operate under positive suction conditions & the entire water
capacity is above the body of the fire pumps as per best fire engineering
practice.
 Fire Pump House shall be separated by fire walls all around & doors shall be
protected by fire doors (120 mins rated).
 The size of Fire pump house & distance between pumps, pumps & walls, panel
& wall etc. shall be as per latest IS codes/NBC 2016.
 Sufficient maintenance space shall be provided inside the fire plant room for
accessibility of various pumps, panels etc. during repair & maintenance
activities.
 Fire Plant Room shall be suitably ventilated considering adequate ACPH as per
NBC 2016 code.
 Suitable size Sumps with sufficient sized submersible pumps & level indicators
to be considered in plant room for drainage. Also, proper slope to be provided
in Fire Pump room so that there is no stagnancy of water during any leakage &
it is properly channelized to nearest drainage sump.
 Firefighting pipes from Fire Pump Room to various buildings shall be laid
underground at suitable depth as per CPWD specs. Adequate no. of hume
pipes having suitable dia. with spare shall be laid across the roads/pathways
etc.
 Fire Pump Room shall be provided with safety equipment/items like suitable
elastomeric mat (as per relevant IS codes) for Panels, fire buckets, fire
extinguishers, hand gloves, safety charts, framed Schematic/SLD etc.
f. Pumps & related Equipment/Piping & Related Accessories:-
 Quantity & Type of Fire Pumps (Electric driven Jockey/ Electric driven Terrace
Booster/ Electric driven Hydrant/ Electric driven Sprinkler/ Diesel driven
Pumps) shall conform to NBC 2016/relevant IS codes.
 All fire pumps shall be with positive suction arrangements.
 Capacity of the Pumps shall be selected as per latest NBC 2016 /NFPA/IS
codes & Head as per Building Height & Frictional losses due to bends, pipe
lengths etc.
 Horizontally mounted end suction single/multi stage, single/multi outlet
energy efficient centrifugal pump, suitable for operation on 415 volts ± 10%, 3
phase, 50 HZ A.C supply, IE-2 Class efficiency motor, complete with flexible
coupling (double arch) and coupling guard as required. Fire pump having C.I.
body, bronze/gunmetal impeller and S.S. Shaft with mechanical seal to be
Page 89
considered. Casing shall be designed to withstand 1.5 times the working

pressure.
 Diesel driven pump with engine (Min. 4 Cylinders),water cooled radiator
based cooling & shall be complete with cooling system, fuel system, fuel tank
(to cater for min. 2 hours), inter connecting piping, starting system, governing
system, PRV, exhaust system with residential silencer suitable for outdoor
installation & silencer piping shall be extended upto 1 m, outside pump house
duly insulated with 50 mm thick glass wool/ rock wool & 1 mm thick
aluminium cladding. Flexible connection in between exhaust pipe & pump
needs to be provided to suppress vibrations.
 All the fire pumps shall cut-in automatically based on the pressure settings in
pressure switch, so as to ensure that the entire fire main line, risers etc. are
pressurized on a continuous basis.
 The jockey pump shall automatically cut-out based on the pressure settings of
pressure switch. However, the remaining fire pumps shall cut off only in the
manual mode.
 All Foundation (PCC/RCC) for Equipment including foundation bolts &
vibration isolation springs/pads shall be provided.
 Mild steel (Class ‘C’) pipes confirming to IS: 1239/3589 including all fittings
like bends, elbows, tees, anchor fasteners, couplings etc. shall be used in
Firefighting system.
 Suspenders, Brackets & Floor/Wall supports for suspending / supporting
pipes to be provided.
 Till 50 mm dia. Pipe, screwed joints shall be provided & 65 mm dia. & above,
welded joints shall be provided.
 Suction dia. & discharge dia. of pumps shall be as per pump discharge as per
OEM standards.
 The entire pipe work (above ground), pump etc. shall be painted with one
coat of primer & two or more coat of red colour shade no. 536 of IS:5 (Post
Office synthetic enameled red paint) as per directions of Engineer-in-Charge.
 At terrace/Remote level hydrant, minimum 3.5 kg/sq.cm. pressure shall be
maintained.
 The pipeline shall be designed with suitable flow velocity & friction factor as
per relevant standards.
 All pipes below ground will be protected against soil corrosion by wrapping &
coating material as per IS: 10221.
Page 90
 Pipes of 150 mm dia. & below, will conform to IS: 1239. Pipes of 200 mm dia. &
above will conform to IS: 3589.
 Suitable Nos. of Installation control Valve (ICVs) to be considered conforming
to latest IS codes depending upon no. of sprinklers.
 All necessary valves of PN 16 rating (min.) like butterfly/ globe/ gate/ non
return/ sluice, Y/Pot Strainers, pressure gauges etc. to be considered as per
requirement (controlling flow/ isolating/one way flow etc.) & meeting the
functionality.
 Pressure vessels shall be provided with all the terrace pumps & at plant room
also.
 All Pumps shall be provided with flexible bellows (double arch, PN-16 Rating)
to dampen vibration/noise at source.
 Vibration Isolators/Anti Vibration Pads needs to be provided for all pumps to
absorb vibration at source.
 Orifice Plate shall be considered to reduce pressure on individual hydrant to
maintain operating pressure of 3.5 kg/sq.cm.
 Air vessel/Pressure vessel of suitable size need to be provided in fire plant
room & near terrace pump. To compensate for slight losses of pressure in the
system and to provide an air cushion for counteracting pressure surges /
water hammer in the pipe work air vessel conforming to IS: 3844 shall be
furnished in the pump room near pump. The air vessel shall normally be half
full with water and remaining filled with air which shall be under compression
when the system is in normal operation.
 Air cushion tanks with air release valves needs to be provided for all risers of
sprinkler/hydrant pipes.
g. No. of Pumps with capacities proposed in Fire Pump Room:-
Sl. No. Fire pump Room Fire pump Room Remarks

Equipment as per Equipment Proposed to be
NBC 2016 Provided
1. 2280 LPM – 1 no. 2280 LPM – 1 no. Electric Considering Stringency of
Electric Driven Driven Pump for Sprinkler Building Type
Pump (For Both & 1 no. Electric Driven
Sprinkler & Wet Pump for Wet Riser System
Risers) – Total 2 Nos.
2. 2280 LPM – 2 no. 2280 LPM – 2 no. Diesel Considering Stringency of
Diesel Driven Driven Pump (For Both Building Type
Pump (For Both Sprinkler & Wet Risers) Currently, no. of hydrants
Sprinkler & Wet coming for the current
Risers) campus is more than 100
so one additional set of
Page 91
diesel pump is required –

As per clause no. 22 & 23,
Table -7, Part IV, NBC 2016
3. 180 LPM- 1 no. 180 LPM-1 no. Jockey Considering Stringency of
Jockey Pump (For Pump for Sprinkler & 1 no. Building Type
Both Sprinkler & Jockey Pump for Wet Riser
Wet Risers) System – Total 2 Nos.
h. Terrace Pump
Sl. Terrace pumps as Terrace pumps Proposed to be Remarks
No. per NBC 2016 Provided wherever applicable
1. 450 LPM – Electric 450 LPM – Electric Driven Pumps Considering Stringency
Driven Pump – 1No. - 1 No. of Building Type
2. 900 LPM – Electric 900 LPM – Electric Driven Pumps Considering Stringency
Driven Pump- 1 No. – 1 No. of Building Type
4. Wet Riser& Hydrants System:-

4.1. External Yard Hydrants
 External yard hydrants shall be of ‘Stand Post’ type conforming to IS: 908 and
comprising of stand post for single or double (conforming to NBC 2016) outlet
with oblique pattern hydrant valve, Controlled Percolating (CP) Hose ISI marked
(IS:8423) 63 mm dia. x 15 m long complete with instantaneous type gunmetal 63
mm dia. ISI marked Male & Female couplings, 63mm dia. Gunmetal branch pipe
with gun metal nozzle of 20 mm nominal bore outlet with instantaneous type 63
mm dia. coupling M.S. fire hose weather proof cabinet (750x600x250mm approx.
or as per requirement) made out of 16 gauge M.S. sheet capable of
accommodating landing valve, hose pipes, branch pipe, nozzle, fittings &
accessories. The box shall have a front glass door with lock and key arrangement
& shall be painted with one coat of primer & two coat of finished stove enameled
post office red colour paint & "External Fire Hydrant" written on front.
 The ring main around the building will be laid min. 1 m below ground level, 2 m
away, within 15 m from face of the building.
 The distance between the external hydrant post shall be considered as per
hazard classification conforming to relevant IS codes. However, maximum
distance shall be 45 m.
4.2. Internal Hydrants
 It shall consists of Type -A- single headed or Type B double Headed (as per
requirements), Gunmetal ISI marked oblique pattern hydrant landing valve with
80 mm dia. flange inlet and 63 mm dia. instantaneous type female out let,
swinging type First Aid hose reel in red colour drum with 36 mtr long and 20
mm dia. heavy duty rubber water hose, 20 mm dia. globe valve stop cock,
terminating with G.M. coupling & nozzle of 5mm outlet with shut off valve,
Page 92
63mm dia. Gunmetal branch pipe with gun metal nozzle of 20 mm nominal bore
outlet with instantaneous type 63 mm dia. coupling, fireman’s axe with heavy
duty insulated rubber handle, 2 Nos. of 15 m long Non Percolating Hose Pipe,
suitable size of MS door made up of 16 gauge MS Sheet capable of
accommodating fire hose reel, landing valve, hose pipes, fittings. The door shall
have a front glass with lock and key arrangement & shall be painted with one
coat of primer & two coat of finished stove enameled post office red colour paint
& "Internal Fire Hydrant" written on front.
 Quantity for the same need to conform to NBC 2016/relevant IS codes.
 One no. pressure gauge to be provided in each internal hydrant riser per floor.
 No. of risers/floor in each building shall be governed by the max. Travel distance
as specified in NBC 2016.
4.3. Fire Brigade Inlet Connections/ Draw Out Connection
 4 Way Fire Brigade Inlet connection complete with all accessories (sluice
valve/NRV etc.) shall be provided for connection to Ring mains, at delivery
header in pump house, main hydrant line feeding to each building, underground
tank.
 2 Way Fire Brigade Inlet connection complete with all accessories (sluice
valve/NRV etc.) shall be provided for connection to down comer system for
residential/hostel buildings etc.
 2 way draw out connections for U.G Fire tanks to be considered near fire Pump
House.
4.4. Sprinkler System:-
 Automatic sprinkler system shall be provided as per requirements of NBC 2016
or relevant IS codes.
 As per hazard classifications, maximum/minimum distance between sprinklers,
between sprinkler & walls to be maintained. Coverage area of each sprinkler &
Assumed maximum area of operation shall conform to relevant IS codes.
 Side wall/pendant/upright sprinklers to be provided as per requirements, shall
be UL & FM certified, complete with rosette plate, glass bulb temperature rating
of 68 degree Celsius (red colour),Quick response type, chrome plated finish & in
compliance with NBC 2016 & relevant IS codes.
 Suitable Nos. of Installation control Valve (ICVs) to be considered consisting all
accessories (Butterfly valve, Y strainer, water gong, Alarm Valve ,drain valve,
Pressure gauge etc.) conforming to latest IS codes.
 Sprinkler shall be selected as per temperature rating which shall be based on
usage type. Colour code shall be in conformance to relevant IS codes.
Page 93
 Inspection test assembly/zonal control valve complete with flow switch & other
related accessories (NRV/Butterfly, drain valve, Pressure gauge, sight glass etc.)
to be provided in each floor sprinkler riser.
 Flexible pipe for connecting sprinklers (braided type) & UL & FM certified to be
considered of various sizes as per site conditions to maintain symmetry &
crossing of ducts & other utilities. The supporting system for flexible pipe shall be
suitable for different type of false ceilings.
5. Portable Fire Extinguishers:-

 The sufficient qty. of portable/trolley mounted type fire extinguishers (Gas Based
stored pressure type CO2 type /Ammonium Phosphate Type/ Mechanical Foam
etc.) shall be provided at all levels of the building, plant room, basement,
substation etc. at strategic locations as per requirements, generally to follow NBC-
2016 and IS – 2190: 1992 to extinguish fire of class A, B ,C.
 Location of the Fire Extinguishers shall be considered near all the Internal
Hydrants, HT Panel Room, LT Panel Room, Lift Machine Room, Fire Pump House,
Server Room, UPS Room, Fire Control Room, Security Control Room, Car Parking
etc.
 Clean agent fire extinguishers to be provided in laboratories & other critical areas.
 All Fire Extinguishers shall be Halon Free.
6. Gas based Fire Suppression System:-

6.1. For Low Voltage equipment /Laboratories,& other Critical Areas:
The Total Room Flooding system of fire detection and quenching is proposed in all
Low Voltage Equipment rooms where Water sprinklers cannot be used. The Gas
cylinder assembly should be UL/FM approved with seamless CCOE approved
cylinder and will be connected to discharge nozzles through metal Piping. The
master cylinder Kit fitted on Gas cylinder will be operated through separate Fire
detection Panel and will release zero Ozone depletion potential Gas through the
nozzles in case of fire.
6.2. For Electrical panels: Tube based Fire protection system is used in the Electrical
Panels to be installed in substations. The detection Tube shall be installed
throughout the compartment of panels. The location and spacing of tube shall be
above the hazard to be protected. Cylinder equipped with brass valve, pressure
Gauge isolation valve will be fitted on the wall of the panel with suitable brackets
and will be connected to the detection tube. In case of fire the tube shall rupture at
a point. The rupture Tube shall result in formation of discharge point and release
Gas Agent in Uniform pattern.
Page 94
7. Fire Signage:-
Various types of signage are proposed in the complex as per NBC 2016 Part -4. Material
of signage shall be of acrylic/aluminum of required dimensions. At every floor near Lift
landing diagram showing stairways shall be provided mentioning instructions - 'IN
CASE OF FIRE USE STAIRS UNLESS INSTRUCTED OTHERWISE'. The signage shall be
above call push button in Lift Lobby. Floor Signage will be provided in each floor within
the staircase & should easily readable. Each corridor of every floor will have directional
signage indicating Fire Escape route. These Signage may be LED lit with UPS power
backup or of photo Luminescent paint as per requirement & directions of E-I.C so that
they will be visible in dark in case of power failure.
8. Electrical Works related to Fire Fighting System:-
 Firefighting panel of suitable size incomer & sufficient nos. of outgoing feeders for
all pumps along with spares/spaces to be provided.
 Power cabling of suitable size to be laid from LT panel to firefighting panel. Power
cabling of suitable size from firefighting panel to fire pumps to be laid. Control
cabling from fire pumps to firefighting panel & firefighting panel to pressure
switch to be done.
 Suspenders and/or cable trays for laying cables to be used.
 For sprinkler system, fire annunciation panel needs to be considered.
 Motor shall be TEFC squirrel cage AC induction type. The motor shall be suitable
for continuous duty & rating necessary to drive the pump at 150% of its rated
discharge with at least 65% rated head. Motor shall be with class F insulation & IE-
2 class efficiency. DOL/star delta starter to be provided as per H.P rating of
motors.
 Adequate no. of NO/NC contacts for interlocks, indicating lamps, remote operation
etc. shall be provided on starter/contactor.
 Metallic body of all motors, medium voltage equipment etc. shall be connected by
2 separate & distinct earth conductors to the earth stations of the installations.
Looping of such body earth conductors is acceptable from one equipment to
another.
9. Design Calculation
9.1. PUMPING HEAD CALCULATION: (Mentioned Below or as per site conditions)
Total height of the building – between 15-24mtrs. (From average ground level
around the building to the terrace floor)
A minimum of 3.5 kg / cm2 of pressure required to be provided at the farthest / last
hydrant point. Plus a minimum of 10% of Hydraulic pressure loss is considered in
the entire system.
Page 95
Total Head = 35 Mtr + height of hydrant at Terrace Level from pump level + 6%
length of pipe from pump to terrace level hydrant
= 35+27+6% of 350 Mtr = 83 Mtr, SAY = 85 Mtr
The Head of Pumps worked out as above is tentative & the EPC contractor shall
work out the Head of Pumps during detailed engineering as per buildings height,
friction loss of pipe/fittings etc.
9.2. HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS – SPRINKLERS SYSTEM (Mentioned Below or as
per site conditions)
Minimum Design Requirements - AS PER NBC/TAC/IS 15105:-
Occupancy Classification Ordinary/Moderate Hazard (Group C-1
Sl. No 3) (As per NBC 2016-Part-4)
Design Density- 5 (L/min)/m2 (As per IS15105/TAC)
Hydraulically Remote Area 360m2(As per IS 15105/TAC)
Water Demand = Remote Area x Density 360 m2 x 5(L/min)/m2 = 1800LPM
Water Demand as per sprinkler 40 Nos. x 47.33 ltr = 1893.2 LPM
K-Factor 80.00
Sprinkler Temperature Classification 68oC
NPT Thread Size 15mm
Bulb Color Red
Sprinkler Distance Center to Center 2 - 4 Mtr
Max. Area Coverage By One Sprinkler (ceiling Type) -12 m2
As per Pattern (A) Discharge in LPM Req. -47.33
Water Storage Tank Capacity including wet riser - 400000 Liters (2 X 200000 LIT)
Main Sprinkler Pump Capacity -2280 LPM
Jockey Pump Capacity -180 LPM
Frictional pressure loss in pipe shall be calculated from the Hazen – Williams’s
formula as under:-
Pm = 6.05 (Qm1.85 / C1.85 x dm4.87)105
Where,
Pm = frictional resistance in bar per meter of pipe.
Qm = Flow in LPM.
Dm = actual internal diameter in mm.
C = frictional loss coefficient.
Page 96
L = Equivalent length and fittings (in Mtr).

For M.S. Pipe “C” value shall be 120 in sprinkler installation for calculation purpose.
10. Indicative Fire Fighting Parameters to be provided for various Buildings:-
Fire Extinguisher
Sl. Type of Building
Name of Building Height of Building in mtr Provisions as
No. occupancy Type Deliverable
per NBC 2016
OPD + Diagnostic Above 24 m & not To be
1 Institutional C-1-4) Required
Block+ Hospital exceeding 45 m in height Provided
Less than 15 m in height
To be
2 AYUSH Hospital Institutional C-1-2) with plot area more than Required
Provided
1000 sqm
Medical & Nursing 15 m & above but not To be
3 Educational B-2) Required
College exceeding 24 m in height Provided
15 m & above but not To be
4 Nursing Hostel Residential A-3) 2) Required
exceeding 35m in height Provided
Working Nurses 15 m & above but not To be
5 Residential A-3) 2) Required
Hostel exceeding 35m in height Provided
PG Hostel (Married 15 m & above but not To be
/Girl's/Boy's) exceeding 35m in height Provided
7 Boys Hostel (U.G) Residential A-3) 2) Required
8 Girls Hostel (U.G) Residential A-3) 2) Required
Less than 10 m in height, To be
9 Dining Block Assembly D a) 1 ii) Required
more than 300 persons Provided
10 Cafeteria Assembly D a) 1 i) Required
upto 300 persons Provided
One or two family private To be
11 Director Residence Residential A-2) Not Required
dwellings Provided
More than 15 & upto 30 To be
12 Guest house Residential A-1 ii) Required
rooms Provided
To be
13 Night Shelter Residential A-3 1) Less than 15 m in height Required
Provided
15 m & above not To be
14. Type -II Apartments Residential A-4-2) Required
exceeding 35 m in height Provided
15 Type -III Apartments Residential A-4-2) Required
To be
16 Type-IV Apartments Residential A-4-1) Less than 15 m in height Required
Provided
To be
17 Type-V Apartments Residential A-4-1) Less than 15 m in height Required
Provided
Less than 15 m in height,
ground plus one storey To be
18 Shopping Center Mercantile F a) 1 i) Required
with total of all floor area Provided
not exceeding 500 sqm
D-a) 1) Less than 10 m in height, To be
19 Auditorium Assembly Required
ii) more than 300 persons Provided
Business To be
20 Animal House E-1) Less than 10 m in height Required
Building Provided
Page 97
First Aid Hose Reel

Sl. Type of Building
Name of Building Height of Building in mtr Provisions as
No. occupancy Type Deliverable
per NBC 2016
To be
Provided
1000 sqm
PG Hostel (Married/ 15 m & above but not To be
Girl's/Boy's) exceeding 35m in height Provided
8 Girls Hostel (U.G) Residential A-3) 2) Required
One or two family private Not to be
dwellings Provided
12 Guest house Residential A-1 ii) Required
rooms Provided
To be
13 Night Shelter Residential A-3 1) Less than 15 m in height Required
Provided
14. Type -II Apartments Residential A-4-2) Required
Type -III 15 m & above not To be
15 Residential A-4-2) Required
Apartments exceeding 35 m in height Provided
To be
16 Type-IV Apartments Residential A-4-1) Less than 15 m in height Required
Provided
To be
17 Type-V Apartments Residential A-4-1) Less than 15 m in height Required
Provided
18 Shopping Center Mercantile F a) 1 i) Required
19 Auditorium Assembly D-a) 1) ii) Required
Business To be
Building Provided
Page 98
Wet Riser
Sl. Type of Building Height of Building in
Name of Building Provisions as
No. occupancy Type mtr. Deliverable
per NBC 2016
To be
Provided
1000 sqm
3 Educational B-2) Not Required
15 m & above but not Not to be
4 Nursing Hostel Residential A-3) 2) Not Required
Working Nurses 15 m & above but not Not to be
5 Residential A-3) 2) Not Required
PG Hostel (Married/ 15 m & above but not Not to be
Girl's/Boy's) exceeding 35m in height Provided
7 Boys Hostel (U.G) Residential A-3) 2) Not Required
8 Girls Hostel (U.G) Residential A-3) 2) Not Required
Less than 10 m in height, Not to be
9 Dining Block Assembly D a) 1 ii) Not Required
10 Cateteria Assembly D a) 1 i) Not Required
One or two family Not to be
private dwellings Provided
More than 15 & upto 30 Not to be
12 Guest house Residential A-1 ii) Not Required
rooms Provided
Not to be
13 Night Shelter Residential A-3 1) Less than 15 m in height Not Required
Provided
15 m & above not Not to be
14. Type -II Apartments Residential A-4-2) Not Required
15 m & above not Not to be
15 Type -III Apartments Residential A-4-2) Not Required
Not to be
16 Type-IV Apartments Residential A-4-1) Less than 15 m in height Not Required
Provided
Not to be
17 Type-V Apartments Residential A-4-1) Less than 15 m in height Not Required
Provided
Not to be
ground plus one storey
18 Shopping Center Mercantile F a) 1 i) Not Required Provided
with total of all floor area
19 Auditorium Assembly Not Required
Business Not to be
20 Animal House E-1) Less than 10 m in height Not Required
Building Provided
Page 99
Down comer
Sl. Name of Type of Building Height of Building in
Provisions as
No. Building occupancy Type mtr. Deliverable
per NBC 2016
OPD + Diagnostic Above 24 m & not Not to be
1 Institutional C-1-4) Not Required
Not to be
2 AYUSH Hospital Institutional C-1-2) with plot area more than Not Required
Provided
1000 sqm
Medical & 15 m & above but not To be
Nursing College exceeding 24 m in height Provided
PG Hostel
6 (Married/ Girl's/ Residential A-3) 2) Required
Boy's)
Girls Hostel 15 m & above but not To be
(U.G) exceeding 35m in height Provided
Less than 10m in height, To be
Less than 10m in height, To be
Director One or two family private Not to be
11 Residential A-2) Not Required
Residence dwellings Provided
rooms Provided
Not to be
Provided
Type -II 15 m & above not To be
14. Residential A-4-2) Required
15 Residential A-4-2) Required
Type-IV Not to be
16 Residential A-4-1) Less than 15 m in height Not Required
Apartments Provided
Type-V Not to be
Apartments Provided
ground plus one storey Not to be
18 Shopping Center Mercantile F a) 1 i) Not Required
19 Auditorium Assembly Required
Business To be
Building Provided
Page 100
Yard Hydrant
Sl. Type of Building Height of Building in
Name of Building Provisions as
No. occupancy Type mtr. Deliverable
per NBC 2016
Above 24 m & not
OPD + Diagnostic To be
1 Institutional C-1-4) exceeding 45 m in Required
Block+ Hospital Provided
height
Less than 15 m in
To be
2 AYUSH Hospital Institutional C-1-2) height with plot area Required
Provided
more than 1000 sqm
15 m & above but not
Medical & Nursing To be
3 Educational B-2) exceeding 24 m in Not Required
College Provided
height
To be
4 Nursing Hostel Residential A-3) 2) exceeding 35m in Not Required
Provided
height
Working Nurses To be
5 Residential A-3) 2) exceeding 35m in Not Required
Hostel Provided
height
PG Hostel 15 m & above but not
To be
6 (Married/ Girl’s/ Residential A-3) 2) exceeding 35m in Not Required
Provided
Boy’s) height
To be
7 Boys Hostel (U.G) Residential A-3) 2) exceeding 35m in Not Required
Provided
height
To be
8 Girls Hostel (U.G) Residential A-3) 2) exceeding 35m in Not Required
Provided
height
Less than 10 m in
To be
9 Dining Block Assembly D a) 1 ii) height, more than 300 Not Required
Provided
persons
Less than 10 m in
To be
10 Cafeteria Assembly D a) 1 i) height, upto 300 Not Required
Provided
persons
One or two family To be
private dwellings Provided
More than 15 & upto To be
30 rooms Provided
Less than 15 m in To be
13 Night Shelter Residential A-3 1) Not Required
height Provided
15 m & above not
Type –II To be
14. Residential A-4-2) exceeding 35 m in Not Required
Apartments Provided
height
15 m & above not
Type –III To be
15 Residential A-4-2) exceeding 35 m in Not Required
Apartments Provided
height
Type-IV Less than 15 m in To be
16 Residential A-4-1) Not Required
Apartments height Provided
Less than 15 m in To be
17 Type-V Apartments Residential A-4-1) Not Required
height Provided
To be
18 Shopping Center Mercantile F -1-2 Below 15 Not Required
Provided
To be
19 Auditorium Assembly D-1-2 Below 10 Not Required
Provided
Business Less than 10 m in To be
20 Animal House E-1) Not Required
Building height Provided
Page 101
Sprinkler
Provisions as
No. Building occupancy Type mtr Deliverable
per NBC 2016
To be
Provided
1000 sqm
3 Educational B-2) Not Required
4 Nursing Hostel Residential A-3) 2) Not Required
Working Nurses 15 m & above but not Not to be
PG Hostel
6 (Married /Girl's Residential A-3) 2) Not Required
/Boy's)
7 Boys Hostel (U.G) Residential A-3) 2) Not Required
8 Girls Hostel (U.G) Residential A-3) 2) Not Required
9 Dining Block Assembly D a) 1 ii) Not Required
10 Cafeteria Assembly D a) 1 i) Not Required
rooms Provided
Not to be
Provided
Type -II 15 m & above not Not to be
14. Residential A-4-2) Not Required
Type -III 15 m & above not Not to be
15 Residential A-4-2) Not Required
Type-IV Not to be
Apartments Provided
Type-V Not to be
Apartments Provided
ground plus one storey Not to be
18 Shopping Center Mercantile F a) 1 i) Not Required
19 Auditorium Assembly D-a) 1) ii) Not Required
Business Not To be
20 Animal House E-1) Less than 10 m in height Not Required
Building Provided
Page 102
Terrace Pump
Provisions as
per NBC 2016
OPD + Diagnostic Above 24 m & not Not to be
1 Institutional C-1-4) Not Required
Block+Hospital exceeding 45 m in height Provided
Not to be
2 AYUSH Hospital Institutional C-1-2) with plot area more than Not Required
Provided
1000 sqm
3 Educational B-2) 900 LPM -1 No.
4 Nursing Hostel Residential A-3) 2) 900 LPM -1 No.
5 Residential A-3) 2) 900 LPM -1 No.
PG Hostel
6 (Married/Girl's/ Residential A-3) 2) 900 LPM -1 No.
Boy's)
7 Boys Hostel (U.G) Residential A-3) 2) 900 LPM -1 No.
8 Girls Hostel (U.G) Residential A-3) 2) 900 LPM -1 No.
9 Dining Block Assembly D a) 1 ii) 900 LPM -1 No.
10 Cafeteria Assembly D a) 1 i) 450 LPM -1 No.
12 Guest house Residential A-1 ii) 450 LPM -1 No.
rooms Provided
To be
13 Night Shelter Residential A-3 1) Less than 15 m in height 450 LPM -1 No.
Provided
Type -II 15 m & above not 900 LPM - 1 To be
14. Residential A-4-2)
Apartments exceeding 35 m in height No. Provided
Type -III 15 m & above not 900 LPM - 1 To be

15 Residential A-4-2)
Apartments exceeding 35 m in height No. Provided
Type-IV 450 LPM - 1 To be
16 Residential A-4-1) Less than 15 m in height
Apartments No. Provided
Type-V 450 LPM - 1 To be
17 Residential A-4-1) Less than 15 m in height
Apartments No. Provided
18 Shopping Center Mercantile F a) 1 i) 450 LPM -1 No.
D-a) 1) Less than 10 m in height, 900 LPM - 1 To be
19 Auditorium Assembly
ii) more than 300 persons No. Provided
Business To be
20 Animal House E-1) Less than 10 m in height 450 LPM – 1No.
Building Provided
Page 103
Terrace Tank Capacity

Provisions as
per NBC 2016
OPD +
Above 24 m & not To be
1 Diagnostic Institutional C-1-4) 20 KLD
Block+ Hospital
To be
2 AYUSH Hospital Institutional C-1-2) with plot area more than 10 KLD
Provided
1000 sqm
3 Educational B-2) 25 KLD
4 Nursing Hostel Residential A-3) 2) 25 KLD
5 Residential A-3) 2) 25 KLD
PG Hostel
6 (Married/Girl's/ Residential A-3) 2) 25 KLD
Boy's)
Boys Hostel 15 m & above but not To be
Girls Hostel 15 m & above but not To be
9 Dining Block Assembly D a) 1 ii) 25 KLD
10 Cafeteria Assembly D a) 1 i) 20 KLD
Director One or two family private To be
12 Guest house Residential A-1 ii) 5 KLD
rooms Provided
To be
13 Night Shelter Residential A-3 1) Less than 15 m in height 5 KLD
Provided
Type -II 15 m & above not To be
14. Residential A-4-2) 25 KLD
15 Residential A-4-2) 25 KLD
Type-IV To be
16 Residential A-4-1) Less than 15 m in height 5 KLD
Apartments Provided
Type-V To be
17 Residential A-4-1) Less than 15 m in height 5 KLD
Apartments Provided
18 Shopping Center Mercantile F a) 1 i) 5 KLD
19 Auditorium Assembly D-a) 1) ii) 25 KLD
Business To be
20 Animal House E-1) Less than 10 m in height 10 KLD
Building Provided
Note:-
i. The Tables provided above has been prepared considering Buildings as per
present scope of work.
ii. Fire Fighting Norms w.r.t NBC 2016 have been indicated in the column titled “As
per NBC 2016”. The requirements indicated in the column “Deliverable” are
minimum to be provided by the EPC Contractor.
Page 104
iii. Notwithstanding anything mentioned in above table above, additional firefighting

provision specifically contained in the Bye laws, if any, shall have to be additionally
provided.
iv. Any building not appearing in the above table shall be dealt with as per NBC 2016
norms & Bye law’s provisions.
Page 105
K. Design Basis Report

Electrical and LV works
1. GENERAL
(a) The EPC Contractor shall carry out Design, Engineering, Supply, Installation, Testing
& Commissioning of complete Internal & External Electrification works including
Low Voltage (LV) and other works as required for smooth functioning of the
proposed AIIMS Campus at Bathinda. All Electrical & LV works shall be designed
and executed as per latest codes of practice for Electrical installations and meeting
the requirements of Indian Electricity Rules/Act, applicable I.S. Codes/ Rules and
relevant IS/ CPWD Specifications, Special requirements of Punjab Electricity Board
latest up to date.
(b) The rating and capacity of equipment indicated herein below are minimum to be
provided. However during detailed designing, if required and found necessary, the
capacity / rating of the equipment may be upgraded by the EPC Contractor.
2. SCOPE OF WORK
Electrical & Allied Services’ required for proposed AIIMS complex at Bathinda covers
Electric Sub Stations, D.G Set Installation work, Internal Electrical Installations, HT/ LT
Panels, Distribution Boards, External Electrical Installations, 11 KV HT and LT Cables,
Road/Compound Lighting, Solar Lighting Poles, Centralized UPS system, Internal &
External Electrical Distribution work. It shall also include Direct Online Solar power
station, IP-based Telephones System, Data Centre, LAN Networking & Wi-Fi System,
CCTV System, Fire Alarm System, Public Address System, Building Management System,
SCADA System, Nurse Call System, Access Control System, MATV System, Hospital
Management Information System (wiring only), Lifts, and Information Display System
etc.
Suitable size shafts, cutouts, Niche, openings etc. shall be provided to facilitate
installation of Rising mains, Pipelines, Cable Trays, Ducts, Pneumatic Tube System etc.
in all floor slabs of various buildings for various service areas, as required. All shafts,
cutouts, Niche, openings etc. provided on floor slabs shall be suitably closed after laying
of services lines as per fire safety norms as per NBC 2016. Suitable doors shall be
provided for all shafts at all floors as per fire safety norms stipulated in NBC 2016.
Chain link fencing with suitable entry gates, as per functional & statutory requirements
shall be provided for all Electrical Substation Yards and HSD Storage Yard.
All Services, as required like electrical power panels, Light & Fan Points, Power Points,
Telephone Points LAN/Data/Wi-Fi Points, UPS Panels & UPS Power Points, Earth Pits,
Earthing Network, Raw/ Soft/ Hot water supply, drainage, plumbing, HVAC provisions,
ducting etc. shall be adequately provided as per OEM requirements for all Medical
Page 106
Equipment, Modular OT Rooms, ICUs, CSSD, Laundry, Kitchen, MGPS, Pneumatic Tube
System etc.
MGPS Pipelines etc shall be taken from MGPS Room to various locations in Hospital
Building by another agency. The EPC Contractor shall provide the required and suitable
MS structure, duly painted at appropriate height (min 6 M clear height) from MGPS
Room to Hospital Building.
A Tentative List of Medical Equipment is appended at Annexure-II for reference of the
EPC Contractor.
3. ELECTRICAL POWER REQUIREMENT

The Electrical Load requirement has been calculated on the basis of covered area of
various buildings/ blocks as per NBC 2016 considering lighting load @ 13 W/Sq.m&
power load @55 W/Sq.m.
Load for the Central Air Conditioning Plant, Medical Equipment/Services, Lifts, Pumps,
External Lightning, STP, WTP etc. has also been taken in to account.
Peak Electrical Connected load before overall diversity factor works out to 13000 kVA.
Considering overall diversity factor of 70%, Peak Load Demand will be 9000 kVA.
AIIMS, Bathinda Complex is proposed to be constructed in various phases. Peak Load
Demand for various phases is given as below:
Phase Peak Load Demand in KVA

Phase -1 2080
Phase -2 2398
Phase -3 2634
Phase -4 1733
Total 8845 KVA SAY 9000 KVA
Phase-wise electrical load calculation sheets are provided at Annexure – A.

4. SOURCE OF SUPPLY
Punjab State Power Corporation Limited (PSPCL) shall provide EHT Power at 66 kV
level through 2 No. 66 KV Independent Feeder Lines up to the boundary wall of AIIMS
Bathinda Campus to meet total electrical load requirements of AIIMS Bathinda. Scope of
work for EPC Contractor shall commence from the point where 66 KV EHT power shall
be made available by PSPCL near to the boundary wall of AIIMS Bathinda Campus. In
case 66/11 kV Substation is provided and established by the Client, scope of work for
EPC Contractor shall commence from the 11 kV HT Panel onwards in the 66/11 KV
Substation Yard.
66/11 KV Grid Substation:
Page 107
Outdoor Type 66/11 KV Grid Substation shall be established with 2 X 10 MVA, 66/11
KV Power Transformers fed by 2 No. 66 KV Independent Feeder Lines. All necessary
EHT equipment for 66/11 KV Grid Substation like 66 kV EHT SF6 Breakers, Insulators,
CT, PT, Lightening Arrestors, Bus Coupler, ACSR Conductors, Batteries, Earthing
network, Safety equipment, MS structures, associated accessories, as required shall be
provided by EPC Contractor. HT Panel Room, Battery Room, Control Room and civil
foundations & structures for all the equipment, as required shall be constructed by EPC
Contractor in 66/11 KV Substation Yard.
For establishing outdoor type 66/11 KV Grid Substation, total area measuring 2 Acres
approximately has been demarcated in the Master Plan for AIIMS Bathinda wherein
66/11 KV Substation shall be established.
66 kV power shall be stepped down to 11 kV level and fed to 11 kV HT Panel
comprising of 2 No Incomers, 1 No Bus coupler and 8 No Outgoing Feeders (4 No O/g
feeders on either side of the Bus Coupler).
11 kV power shall be tapped through 11 KV HT cables from outgoing feeders of 11 KV
HT Panel for feeding 11 kV power Supply to the proposed two No. 11/0.433 kV
Substations for the AIIMS Campus. Suitable rating Digital Energy Meters shall be
provided in Incoming and Outgoing Feeders of 11 kV HT Panel.
5. ELECTRIC SUB-STATIONS (11/0.433 kV- 2 No):
Two Nos. 11/ 0.433 kV Electric Substations (ESS-1 & ESS-2) will be established in
AIIMS, Bathinda Complex to meet the Peak Electrical Load Demand of 9000 KVA.
Both ESS-1 & ESS-2 Substations in this AIIMS campus shall be interconnected with Ring
Main System through 11 KV underground HT cables.
ESS-1 & ESS-2 Substations shall be Indoor Type Sub-Station complete with 11 KV Panel
Board, Transformers, DG Sets (Outdoor), Sandwich bus-ducts, LT Switch Board,
Capacitor Panels and all other items/accessories as required. DG Sets shall have facility
for auto & manual start/ stop, auto changeover, auto load management and
Synchronization. The transformers & DG Sets shall be connected to respective LT
Panels through suitable size indoor/outdoor sandwich bus ducts in all the substations.
Transformers, DG Sets and other substation equipment shall be provided in phases as
required to meet electrical loads of various buildings to be constructed in phases.
To maintain continuity of Electrical supply both these Substations will be
interconnected with each other through 11 KV Ring Main systems. All the substations
will have 11 KV Panel board of suitable Nos. of feeders with 20% spare feeders.
Central Air Conditioning Plant Room is proposed adjacent to ESS-1 & HVAC Load shall
be fed directly from Main LT Panel of the Sub Station-2 through sandwich Bus ducts.
Main LT Panel in Substation and all other Electrical Panel shall be compliant to IEC-
61439 and other Relevant IS Codes, ECBC /NBC norms. Panels should be suitable for
monitoring and control with BMS/ SCADA System. Suitable BMS / SCADA Integration
Page 108
Cards shall be provided to achieve BMS /SCADA compatibility of HT & LT Panels.

Trenches with suitable width & depth shall be provided for installation of HT/LT/
Capacitor Panels etc. and also for Laying of HT/LT Power cables & Control Cables.
Substation shall comprise of all ancillary equipment like Battery Charger etc. Suitable
size MS Chequered Plates, duly painted of minimum thickness 6 mm shall be provided
for trenches inside the panel room as required. Hot Dip Galvanized Cable trays of
suitable size shall be used as required. SCADA System shall be provided for all
substations and hooked up/ integrated to BMS System.
All armoured HT/LT power cables, control cables, telephone cables, signal cables etc.
shall be laid underground preferably along the roads & pathways at suitable depth as
per CPWD specifications. Adequate no. of Hume pipes/ DWC HDPE Pipes having
suitable diameter with spare shall be laid across the roads/pathways etc.
Maximum allowable transformer losses at 50% & 100% load shall comply to ECBC
norms. All Substation/HT/LT Panel Rooms/Floor panel Rooms shall be provided with
safety equipment/items like suitable elastomeric mat (as per relevant IS codes), fire
buckets, fire extinguishers, hand gloves, danger plates (HT/LT rating), safety charts,
framed Schematic/SLD etc. Suitable civil foundation/trenches etc. for all substation
equipment shall be provided as per design load of respective equipment. All LT Panels
shall have 20% spare outgoing feeders for different rating of feeders.
Electrical Panel Rooms, Battery Room, Control Room and civil foundations & structures
for all the equipment, as required shall be constructed by EPC Contractor in 11/0.433
kV Substation Yards.
In order to prevent storm water entering the ESS Buildings and DG Set area through the
soak-pits, the floor level of the substation area /ESS buildings/ DG Set area shall be at
least 300 mm above the highest flood water level that may be anticipated in the locality
or as directed by Engineer in charge.
5.1. Electric Sub Station -1 (ESS-1)
ESS-1 shall meet the electrical load requirements of Hospital Block, AYUSH Block,
HVAC Plant, ETP, STP -1, HSD Pumping Station, Night Shelter, Shopping Complex,
UG Tank & Pump House, Fire Station, MGPS and External Services etc. As per
projected peak load demand on ESS-1, Cast Resin Dry Type Transformers with On
Load Tap Changer of capacity 5 X 2000 KVA (4W+1S) are proposed with RTCC
Panels. Location of ESS-1 shall be near to ETP/STP-1.
The substation will have 11 KV HT Panel board with suitable Nos. of incoming and
outgoing feeders.
DG Set Capacity for back up supply in ESS-1 will be 5 X 2000 KVA (4W+1S).
5.2. Electric Sub Station -2 (ESS-2)
ESS-2 shall meet the electrical load requirement of Medical College & Nursing
College, Auditorium, Guest House, Director Bungalow, Residential Blocks, Hostels,
Page 109
Dining Hall, Cafeteria, Shopping Complex, STP-2, Kiosk, Animal House and External
Services etc. ESS-2 shall be located near to Director Bungalow. As per projected
peak load demand on ESS-2, Cast Resin Dry Type Transformers with On Load Tap
Changer of capacity 3 X 1600 KVA (2W+1S) are proposed with RTCC Panels.
The substation will have 11 KV Panel board of suitable Nos. of feeders. ESS-2 will
receive 11 KV Power supply from Main 66/11 kV Substation and connected to ESS-
1 in Ring Main system through underground 11 KV cable.
DG Set Capacity for back up supply in ESS-2 will be 3 X 750 KVA (2W+1S).
5.3. DG Set For Backup Supply
Diesel Generator sets are proposed to be provided for back up supply in case of
electricity failure. Provision of DG Back up supply shall be as following:
a. Hospital, Medical and Nursing College, Ayush Block, Mortuary, Laundry,
Auditorium, Guest House, Dining Block, Night Shelter, Cafeteria, Director’s
Residence, ETP, STP, WTP, Fire & water pumps, HVAC Loads (All Chillers & All
AHUs) , HSD pumping System, Shopping Complex, , External Lighting including
Substation area & Helipad Lighting etc. - 100 % Load on DG Back up Supply
b. UG, PG & Nurses Hostel Blocks, Residential Buildings - (Type-II, III, IV, V) -
Following Loads will be on DG Back up supply:
i. All Lighting & Fan Load
ii. Lifts
iii. Water & Fire Fighting pumps
iv. Street Lighting
v. Emergency Services, if any
All DG Sets shall be provided with suitable PLC and Synchronizing relay/ PCCM
controller for achieving automatic start/stop, automatic load sharing and
synchronization function. Additional provision for manual start/ stop of DG Sets
shall also be provided. Transformer Incomer ACBs, DG Incomer ACBs and Bus
Couplers shall be electro-mechanically interlocked with provision of auto and
manual mode operation. Required control cabling/wiring in HT Panel,
Transformers, DG Sets, LT Panels etc. shall be provided as per requirement.
All DG Sets shall be outdoor type with Hospital Type Silencer and acoustic enclosure
as per CPCB and other relevant norms. All DG Sets shall be provided with adequate
shading with polycarbonate sheets supported with robust MS structures.
2000 KVA DG Sets shall be Heat Exchanger type with suitable capacity Cooling
Towers, suitable size MS Class B water pipes with valves, pumps, fittings etc.
Dedicated Cooling Towers of suitable capacity with VFD and all other accessories
shall be provided for individual DG Sets. 750 KVA DG Sets shall be Radiator Cooled
without Cooling Towers.
Page 110
The Rating & No. of Transformers, DG sets & APFC Panel is summarized as below:-
11/0.433 kV APFC
S.No. TRANSFORMERS DG SETS
SUBSTATIONS PANELS
1 ESS-1 5 X 2000 KVA (4W+1S) 5 X 2000 KVA (4W+1S) 5 X 650 kVAR
2 ESS-2 3 X 1600 KVA (2W+1S) 3 X 750 KVA (2W+1S) 3 X 500 kVAR
Hospital grade silencer shall be provided for each DG set. Independent exhaust pipe
from each DG Set shall be taken out and exhaust Stack height of the DG Sets shall be
as per CPCB/CPWD/Local Bye-Laws standards. Self-supporting MS Exhaust stack
structure of suitable height as per CPCB norms, duly painted with synthetic enamel
paint, shall be provided to support the exhaust pipes with expansion bellows as
required. All exhaust pipes and silencers shall be insulated and clad with
Aluminium sheets as per CPCB norms, CPWD Specifications and Technical
Specifications.
All DG sets shall have individual Day Oil tank of suitable capacity to be provided.
Diesel Buffer tank with each DG Set at suitable height for gravity feeding of diesel
supply to each DG day oil tank (Float valve arrangement for controlling) to be
provided. Automatic diesel feeding system from HSD Pumping system to diesel
buffer tank shall be considered. All HSD UG Tanks, Day Oil tanks and Buffer Tanks
for the DG Sets shall be in compliance with norms prescribed by Petroleum &
Explosives Safety Organization, Nagpur.
Reliable & continuous Power Supply/ control supply to following Emergency & Life
safety Systems shall be provided, as required:-
1. Fire Pumps
2. Pressurization and smoke venting; including its ancillary system such as
dampers and actuators.
3. Fire Tower Lifts & Fireman’s Lifts (Including All lifts)
4. Exit Signage Lighting
5. Emergency Lighting
6. Fire alarm system
7. Public Address system (relating to emergency voice evacuation and
annunciation)
8. Magnetic door hold open devices
9. Fire command centre and security rooms.
Power supply to above emergency & life safety equipment shall be through fire
proof enclosures or circuit integrity cables or through alternate route in the
adjoining fire compartments to ensure that supply of power is reliable.
Page 111
5.4. HSD (High Speed Diesel) UG Storage Tank, Yard & Pumping System:
HSD Storage Tank & Pumping System shall be provided for continuous pumping of
HSD to the DG Sets installed in various substations. Underground HSD tanks shall
be located as per CPCB/NFPA/CPWD/Local bylaws. Underground Diesel storage
tank of 2 X 20 KL capacity along with Auto fuel transfer system comprising of
suitable number and capacity of fuel pumps (working & standby) with
underground pipeline from underground diesel tank up to the buffer diesel tanks
in ESS-1 & ESS-2 shall be provided. Fuel Transfer Pumps shall be flame proof,
rotary gear, positive displacement type or as required for HSD pumping
application. Underground tanks, buffer tanks, piping, fuel pumps, valves, cabling,
control/ level switches, earthing etc. has to be provided as per CPCB
/NFPA/CPWD/Local bylaws. The supply of first fill of HSD Tanks, Buffer Diesel
Tanks and DG Set fuel tanks shall be included in scope of works. First fill of HSD
fuel shall be provided up to rated capacities of all diesel tanks.
HSD Storage Tank & Pumping System Yard shall be enclosed by chain link fencing
of suitable height as per norms.
Necessary licenses or approvals for diesel storage shall be obtained before
installation of UG diesel storage tank and pumping station from Local
Administration and Chief Controller of Explosives, Petroleum & Explosives Safety
Organization, Nagpur.
5.5. SCADA SYSTEM:

The SCADA System comprising of complete Hardware, Software, wiring & cabling
etc. along with facility to hook up/integrate through BMS communication cards
shall be provided in Substation ESS-1 Building. Data from 66/11 kV Substation and
ESS-2 substation will be fetched through Network/ Cabling system. This system
shall monitor & Control various Electrical parameters of all Substations equipment
(including 66/11 kV Substation) like HT/LT panels (SF6, VCB, ACB, Energy Meters,
Relays etc.), Transformer (Temperature Parameters, RTCC panel etc.), DG Sets
(Engine/Alternator Parameters, Synchronising Relay/ PCCM parameters, Fuel
Level, HMI etc.), Capacitor Panels (APFC relay parameters, Harmonic filters monitor
panel parameter etc.), HSD Storage & pumping system (Level of Storage tanks,
Buffer tanks, Pumps etc) and UPS.
5.6. Power Factor Improvement & Harmonics Suppression:

Real time Automatic power factor control panels with ultra-heavy duty capacitors,
Thyrister switched, Hybrid harmonic filters (Active & Passive) are proposed to be
provided in the substations to achieve overall power factor between 0.97 to unity
(lagging) from existing Power Factor, as per ECBC with operation in both Auto and
Manual mode. Power factor Correction Panel shall be BMS/SCADA Compatible.
Page 112
Multiple capacitor units with real time automatic power factor compensating relay
panel shall be provided. The capacitor panels with Hybrid Harmonic filters shall be
provided in each substation to achieve THD less than 3%. Connection from Main LT
Panel to Capacitor Panel is to be provided through Aluminium sandwich bus duct.
Automatic switching off of Capacitor Panel is to be considered during Power supply
availability from DG Sets. Main LT Panel of each substation shall be provided with
Harmonic analyzer as well.
6. ELECTRICAL POWER DISTRIBUTION

The Electrical Power Distribution for electric supply shall be as detailed below.
a. Indoor/Outdoor type Compact Aluminum Sandwich Bus Duct of suitable capacity
shall be provided from Transformers and DG Sets to Main LT Panels, Main LT
Panels to HVAC Panel & all Capacitor Panels. Adequate runs of XLPE insulated
armoured Aluminium conductor cables shall be laid from Main LT Panel to LT
Panels of individual buildings & blocks.
b. In Hospital, AYUSH, Medical & Nursing College the separate distribution system
shall be provided for lighting load, Power & AC Load & UPS load. Each
distribution system shall be with Electrical panels, rising mains, Floor panels,
Double door MCB Type DB’s, VTPN DBs etc. Various LT Panels & UPS panels
installed in OPD & hospital blocks shall be interconnected with each other with
suitable change over switches.
c. Various buildings as required shall have a LT room to receive power from the
substation through armored cable and distribute power to the entire building
through a Main LT Panel located in the LT room.
d. Each building shall have suitable Nos. of rising mains for catering to loads of
Lighting, HVAC equipment, Power, Medical Equipment (Hospital Block), UPS etc.
connected to Main LT Panel, as applicable.
e. Each rising main shall have Tap off at every floor, feeding the floor panels with
incoming & outgoing MCCBs of required capacities and numbers feeding the
double door DBs/VTPN DBs.
f. Sub mains from floor panel to DBs shall be connected with armored cable on
surface/cable tray.
g. Voltage drop shall be restricted to maximum 3% with total power loss not
exceeding 1% in compliance to ECBC. All Electrical power distribution
switchgears shall be fully discriminated and coordinated with appropriately
sized fault level requirements.
h. Meter Box & Energy Meters- Meter Box with energy meters (single / Double
source) shall be provided for each housing unit and shops as below:
Page 113
i. Type-II, III, - Single Phase, Dual source energy meter of 40/5A SPN.
ii. Type- IV & V Housing, Director’s residence - Three phases, Dual source
Energy meter of 40/5A TPN.
iii. Shops - Single Phase, Dual Source energy meter of 40/5A SPN.
iv. Food court (if any) - Three phase, Single source Energy meter of 40/5A
TPN.
7. EARTHING NETWORK
Earthing with Maintenance free Chemical earthing system/GI Earthing System/Copper
plate Earthing system, as required, shall be provided for earthing sub stations
equipments, Electrical Panel boards, UPS and other Equipment /installations in each
building. Earthing shall be in conformity with provisions of Indian Electricity Rules
1956 & as per IS-3043 & IEEE 80 as amended up to date. Copper/GI earth strips shall
be used for connecting the Electrical equipments and Medical equipments with Earth
pits as required. Earth Leakage circuit breakers shall be provided in the DBs for
individual units.
Copper Earth strips and Copper Electrode Earth Pits shall be provided for Body &
Neutral Earthing of all electrical equipment in the Substation and other areas as per
CPWD Specifications. Copper Earth strips and Copper Electrode Earth Pits shall also be
provided for all Medical Equipment or as per OEM recommendations.
Earthing shall be carried out for all power distribution system and effectively bonding
the equipment. Separate and dedicated earthing with copper electrode earth pits and
suitable size copper earthing strips (as recommended by OEM) shall be provided for
critical large medical equipment like MRI, CT Scan, X-Ray, Mammography, Modular OT
Equipment, OT Isolation Transformer, OT UPS & its Panels, Linear Accelerators, Ultra
Sound etc. All other medical equipment shall be connected through a common earthing
grid
Separate and dedicated earth pits/stations with insulated electrode and copper/ GI
earth strips shall be provided for the following:
 HT Panels
 Main LT Panels & LT Distribution Panels
 UPS system – Body & Neutral
 EPABX & LAN Server
 Transformers - Neutral & Body
 DG Sets - Neutral & Body
 Laboratory
 Modular OT’s
 ICU Equipment
Page 114
 Lifts
 All types of Medical Equipment
 MGPS Equipment
 Any other equipment as required
Suitable sized Safety Mats shall be provided for all HT & LT Panels installed in the
substations and all buildings, as required.
All three phase electrical installations shall be provided with double Earth connection
and single phase electrical installations with one Earth connection as per CPWD
specifications & NBC 2016.
8. LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM

Lighting protection of various buildings and blocks shall be provided as per IS/ IEC-
62305-1:2010 (latest as amended), CPWD Specifications and NBC 2016 norms. The
main and most effective measure for protection of structures against physical damage
is considered to be the lightning protection system (LPS). An external LPS which
consists of air-termination system, down-conductor system and earthing system is
intended to:
a) Intercept a lightning flash to the structure (with an air-termination system),
b)Conduct the lightning current safely towards earth (using a down-conductor
system), and,
c) Disperse the lightning current into the earth (using an earth-termination system).
Accordingly a standard lighting protection system will be provided in all the buildings
as per NBC 2016 Standards, using single prone finials, horizontal and down comer
earthing strips of suitable size, terminating in the Earth Pits. Aviation Obstruction
Light (AOL) shall be provided in various buildings as per Civil Aviation regulations,
NBC norms & CPWD Specifications as applicable.
All Aviation Obstruction Lights shall be fed with UPS supply only.
9. INTERNAL ELECTRIFICATION, LV & ALLIED WORKS

a. Following works shall be carried out in coordination with the civil work within
the buildings complete in all respects as per latest IS Codes and CPWD
Specifications.
i. Wiring & Conduiting (MS/PVC Conduits) for internal electrification, LV &
Allied works, Cable & MATV.
ii. LED Light fixtures, Fan (Ceiling & Wall) & Exhaust Fans.
iii. 6A Light Point /UPS Modular Switch & Socket Outlets.
Page 115
iv. 16A/ 20A Power/UPS Modular Switch & Socket Outlets

v. L.T. Cables and Sub main wiring, circuit wiring.
vi. Cable Tray & Raceways.
vii. Rising Mains / Bus Trunking
viii. Floor Panels, Distribution Boards & VTPN DBs.
ix. Earthing
x. Extra Low Voltage system like Telephone/IPBAX, LAN & Wi-Fi, Fire
Detection & Alarm System, CCTV System, MATV, Public Address system,
Access control system, Boom Barriers etc.
xi. Audio Visual System & Stage Lighting for Auditorium.
xii. Audio Visual system for conference Room, Seminar Hall, Lecture Theater
etc.
xiii. Nurse Call system.
xiv. Information display system.
b. Following points shall be generally followed for internal and external
electrification of various areas:
i. Internal areas like rooms, corridors, lobbies, staircases, terraces,
washrooms etc. of all buildings and blocks shall be adequately illuminated
conforming to provisions stipulated in NBC 2016, ECBC and CPWD
technical specifications maintaining the indicated Lux levels and Light
Power Density.
ii. The Internal Electrification work shall be carried out in recessed/surface
mounted MS or PVC conduits in accordance with CPWD General
Specifications for Electrical Works Part-I (Internal)-2013 and Part-II
(External)-1994 with up to date amendments.
iii. MS/ PVC Conduits shall be surface mounted or laid on MS angle/channels
with suitable hanging supports in areas wherever there is false ceiling
provision. In case there is no provision for false ceiling, MS/PVC Conduits
shall be concealed in concrete during slab casting. Wiring for
lighting/power shall be generally done in MS Conduits whereas wiring for
LV works shall be generally done in PVC conduits unless stated otherwise.
iv. FRLS PVC insulated Copper conductor wires will be used for points, circuit
& sub-main wiring conforming to relevant IS-Codes. Minimum wire size for
light points shall be 2.5 sq. mm and 4 sq. mm for power circuit.
v. Agency shall execute the work after obtaining necessary approval of the
layout for internal electrification of all buildings, Residential Blocks,
Page 116
common areas and staircases. The staircase lighting shall be in group

control system.
vi. Modular type switches, sockets and stepped type electronic fan regulators,
bell push button along with matching mounting boxes of same make shall
be used.
vii. Colour coding of the conduits, switches, sockets shall be provided for
Normal & UPS power supply as per NBC 2016.
viii. TV outlet point wiring shall be terminated in suitable size of G.I. box along
with splitter at every floor. The interconnections of all splitter boxes fixed
at all floors shall be done properly with conduits to form proper
distribution system with the prior approval of Engineer-in- charge.
ix. LED Type Lighting fixtures with inbuilt harmonic suppression mechanism
shall be provided.
x. Suitable size & capacity Exhaust Fans shall be provided in Hospital, Medical
& Nursing College, MGPS/Air Compressor room, Hostels & Residential
Blocks and other utility/service buildings as per NBC 2016 provisions.
xi. Suitable size & capacity Ceiling Fans/ Wall Fans (White/Off White color)
shall generally be provided in the rooms and areas of various buildings as
required, where there is provision neither for air-conditioning nor for
forced ventilation as directed by Engineer-In-Charge. However, Ceiling
Fans/ Wall Fans shall also be provided in all Guest House Rooms and its
common areas as directed by Engineer-In-Charge.
xii. Separate shafts shall be provided for laying of pipes for Electrical, ELV,
Mechanical and Fire Services.
xiii. Laying of DWC HDPE / Hume pipes for road crossing or in pucca portion &
CC path etc. for electric / telephone / LAN/ street lighting cables complete
with adequate number of cable chambers shall be provided by the agency.
xiv. After completing the work, necessary test results as envisaged in latest
CPWD General Specifications Part-I (Internal) & Indian Electricity Rules,
shall be recorded and submitted. The results shall be within the permissible
limits.
xv. Aviation Lights (LED Type) shall also be provided as per prevalent norms &
IS-Codes.
xvi. GI/Aluminum/PVC Raceways, with accessories, shall be provided on floors
of various buildings as per requirements. The cover plate of raceways’
junction boxes shall be stainless steel (SS 304 or SS 316).
xvii. Suitable illumination with LED light fixture shall be provided on terraces of
various institutional, residential buildings and Substation building (ESS-1).
Page 117
xviii. Power Points, LAN points, UPS power point, Telephone Point (with
telephone instrument as required) shall be provided for all counters like
registration, reception, nurse call station etc. and as directed by Engineer
In-Charge.
xix. Requisite size of raceways shall be provided in slabs with fillers, wherever
required for drawing the wires and cables for the work stations etc.
xx. For areas with grid type false ceiling, recessed type LED Light Fixtures of
size 600 mm X 600 mm shall be provided as per directions of Engineer-In-
Charge unless otherwise stated. For false ceiling with Gypsum board, Down
Lighter type fixtures of suitable size shall be provided as per directions of
Engineer-In-Charge unless otherwise stated. Surface mounted Light
Fixtures shall be provided in the areas without False Ceiling.
xxi. Industrial weather proof sockets (single phase and three phase) shall be
provided in the kitchen on the corresponding walls.
xxii. 2 No. 6/16 amps UPS power socket outlets and 2 No. 6/16 amps raw power
socket outlets shall be provided with each bed of General ward or in Bed
Head Panel. In addition, normal raw power socket outlets shall be provided
for TV, cleaning socket and / or laptop/mobile charging.
xxiii. 4 No. 6/16 amps UPS power socket outlets and 4 No. 6/16 amps raw power
socket outlets shall be provided with each bed of critical care units or in
Bed Head Panel.
9.1. Lighting Design & Lighting Fixture
LED lighting fixtures shall be provided with inbuilt Harmonic suppression system
in all areas and buildings to achieve the illumination levels conforming to latest IS
Code, NBC 2016, ECBC latest up to date. All LED lighting Fixture shall have
luminous efficacy of more than 100 Lumens per watt and a minimum Colour
Rendering Index of 80. Lighting Power Density (LPD) shall be achieved for various
buildings/ areas as per lighting simulation requirements as per GRIHA & ECBC
norms.
Occupancy/ Movement sensors and light dimmers shall be provided for automatic
lighting control in Office rooms / Consultant rooms / toilets and other areas as
required under NBC and latest ECBC norms.
9.2. Computer / LAN Networking/ Wi-Fi Points
RJ 45 data outlets points will be provided for Computers, Networking, Telephones,
Wi-Fi, Access Control, CCTV, Information Display system, BMS, SCADA etc. as per
requirement in rooms and other areas at various floors in all the blocks /
buildings.
The Data Outlet points shall be connected to Rack Panel/Computer hub with 4
pair CAT-6a wiring in Raceways, recessed/ surface conduit as required. UPS
Page 118
Power supply shall be provided to Network Rack, Servers & Computers wherever
required.
The maximum length of the CAT 6a cable from end user point to the Hub or Edge
switches shall not be more than 90 M. Beyond 90 M length Fibre Optic Cable shall
be used.
The Rack Panel/computer hub at various floors will be connected to Main rack of
the building/ block with Fibre Optic Cable through conduit or raceways on
surface/ recess.
Suitable Data Centre with false flooring shall be established in the OPD block of
Hospital Building, which comprises both LAN server & IPABX server. There shall
be proper redundant (24 X 7) cooling facility in the Data Centre to maintain the
desired temperature, humidity & Indoor air quality for smooth operation of the
System.
A redundant Data Centre/ LAN server will also be provided in Medical College in
parallel to Hospital LAN server.
The server shall be connected to Distribution switch through Optical Fibre cable.
Distribution switch shall be connected to Edge switches of each building/ block
with optical fiber cable in underground DWC HDPE pipe of suitable size for
outside connectivity or in cable raceway/conduit inside the buildings.
The Server shall have Firewall protection, Bandwidth management & required
client Access license.
The incoming Fibre cable from Service provider for the Campus Broadband
connectivity shall be terminated in the Server room. The laying and termination of
Fibre optic cable within the campus will be provided.
The Rack panel comprising of jack/Patch panels, Network switches, patch cords,
power supply units, Cooling Fans, Wire managers, LIUs, Trans-receivers, Fiber
patch cord etc. of individual buildings/Blocks/ floors.
LAN Infrastructure at different Floors of various building shall be used commonly
for IPABX, BMS, Access Control System, CCTV, Nurse Call System, HMIS (Hospital
Management Information System) etc. along with LAN.
For HMIS, only wire/cable network with copper cables/CAT6/Optical Fiber Cable
shall be provided as required.
Brick masonry manholes with covers shall be provided at suitable lengths to
facilitate easy wire/cable pulling.
Wireless access points for Wi-Fi connectivity with suitable data speed are
proposed in Hospital Block, Medical & Nursing College, Ayush Hospital, Hostel
blocks, Auditorium etc. All types of hostel shall have only Wi-Fi connectivity
Page 119
whereas other buildings in the complex shall be with wired data outlets along with
the Wi-Fi connectivity.
9.3. IPABX System
RJ-45 Telephone socket outlets with suitable IP Phone instruments shall be
provided in all blocks / buildings at convenient locations, as required. CAT 6a
wiring shall be provided in recessed/surface conduits / raceways from each
telephone point up to the Rack panel (Patch Panel & Switch) at each floor or nearest
Rack Panel of all buildings /Blocks. The Maximum length of the CAT 6a cable shall
be 90 Meter.
IPABX with minimum capacity of 2000 Telephones & expandable up to 10000
telephones shall be located at Server Room in the Hospital block. The PRI lines for
IPABX shall be terminated in the separate Rack in server room of Hospital Block.
This Rack will be connected to the IPABX system.
The Rack Panel (comprising of jack/Patch panels, Network switches, patch cords,
power supply units, Cooling Fans, Wire managers, LIUs, Trans receivers, Fiber patch
cord etc.) of individual buildings/Blocks shall be connected to the main IPABX
Server Rack with optical Fiber cables to be laid underground in DWC HDPE Pipe of
suitable size.
Manholes with covers shall be provided in the underground DWC HDPE pipes at
suitable lengths for easy pulling & maintenance of cables.
9.4. Fire Detection / Alarm System
Addressable Intelligent fire detection and Alarm system of latest technology with
Fire alarm panels, multi Sensor detectors, smoke detectors, heat detectors, beam
detectors, response indicators, manual call point and hooters, light strobe etc. shall
be provided. It shall meet the requirement of NBC 2016/CPWD Specifications/ State
By-laws. License/Approval of Local Fire Authorities shall be provided for the
complex. There shall be the proper Zoning of the complex/buildings considering the
Non Critical & Critical areas (critical area like OT, ICUs Labs, sterilise zones etc.) in
the Hospital Block or in the other buildings. Repeater panels shall be provided in
various buildings as required.
There shall be Independent fire Alarm Panel for Hospitals, Medical and Nursing
college, AYUSH block, Hostels, Guest House, Auditorium, multi-story residential
buildings etc. and all fire control panels shall be interconnected with each other.
Fire Detectors and devices of other ancillary buildings/ blocks shall be connected to
Fire Control Panel of the nearest building through necessary cables in DWC HDPE
pipes. The monitoring of whole complex shall be in the Main Fire Control Room of
Hospital Building. For Central Monitoring of all the Fire Panels, necessary devices
like PC, Printer, modules & Software etc. of latest technology with minimum 1 TB
hard disk shall be provided in the Control room. Fire Alarm control Panel shall have
Page 120
maximum 159 devices and 159 detectors in one loop. The details of the system
proposed shall be as follows:
a) Addressable intelligent dual type Fire Detectors is suggested.
b) Detector should be with inbuilt Short circuit isolator & automatic addressing.
c) Detectors should be installed as per coverage defined in NBC 2016 and NFPA
72. It should include all rooms, halls, storage areas, basements, attics, lofts, and
spaces above suspended ceilings including plenum areas utilized as part of the
HVAC system. In addition, coverage should include all closets, elevator shafts,
enclosed stairways, dumbwaiter shafts, chutes, and other subdivisions and
accessible spaces.
d) Suitable numbers of input/ output (C/M) relay modules are suggested for
connecting other equipment like Electrical Panels, lifts, firefighting system,
AHUs, Ventilators, PA System etc.
e) Spacing between two detectors shall be as per relevant code & manufacture
standards.
f) Cabling shall be with Fire Survival category Armoured copper cable as per NBC
2016 norms.
g) Suitable addressable loop powered sounders/ hooters for 100db sound level
are suggested.
h) Addressable manual call boxes shall be provided near all exits, stair cases, lift
lobbies etc. as per relevant Norms.
i) The Response Indicators shall be used in the waiting areas, Corridors, Common
Area, conference Hall or in large room etc.
j) Microprocessor IP based fire alarm control panel (fully redundant) for number
of required loops with 24 hrs. Battery backup with LCD display, printer etc.
shall be located in the fire control room.
k) Fire Alarm Panels shall be integrated with PA system and with BMS also.
l) Two Way communication Fire Fighters Telephone Jack & Handset with
necessary accessories are to be provided in all the buildings as required.
All Fire Alarm Panels shall also be integrated with each other on a peer to peer
network. A Repeater panel shall be installed in the Main Security Room of whole
complex and Guard room in a location clearly visible to the operators and in secured
area manned 24 hours a day.
9.5. Public Address System (PA System):
Public Address System shall be provided in Hospital Block, Ayush Block, Medical &
Nursing College & other buildings as required. Speakers in the Ceiling/Wall shall be
Page 121
provided in corridors, lift lobbies and other common areas as per NBC 2016/relevant
IS codes.
a) Box type speaker shall be provided in the entrance lobby.
b) Horn type speaker are suggested in the basement.
c) Recessed speakers in the false ceiling areas.
d) Proper zoning are to be done considering the user requirement, critical areas &
floor etc.
e) Control console shall be located in the fire control room with pre amplifiers,
amplifiers, CD, DVD/Pen-drive, FM Player & gooseneck microphone.
f) System shall have the facility to make announcement on all floors
simultaneously or on individual floors.
g) Wiring shall be done with twin twisted tinned copper industrial armored speaker
cable.
h) The system shall be integratable with Fire alarm panel and with the BMS also.
9.6. Closed Circuit Television System (CCTV System)
The CCTV and Surveillance System shall control and monitor different buildings in
the Campus as per NBC 2016/ relevant IS codes/Local by laws. All the buildings
shall have IP Based Dome Cameras, Bullet Cameras and PTZ Cameras for
surveillance. The types of cameras & locations of various Cameras indicated herein
are minimum to be provided. However during detailed designing if required and
found necessary the type / rating of the Cameras shall be upgraded.
a) OPD+ Hospital Block + AYUSH – Dome/ Bullet Cameras (Indoor Type) + PTZ
Cameras on pole or Roof top (Outdoor)
b) Medical and Nursing College – Dome/ Bullet Cameras (Indoor Type) + PTZ
c) PG + Nurses + Boy/Girls Hostel – Dome/ Bullet Cameras (Indoor Type) + PTZ
d) Residential Blocks – Dome/ Bullet Cameras (Indoor Type) + PTZ Cameras on
pole (Outdoor)
e) Guest House:- Bullet Cameras (Outdoor Type) + Dome/ Bullet Cameras
(Indoor Type)
f) Entry/ Exit Gates- Bullet Cameras (Outdoor Type)
g) Substation/Plant Room/Pump Room Building/Parking/Laundry/Mortuary
etc. - Bullet Cameras (Outdoor Type)/ PTZ Cameras on pole or Roof top
(Outdoor)
Page 122
The indoor Dome Cameras and Bullet Cameras are proposed to be installed at Entry
& Exit Points on all floors, main corridor, Lift lobbies & common areas of Hospital
Building, AYUSH Block, Medical & Nursing College.
In all other buildings cameras shall be provided at Ground floor Entry & Exit Points,
main corridor, Lift lobbies & common areas etc.
All the outdoor cameras shall be in IP-66 Housing with Junction box, media converter
etc. is proposed in weather proof housing. The existing LAN network switches would
be used for CCTV connectivity and will be connected to central CCTV server &
cameras shall have POE connectivity ports.
Network connectivity for outdoor cameras having distance more than 75 metres,
shall be on optical fiber. Suitable provision shall be provided to connect with existing
LAN infrastructure. The power supply to LAN switches and Monitors will be on UPS.
The video recording shall be non-embedded based recording server with video
management software.
a. Bullet/Dome camera: - These cameras shall be Full HD IR Camera suitable for Day
and night operations. All the cameras shall be operative on automotive manual &
scheduled mode. The cameras shall be UL/FM Listed. RJ- 45 Cable connectors will
be used for Network/POE connectivity.
b. PTZ outdoor cameras: - The true IP day and night viewing PTZ cameras proposed
are 20 x optical zoom, Auto iris & auto focus lens with focal length 4.7 mm to 94 mm
or better. The PTZ camera shall automatically track the object to use its
Pan/Tilt/Zoom feature and record 30 frames/ sec. The cameras shall be UL/FM
Listed. RJ- 45 Cable connectors will be used for Network/POE connectivity.
c. Central Core & Recording Server:- The main servers will be Intel Xeon processor
E5-2600, minimum speed of 2.3 GHz with 6 Core, dual Gigabit Ethernet Port, USB
port, Video port. The server memory will be 16 GB DDR4 RAM with operation and
management Licenses to manage at least 15 Recording Servers and 300 Cameras.
d. LED Display Monitor:- The sufficient no. of Full HD LED Monitors with high
resolutions screen size of 40” (Diagonal) are to be provided for viewing all live/
recorded camera proceedings. The resolutions of 1920(H) x 1080(v) pixels with
comfortable viewing angle is proposed for all monitors suitable for operation on
220-240V AC 50 Hz power for the display panel should be equipped with all
standard features such as video in, Audio in, HDMI/DVI, RJ 45 Port etc.
Control Room shall be located in the Security /Control Room of the Hospital block.
The wiring inside the building shall be with CAT 6A cable in conduit and for Outdoor
connectivity Armoured fiber Optic Cable shall be used. Optical fiber cable shall be laid
underground in HDPE pipes with suitable Manholes for easy pulling and proper
Maintenance. PTZ cameras will be placed on roof top and on Street light Poles with
necessary mounting arrangements in external areas. The video management server
should have minimum 30 days storing capacity.
Page 123
9.7. Access Control System:

Access Control system will be magnetic door type controlled through Card readers
and biometrically. All sensitive areas like OT's/ICUs Corridor, Laboratory, Stores,
OPD Departments in Main Hospital & AYUSH Block, Labs & academic departments of
Medical & Nursing College etc. shall be provided with Access Control System. IP
based door controllers shall be provided as required. Existing LAN infrastructure
shall be used for network connectivity of IP based door controllers. Each Controller
will control four No. of Magnetic locks which can be for single or double leaf door.
The centralized control will be managed through a server to be installed in main
Security Control/ Server Room. For Overriding purpose Push Button will be
provided inside the rooms.
The system will be capable to record the biometric attendance of the authorized
personnel and the records will be stored in server.
9.8. HMIS:
For HMIS, required wire/cable network with copper cables/CAT6/Optical fiber
cable shall only be provided. As HMIS is user specific tool, Software/Hardware for
HMIS shall be separately dealt as the same is not being considered in this proposal.
The AIIMS Authority shall take action for its procurement and installation at
appropriate stage.
9.9. MATV System
The system shall include supply and installation of Centralized MATV System in
various areas like Hospital, Medical & Nursing College, AYUSH Blocks, Guest House
and individual dish antenna TV for Hostels as directed by Engineer-In-Charge. The
system comprises of a shared coaxial cable network that transmits analog television
signals to downstream subscribers.
40” LED Monitors shall be provided in common reception/waiting areas, dining hall,
Hospital, Medical & Nursing College, AYUSH Block, common room in hostel complex,
Cafeteria president’s chamber, dean’s chamber, director’s chamber, medical
superintendent’s chamber, HOD Offices, Principal’s chamber etc. as directed by
Engineer-In-Charge
32” LED monitors shall be provided in Private wards, Guest House rooms / suites
etc. as directed by Engineer-In-Charge.
MATV system shall be interconnected with Information Display system.
The provision of LED monitors shall not be made in Residential apartment in
complex. The scope shall be limited to supply and installation of MATV wiring only
as per CPWD specifications.
The Master antenna/Dish shall be provided for in individual building blocks. It shall
be provided at the top most convenient point in any building with a suitable room on
the top most floor or terrace for housing the amplifier unit.
Page 124
From the amplifier rooms, conduits should be laid in recess to facilitate drawing co-
axial cable to individual areas. Suitable Tap Off boxes shall be provided in every
room.
The specifications of the same are listed below:
a) Conduiting- Conduiting for MATV system shall be carried out in M.S. Conduit.
b) Outlets - All MATV outlets shall be provided with modular range of cover plate,
box and coaxial outlet. Cover plate shall match in shape & finish with other light
and power accessories.
c) Junction Box: Suitable size of GI box shall be provided for termination of
conduit for MATV system.
d) MATV Line Amplifiers: The MATV Amplifier shall be housed in a high
frequency resistant Aluminium housing at the highest level (terrace level). The
MATV Amplifier shall have an in built variable equalizer and Alternator for site
signal condition adjustments.
e) Coaxial Cables: The coaxial cable shall be of wideband type.
f) Tap Off / Splitter: These shall be of ultra-wide bandwidth and of hybrid type.
These shall have a flat frequency response over the entire operating range.
These shall have a aluminium cast housing for high frequency radiation
resistance. The Tap offs shall be in one way, two way and four way
configurations.
9.10. UPS:
UPS units suitable for 3-phase power supply shall be provided. Suitable capacity of
Centralized UPS shall be installed for computers, Operation theatres, Medical
equipment and other essential loads as required in the Hospital, Medical and
Nursing College, AYUSH Block & Auditorium. Microprocessor Based True online
Double conversion UPS with latest IGBT technology with isolation transformer are
to be provided for uninterrupted power supply for all Emergency requirements. UPS
with separate Power distribution system (comprising of distribution panels, rising
mains, distribution boards, incoming isolators etc.) shall be provided. The UPS
System shall have minimum efficiency shall be as per ECBC.
The UPS power Supply to OT’s shall be with isolation transformers. The UPS System
shall be for 30 Min Backup with Maintenance Free batteries and Bypass system. The
system shall have the incoming and outgoing switchgear panel. The system shall
include the interconnection of UPS Input/output power supply Panels & UPS units,
UPS & Batteries through flexible copper cables of suitable size. UPS shall be
equipped with communication card for data monitoring on SCADA & BMS System.
Proposed minimum UPS capacity details are as given below:-
UPS LOAD DETAILS FOR AIIMS, BATHINDA
Page 125
S. UPS Power load LOAD in KVA

No.
Hospital Medical & AYUSH Auditorium
block Nursing
College
1. Phase 1 300
2. Phase 2 200
3. Phase 3 600 50
4. Phase 4 300 30
5. Total Load in KVA 1200 200 50 30
Total UPS Load for Project 1480 KVA
9.11. SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC POWER SYSTEM:
Direct Online Grid connected Solar Photo Voltaic Power system of suitable capacity
shall be provided in the AIIMS complex as per ECBC/NBC 2016. The generated
power will be directly connected to the Power grid/Distribution Panel of respective
Building/ Block for load sharing during day time. The average area requirement per
kWp will be 10 sq. Mtr on roof Top. The total Capacity of Solar Power System to be
provided shall be minimum 2.5 % of the Internal Lighting & HVAC Load as per
GRIHA Norms.
9.12. BOOM BARRIERS:
Boom Barriers shall be provided at all Entry and Exit Gates of the AIIMS Complex.
Push Button Type Control for open & Close the Boom Barrier through high Torque
motors operated through 230 V AC Supply. In case of power failure the barrier can
be raised/lower manually. The Boom length shall be as per the requirement of the
road Width. The Opening time varies from 3 sec. to 6 sec. The Control Unit shall be IP
54 protected against rough weather.
9.13. EXTERNAL/ STREET LIGHTING:
High efficiency LED lighting fixtures shall be provided for external road lighting,
compound/landscape lighting including Solar Street Lighting. The lighting control
/operation for external Lighting shall be automatically controlled with digital timer
control switch through outdoor type Feeder Panels.
External Lighting proposed shall be the combination of conventional wired external
lighting Poles & Hybrid Solar lighting poles with solar panels.
Medium/High mast lighting towers shall be provided for external lighting of large
open areas and parking area.
Road / Compound Lighting / Landscape Lighting / Facade Lighting shall be designed
as per NBC & ECBC Codes. Road / compound lighting shall be provided with outdoor
type light fittings (IP-66). Hybrid Solar lighting shall also be provided at selected
locations as per GRIHA requirement.
Page 126
Façade lighting shall be provided to adequately illuminate all the building elevations
of the Hospital, AYUSH, Medical & Nursing College and Auditorium buildings.
Façade illumination shall be achieved by providing LED based flood lights, outdoor
type light fittings (IP-66) with impactful and bright lighting effects in wide area.
These flood lights shall be housed in High Pressure die-cast aluminum housing with
sealed glass /polycarbonate cover. The light shall be mounted with various angular
adjustments with beam angles generally ranging from 15 degree to 120 degree.
Luminous efficacy must be more than 1000 lumen/watt and Color rendering Index
(CRI) more than 70. Illumination in Parking and Playground areas shall also be
achieved through flood lightings.
All Street Light Poles shall be made out of Galvanized Iron (GI) Octagonal tubes.
Poles will be suitable for single / double side arms or as required. Poles shall have a
service window at the bottom comprising connector terminal & MCB. Poles can be
mounted on foundation with Anchor bolts of suitable size & quantity. The height &
spacing of the street light poles pole will be designed to achieve illumination Lux
levels. The height & spacing of pole and illumination Lux level should be as per latest
CPWD Specifications, NBC 2016 and other relevant norms.
Suitable outdoor type feeder panel with digital time controlling shall be provided for
power distribution of various circuits of Street Lighting Poles / High
Mast/Bollard/Façade light etc. Astronomical timer shall be provided in Feeder pillar
with photocell sensor for seasonal variations and automatic switching of lights. This
system shall facilitate energy saving as well as ensure minimum security lighting at
night.
9.14. AUDIO-VIDEO & STAGE LIGHTING SYSTEM:-

9.14.1. Scope of Work:
Audio-Video & Stage Lighting System shall be provided for Auditorium and
Audio-Video System shall be provided for Seminar/Conference Rooms and
Lecture Theatres at AIIMS Complex. The following facilities for Auditorium,
Seminar/Conference Rooms and Lecture Theatres shall be provided:
 Audio System for Auditorium, Seminar/Conference Rooms & Lecture
Theatres.
 Lighting System embedded in Acoustic Interior Works for Auditorium.
 Video Projection & Control System for Auditorium, Seminar/Conference
Rooms & Lecture Theatres.
 Stage Lighting & Stage Furnishing for Auditorium.
9.14.2. Audio/Sound reinforcement System for Auditorium:
Audio or Sound reinforcement system includes Line array speakers, woofers,
surround loudspeakers, Passive Loudspeakers, Stage monitors loudspeakers,
Page 127
Control Room loudspeakers, Green Room Loudspeakers, Power amplifier,

Modular digital sound Processors, Surround Pre Amplifier, Surround sound
system, Digital Mixing Console, Microphones (Wired & Wireless), DVD cum
USB Player, Podium, Electrical wiring, cabling, their interconnections etc. of
latest technology with all accessories to complete Audio system in all respect
for proper functioning of audio system. Adequate mapping, coverage, aiming &
calibration of the audio system shall be carried out to mitigate echo, slap back,
reverberation & speech mugginess etc.
The main control of Audio system will be from sound control room.
9.14.3. Electrical System in Acoustic Lining for Auditorium:
Electrical work in Acoustic lining of Auditorium includes Recess/surface
mounted down lights, TRIAC dimmable LED down lights (Compliance to IEC
standards), Signage, 6A/16A Power points, wiring, cabling, earthing, cable
tray/raceways of respective size etc. of latest technology with all accessories to
complete the electrical system in all respect for proper functioning of system.
The system of mounting these lights will be integrated with false ceiling design.
9.14.4. Video Projection and Control system & Video Switching System for
Auditorium:
Video Projection and Control System includes 1 Chip DLP Projector with long
throw lens, fixed frame projection screen (300” diagonal), 18.5” Monitor for
Cameras monitoring, 49” Full HD Smart LED display for VIP room/Green
room/stage monitoring/seminar Halls, VC Unit with PTZ camera with PC and
Full HD MCU software, High definition PTZ cameras, remote camera Joystick
Controller Unit, Speech prompter with PC and desired software, recording
device, Controller, Touch Panel for wireless connectivity/controlling to all
equipment, wireless routers, remote for sliding presentation, HDMI Over
shielded twisted Pair Cable Digital Transmitters/Receivers, presentation,
HDMI Over optical fiber Cable Digital Transmitters/Receivers, Multimode
/Single mode optical fiber cable, LIUs, Network switches, HDMI Cables, VGA
Cables, CAT-6a cables, their interconnection etc. of latest technology with all
accessories to complete the Video Projection and Control System in all respect
for proper functioning of system.
Video switching system comprises of Presentation point, Presentation
switcher, HDMI over shielded twisted pair cable digital receivers complete,
their interconnections etc. of latest technology with all accessories to complete
entire system in all respect for proper functioning.
9.14.5. Stage Lighting & Stage Furnishing System for Auditorium:
The stage of Auditorium will be used for Video Projection, meeting, Lectures,
dance and drama performances.
Page 128
For stage lighting One Set of lights has been proposed at grid level above stage.
There will be two Light ladders on each side of stage. Front of Hall Light will be
installed to cover front portion of the stage. The system of mounting these
lights will be integrated with false ceiling design.
Stage Lighting & Stage Furnishing system comprises of Curved Motorized
winch to use as Lighting bar/Frill bar/Utility bar with necessary pulley, guide
pulley, compact gear box, DC Motor etc., CE Certified Self climbing motorized
tele-climber hoist complete with electric motor, Grand drape track system, Mid
curtain track system, Wing frame, Cyclorama with drum tight arrangement,
Main valance fixing arrangement, MS lighting junction box, customized MS
angles as per requirement, Power panels, Motor control panels, Halogen
Fresnel spot light, Spun aluminum PARCAN lights, Halogen cyclorama light,
Halogen flood light, LED lights, Stage spot light, Stage zoom profile spot light,
SR Beam moving Head complete, RGY Laser for effect purpose, Dimmer pack
with automatic sensor, Grid mounted Photo isolator DMX splitter unit, Lighting
Console with 24 multifunctional faders, assorted metal gobos, necessary
clamps arrangement, Fire retardant velvets/cotton fabric for curtains/ Grand
drape/frill/Cyc tab track, Halogen lamps for light fittings, copper wires, cables,
their interconnection etc. of latest technology with all accessories to complete
entire system in all respect for proper functioning.
9.14.6. Audio & Video Switching System for Seminar /Conference Rooms &
Lecture Theatres:
Sound reinforcement and Conferencing system is to be provided in Seminar
/Conference Rooms (In Auditorium Block). The conferencing system shall have
complete Audio System with Audio recording facility. The system shall have
flush mounted delegate units on the tables. Each delegate unit shall be shared
by two delegates. Chairman unit shall have a priority unit to override the
delegates.
Audio or Sound reinforcement system for Seminar /Conference room (In
Auditorium Block) & Lecture theaters includes Line array speakers, surround
loudspeakers, Power amplifier, Microphones, DVD cum USB Player, recorders,
electrical wiring, cabling, their interconnections etc. of latest technology with
all accessories to complete Sound reinforcement and Conferencing system in
all respect for proper functioning.
For Seminar/Conference room (In Auditorium Block), facility of proceedings
recording shall be provided with PTZ cameras, network recorders,
microphones, LED TVs, Network switches etc. along with above mentioned
video switching system for providing video conferencing facilities between
chairman and max. 5 No. other delegates sitting at different remote locations.
Video switching system for other Conference rooms & Lecture theaters
comprises of 1 Chip DLP Projector with long throw lens, fixed/ motorized
Page 129
screen for presentations, Presentation point, Presentation switcher, HDMI over

shielded twisted pair cable digital Transmitter/receivers, HDMI cabling, Power
wiring, cabling, their interconnections etc. of latest technology with all
accessories to complete video switching system in all respect for proper
functioning.
The wiring/cabling will be carried out with Cat-6A and HDMI cables,
microphone cable with connector as required.
9.15. NURSE CALL SYSTEM
Hospital Building shall be provided with an “IP based Nurse Call System”. The
System shall be approved in accordance with VDE guidelines/ international
guidelines. It is proposed that Nurse Call System shall be provided for 750 Beds and
other areas with Speech and without Speech facility as required.
The “System” shall be designed in such a way that the most effective communication
between Patient, Nursing Staff, Doctor & management staff can be provided in the
least possible time.
Nurse Call System shall be provided in the wards/ rooms where patient will stay.
Some areas mentioned below but not limited to, are as follows:
a) IPD Wards
b) IPD Rooms (Single Bed/ Double Bed/Deluxe Suite/ Super Deluxe Suite)
c) Recovery Rooms
d) MICU/ ICU/ HDU
e) Emergency Rooms
f) Pre/ Post operation & Cath,
g) Ward (Chemo, multipurpose, observation, Triage, Day Care) etc.
h) Any other area as required.
The Nurse Call System with voice facility shall be provided for Single Bed/ Double
Bed/Deluxe Suite/ Super Deluxe Suite rooms. The other wards shall be provided
with nurse call system without voice facility.
9.15.1. Main Controllers:
Controller shall be IP based & all the nurse station/ patient handset & other
equipment shall be connected to main controller through CAT6 cable. Main
controllers shall be networkable with other controllers through IP/ CAT6. Fault
in one controller shall not have the effect on working of another controller. Each
controller shall be able to work independently in case there is problem in
network.
9.15.2. Nurse Station:
Nurse station shall have large LC display capable of showing multiple patient
call at a time with bed/ ward no., type of call, date & time. There shall be scroll
Page 130
down feature as well in case no. of patient call increase at a given time i.e. there
shall not be any chance of missing any patient call. There shall be feature to
priorities patient call depending upon patient condition, type of call & location
(Bed or WC). Nurse station shall have voice facility. It shall be user friendly &
have good aesthetic looks. All Nurse Stations shall be networked with other
nurse station with facility of call forwarding/ diverting/ escalating calls in
between nurse station. Nurse station shall be programmable so that emergency
calls shall always be on top priority.
There shall be option of displaying patient call on external monitors through
VGA/ HDMI/ DVI output from the nurse call system. The system shall be
interfaced with IPBX to use as a telephone also.
9.15.3. Patient Handset without voice facility:
Whenever the patient needs the attention of any “Nurse”, patient just press the
button provided at his/ her bedside. On pressing the button, the alarm shall be
enunciated at the Nurse Station by local sounder having volume & tone
adjustment informing the nursing staff about the bed no. / Room no. along with
type of call (Bed call or WC call or Doctor call) for their necessary action. Patient
handset shall be connected to bed head unit through plug in cable. For safety
reason, handset shall have antimicrobial coating to avoid infection transfer,
shall be shock & spill proof & having suitable colour & symbol for nurse call
button on the handset. There shall be call cancel/ reset button either on bed
head unit or separate button.
9.15.4. Patient Handset with voice facility:
Patient handset shall be connected to whenever the patient needs the attention
of any “Nurse”, patient just press the button provided at his/ her bedside. On
pressing the button, the alarm shall be enunciated at the Nurse Station
informing the nursing staff about the bed no. / Room no. along with type of call
(Bed call or WC call or Doctor call) for their necessary action. There shall be
speech facility in both patient handset & nurse station with suitable inbuilt
microphone & speaker. Nursing staff shall receive the call from nurse station
itself & respond to the patient queries. It will reduce the nurse staff movement
to patient room. However, if required, nurse staff shall visit the patient room as
& when needed by patient. Patient handset shall be connected to bed head unit
through plug in cable. For safety reason, handset shall have antimicrobial
coating to avoid infection transfer, shall be shock & spill proof & having suitable
colour & symbol for nurse call button on the handset. There shall be call cancel/
reset button either on bed head unit or separate button.
9.15.5. Lamp Module:
Lamp module shall be installed outside the room/ ward above the door for
visual indication of different type of call. There shall be different colour of
indication for different type of calls.
Page 131
Once the patient annunciates the alarm, the signal shall go to the nurse station.
The lamp outside the patient room/ ward shall also glow simultaneously red
provide a visual alarm. Lamp shall have different colours light to inform about
the type of call like red light for bed call, blue light for code blue call etc.
9.15.6. Doctor Call & Cancel Button:
Each bed/ ward shall have code blue button (Doctor Call). Doctor call button
shall be used only by nurse staff & programmed in such a way to avoid direct
code blue call by patient. It shall be a separate programmable button with
cancel button. It shall not be in patient handset with nurse call button & shall
have separate cancel button. Once nurse press code blue button, call shall go to
every nurse station of the hospital or as programmed as per site requirements
with room no. & bed no. information so that code blue team available at any
nurse station shall be informed & they can reach the patient room on immediate
basis.
9.15.7. Call-Cancel Button for common toilet
There shall be nurse call & cancel button with suitable colour/ symbol in
common toilet near WC to generate nurse call by patient from WC in case of any
emergency. It shall be installed at waist height for easy access. The buttons shall
be moisture protected.
Pull cord Button for room/ ward toilet with shower/ bath facility.
There shall be nurse call button with suitable length of pull cord with colour/
symbol for nurse call from the toilet. It shall be installed above shower head
preferably in such a way to access from bath area as well as WC. Pull cord shall
be detachable & replaceable without changing the unit. The buttons shall be
moisture protected & suitable for bath areas.
9.15.8. Central Monitoring Station
Complete nurse call system shall be centrally connected to a PC having a
software recording of all the different type of call & cancel with date & time. The
software shall record the date & time of call generated by patient & call cancel
by nurse with type of call. Software shall be able to generate report on daily,
weekly or monthly basis as per requirement. It shall also be possible to put
reminder/ highlighted on calls if nursing staff do not attend/ cancel the patient
call with in specific time decided by the hospital management.
9.16. INFORMATION DISPLAY SYSTEM:

Information Display System (Digital Signage Solution) shall be provided for Hospital
Building. Information display systems will achieve information sharing in order to
significantly improve the hospital management and service level, and enhance the
hospital's brand and core competitiveness. This system shall have centralized
Page 132
control over LAN with unified management of video and audio signals, pictures, text
scroll and other multimedia information to be transmitted to various display
terminals.
Information display systems will be used to display:-
 Images, scrolling texts & videos of advertisements
 To share Internal information
 Public information
 Advertisement or Promotions
 And influencing customer behaviour
System Architecture LED Screen, Application Server will be used for Uploading &
displaying movies, PPTs, Screen etc.
System advantages: Centralized control, centralized management.
Real-time: Issue Emergency information, Events, Media / Marketing Info etc.
PC based: It can play any file as per requirement of controller.
The Information Display System shall display welcome messages at reception,
waiting & lobby areas of OPD & IPD. Displays can be programmed to show videos
that explain medical procedures, healthy eating tips and guidelines, medical
innovations, drug information, public awareness messages etc.
10. Estimated Electrical Loads at AIIMS-Bathinda
10.1. Estimated Lighting Load
Lighting Max. LOAD ON
Covered Load in Demand SUBSTATIONS
S.No. Description Floors
Area KW@ 13 considerin ESS-
ESS-1
W /sq.m g Div. (0.8) 2
A Phase - 1
1 OPD + Diagnostic Block G+2 19,539 254 203 203
Waste management services G 437 6
2 5 5
block
3 ESS-1/ AC PLANT & ESS-3 G 1,711 22 18 13 5
4 EXTERNAL LIGHTING LOAD 25 20 20
5 TOTAL LOAD FOR PHASE -1 307 246 221 25
6 ADD 10% FOR FUTURE LOAD 31 25 22 3
7 LOAD IN KVA 397 318 286 32
B Phase - 2
1 Medical & Nursing College G+4 20,857 271 217 217
2 Director's Residence G+1 509 7 5 5
3 Guest House G+1 792 10 8 8
4 Working Nurses Hostel (G+4) G+4 3,463 45 36 36
Residence Building Type 2 (One 29
5 G+7 2,258 23 23
Block )
6 Residence Building Type 3 G+4 1,663 22 17 17
7 Residence Building Type 4 G+3 2,074 27 22 22
8 Nurse Hostel, Boys & Girls Hostel G+4 14,087 183 147 147
9 Central dinning G 1,715 22 18 18
Page 133
10 EXTERNAL LIGHTING LOAD 25 20 20

13 LOAD IN KVA 830 665 0 665
C Phase - 3
1 Ayush Hospital (30 Beds) G+2 2,267 29 24 24
2 Hospital Building B+G+7 27,927 363 290 290
Residence Building Type 2 (One 29
3 G+7 2,258 23 23
Block )
4 Residence Building (Type 5) G+2 1,202 16 13 13
5 Night Shelter G+2 1,732 23 18 18
6 MGPS Manifold Room G 144 2 1 1
Waste management services G 437 6
7 5 5
block
10 LOAD IN KVA 567 451 406 45
D Phase - 4
1 Hospital Building B+G+7 17,802 231 185 185
2 Auditorium G 1,917 25 20 20
3 Shopping G 444 6 5 5
4 Cafeteria G 375 5 4 4
5 PG Hostel G+3 2,646 34 28 28
6 Fire Station G 165 2 2 2
7 Animal House G 222 3 2 2
8 TOTAL LOAD FOR PHASE - 4 306 245 191 54
10 LOAD IN KVA 397 317 248 69
10.2. Estimated Power Load

Max. LOAD ON
Power
Covered Demand SUBSTATIONS
S.No. Description Floors Load in Div.
Area of Power
KW ESS-1 ESS-2
load
A Phase - 1
1 OPD + Diagnostic Block G+2 19,539 1075 0.50 537 537
2 ESS & HVAC PLANT Room G 1,711 40 0.80 32 32
3 ETP1 20 0.80 16 16
4 STP 1 & 2 60 0.80 48 30 18
HVAC LOAD (2X575 TR)
5 633 0.75 474 474
(1W+1S).
6 PLUMBING & PUMP LOAD 200 0.50 100 50 50
7 LIFTS -8 Nos. (OPD-8 Nos.) 120 0.70 84 84
8 Kitchen Equipment 50 0.60 30 30
Medical Equip. (MRI/CTS/X-
9 1215 0.60 729 729
RAY/ Lab etc.) LOAD
12 LOAD IN KVA 4416 2654 2566 88
B Phase - 2
1 Medical & Nursing College G+4 20,857 1147 0.50 574 574
2 Director's Residence G+1 509 28 0.50 14 14
3 Guest House G+1 792 44 0.50 22 22
4 Guest House AC 70 0.75 53 53
5 Working Nurses Hostel (G+4) G+4 3,463 190 0.50 95 95
Page 134
Residence Building Type 2 (One

6 G+7 2,258 124 0.50 62 62
Block )
7 Residence Building Type 3 G+4 1,663 91 0.75 69 69
8 Residence Building Type 4 G+3 2,074 114 0.50 57 57
9 Nurse Hostel, Boys & Girls Hostel G+4 14,087 775 0.50 387 387
10 Central dinning G 1,715 94 0.50 47 47
11 HVAC LOAD (1X575 TR) 633 0.75 474 332 142
12 PLUMBING LOAD 100 0.50 50 50
LIFTS (19 Nos.)(Med. Clg.- 6 Nos,
Nurses hostel- 4 Nos., Type II &
13 III - 3 Nos., Type-IV - 1 Nos., Boys 285 0.70 200 200
Hostel -2 Nos. Girls Hostel -2
Nos., Guest House-1 Nos.)
17 LOAD IN KVA 4847 2760 429 2331
C Phase - 3
1 Hospital Building B+G+7 27,927 1536 0.50 768 768
2 Ayush Hospital G+2 2,267 125 0.50 62 62
Residence Building Type 2 (One
3 G+7 2,258 124 0.50 62 62
Block )
4 Residence Building (Type 5) G+2 1,202 66 0.50 33 33
5 Night Shelter G+2 1,732 95 0.50 48 48
Waste management services G 437
6 24 0.50 12 12
block
7 HVAC LOAD (1X575 TR) 633 0.75 474 474
8 PLUMBING LOAD 200 0.50 100 50 50
LIFTS (17 Nos.) (Residence Block
Type V - 1 No., Type II - 2 Nos.,
9 255 0.70 179 163 16
Hospital Building- 10 Nos., Night
Shelter - 2 Nos.,Ayush-2 Nos.)
10 Medical Equip. Load 165 0.60 99 99
12 Laundry Equipment 319 0.60 191 191
13 MGPS 144 170 0.60 102 102
14 CSSD 425 0.60 255 255
Modular OT Load @ 10 kW each
15 180 0.60 108 108
OT
18 LOAD IN KVA 5728 3312 3103 208
D Phase - 4
1 Hospital Building B+G+7 17,802 979 0.50 490 490
2 Auditorium G 1,917 105 0.50 53 53
3 Shopping G 444 24 0.50 12 12
4 Cafeteria G 375 21 0.50 10 10
5 PG Hostel G+3 2,646 146 0.50 73 73
6 Fire Station G 165 9 0.50 5 5
7 HVAC LOAD 633 0.75 474 474
8 Animal House G 222 12 0.50 6 6
9 Animal House AC G 70 0.75 53 53
10 PLUMBING LOAD 100 0.50 50 50
11 Medical Equip. Load 580 0.60 348 348
LIFTS - 9 Nos.(Hospital -7 Nos.,
12 135 0.70 95 79 16
PG Hostel - 2Nos.,)
13 TOTAL LOAD FOR PHASE - 4 2814 1668 1407 260
Page 135

15 LOAD IN KVA 3642 2158 1821 337
10.3. Selection of Transformer & DG Sets

DETAILS OF ELECTRIC LOAD REQUIREMENT FOR PROPOSED AIIMS BHATINDA
LIGHTING LOAD POWER LOAD Total Load in
Total Load
S.No. PHASE REQUIREMENT REQUIREMENT IN KVA considering
in KVA
IN KVA KVA 70 % div.
1 PHASE -1 318 2654 2972 2080
2 PHASE-2 665 2760 3425 2398
3 PHASE-3 451 3312 3763 2634
4 PHASE-4 317 2158 2475 1733
5 TOTAL 1751 10884 12635 8845
Say 9000
10.4. PHASE-WISE LOAD SUMMARY

DETAILS OF ELECTRIC LOAD REQUIREMENT FOR PROPOSED AIIMS BHATINDA
ESS -1 ESS -2
S. Electric Electric Transfor
PHASE Transformer DG DG
No. Load in Load in mer
Capacity Capacity Capacity
KVA KVA Capacity
1 PHASE -1 2852 120
2 PHASE-2 429 2996
3 PHASE-3 3509 254
5 PHASE-4 2069 406
5 X 2000 3 X 1600 3 X 750
6 TOTAL 8859 5 X 2000 KVA 3776
KVA KVA KVA
Overall (4W+1S)
(4W+1S) (2W+1S) (2W+1S)
7 Diversity 6202 2643
(0.70)
Considering
8 6891 2937
90% Loading
10.5. UG DIESEL TANK CAPACITY
DETAILS OF UNDERGROUND DIESEL STORAGE TANK FOR PROPOSED AIIMS BATHINDA

Fuel Fuel
Total Fuel
Fuel con. con. At con. UG Diesel
DG No. of DG con. (100 %
S. (100 % Night Capacity Tank
Capacity Set Load)
No. Load) (50 % of One Capacity
in KVA Proposed capacity for
Ltr. / Hr Load) DG for Proposed
One Day
Ltr./Hr One day
1 2000 400 240 8000 4 32000
2 750 166.42 132.4 3653.88 2 7308 2 X 20 KL
Total Fuel Required
39308
(Litres)
Page 136
L. Design Basis Report- LIFTS

1. GENERAL
The EPC Contractor shall carry out Design, Engineering, Supply, Installation, and
Testing & Commissioning of Lift Works. Passenger cum Bed lifts, Passenger lifts, service
lifts etc. shall be provided for various buildings in the complex. The installation shall be
carried out as per rules & regulation of local bodies and IS Codes that governs the
requirement of installation of the lift. The voltage and frequency of the supply shall
subject to variation permissible under Indian Electricity Act and Rules. Passenger cum
Bed lifts, Passenger lifts, service lifts for AIIMS complex shall be provided, as per details
given below which is indicative:-
20 Passenger cum 13 Passenger 10 Passenger
S.
Bed lift (0.75/1 (1/1.5 Meter / (1/1.5 Meter / Number of
No.
BUILDING Meter/ sec.) Second) Second) floors
1. OPD & Diagnostics Block 8 - - G+2
2. Hospital Block 17 - B+G+7
3. Medical & Nursing College - 6 - G+4
4. AYUSH Block 2 - G+2
5. Boys Hostel - 2 G+4
6. Girls Hostel - 2 G+4
7. PG Hostel - - 2 G+3
8. Student Nurses Hostel - 2 - G+4
9. Working Nursing Hostel - 2 - G+4
10. Type II, Residence - - 4 G+7
11. Type III, Residence - - 1 G+4
12. Type IV, Residence - 1 G+4
13. Type V, Residence - - 1 G+2
14. Guest House - 1 - G+1
15. Night Shelter - - 2 G+2
Sub Total 27 15 11
TOTAL LIFTS 53
Note:
1. Lift Well, Car Size, Lift Pit Depth, Overhead, and Clear Entrance Width & Height dimensions
shall conform to NBC 2016 or OEM Standards/ recommendations. All lifts shall be Gearless
Type with Machine room & Centre Opening.
2. Passenger Lift Speed: for building height upto G+4 - 1 mtr/sec
for building height upto G+5 floors & above - 1.5 mtr/sec
3. Anti-skid SS Chequered plate flooring of suitable thickness shall be provided in all the lifts.
4. Car enclosure & doors shall be made out of SS 304 sheet of required thickness.
5. All lift shall have necessary provisions & door opening as required for physically challenged
person.
Power supply to each elevator shall be connected with dual source. One elevator from each
bank of elevators shall be key operated to be used as fireman’s lift as per code.
Page 137
Lift Car operating Panel shall be equipped with Braille buttons. Automatic rescue device
and emergency lighting shall be provided in each elevator supported by independent
rechargeable batteries.
Lifts shall be complete in all respect as per technical specifications and directions of
Engineer-in-Charge.
Page 138
M. Design Basis Report- HVAC System

1. Scope of Work:
The EPC Contractor shall carry out for Design, Engineering, Supply, Installation, and
Testing & Commissioning of HVAC System. The scope shall include below mentioned
features but not limited to:-
a. Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System shall include validation of critical
areas for OPD & Diagnostic, Hospital, Medical & Nursing College, Auditorium,
AYUSH, Hostel & Residential units etc.
b. The entire HVAC works should conform to specifications provided & as per
directions of Engineer-in-Charge.
c. The ratings and capacities of various equipment are indicative and subject to up
gradation/ revision during detailed designing stage.
2. Indoor Air Quality :
a. Emphasis on maintaining desirable Indoor Air Quality by setting and controlling
parameters of Temperature, Air Flow, Humidity Levels and Air Changes per Hour
(Total & Fresh Air) for each room/zone/area.
b. Conformity of Indoor Quality parameters with ISHRAE, ASHRAE and NABH
Standards.
3. Special Considerations for Critical Areas:-
a. All Critical Areas shall be designed on air recirculation and outside air intake
system as per standards specified by ASHRAE, ISHRAE and NABH etc.
b. Septic OTs shall be design for 100% fresh air.
c. Compartmentalizing and Zoning of Areas in Hospitals to restrict air movement and
prevent cross contamination.
d. Ventilation Design and Air Filtration to dilute and remove contamination in the
form of odour, airborne microorganisms and viruses, hazardous chemical and
radioactive substances. To ensure the same, UVGI System /PHI may be considered.
Magnehelic Gauges / Electronic Pressure Gauges to be installed for critical areas
for measuring differential pressure between zones.
e. High Efficiency Filtration system to prevent bacterial contamination whether it is
from Outdoor Air or from re-circulated air within space.
f. Three Stage Filtration comprising of Pre, Fine and HEPA Filters for Critical Areas.
g. Aluminum Ducting (pre-insulated/insulated separately with suitable material) of
suitable gauge/thickness shall be used for supplying air to operation theatres to
reduce the risk of bacterial formation in the air handling equipment and the ducts.
Page 139
h. For OTs, the Supply and Installation of HEPA Filters at Terminals, Laminar Flow
Diffusers and Inside supply/return OT Ducting shall lie within the scope of
Modular OT vendor.
i. Waiting halls (areas with high occupancy) shall have Mechanical ventilation
systems as per relevant norms.
4. Air Conditioning /Comfort Heating System:
a. Centralized Chilled Water Air Conditioning System (District Cooling) being
considered for Hospital Block, AYUSH Building, Auditorium, Medical & Nurses
College, Mortuary etc. in all areas circulation spaces ( toilets/staircases etc.) &
non- critical stores etc. Hot Water Generators will be used for winter heating & for
monsoon reheat of critical areas like OTs/ICUs etc. All critical areas will have 4
pipe system (separate cooling & heating pipe network) & balance area’s AHU will
be with 2 pipe system (combined cooling & heating pipe network) .
b. Variable Refrigerant Volume/Flow System for Guest House is being considered.
c. Electrical Load Provisions for DX type AC have been considered in sizing of
Electrical equipment for Director’s House (except Office where energy efficient
split AC is being considered), Hostels, Dining Block, Night Shelter, Residential
Blocks etc.
d. Provision of energy efficient split units shall be considered in Director’s Office in
his residence, Server Rooms, UPS Room etc. of Hospital/Institute etc. Energy
Efficient Split Air Conditioners with Inverter driven compressors (min. 3 star
rated) may be considered wherever necessary depending upon the suitability and
applicability.
e. All the equipments etc. shall be suitable for 415 V, three phases or 220 V, Single
phase, 50 Hz A.C. supply.
f. The chilling machines shall be AHRI / Eurovent certified with ecofriendly
refrigerant and with best possible COPs as per latest ECBC code, Cooling tower
shall be CTI Certified, Fans shall be AMCA certified for fan efficiency & Noise, Fire
dampers shall be UL & CBRI Roorkee certified preferably with FM certification
also.
g. In case of Chilled Water System Centrifugal Chillers with VFDs are proposed for
Summer/Monsoon Cooling. The scope shall include Plant Manager.
h. The VRV/VRF System considered must belong to the latest Generation/Version
with capability of Summer and Monsoon Cooling and Winter Heating as well.
i. All pumps including Hot Water & Secondary Chilled Water Pumps, Primary Chilled
Water Pumps and Condenser Water Pumps will be with unit mounted Variable
Speed Drives circulating water in the chilled/hot water circuit.
Page 140
j. Provision of specialized equipment like Vacuum Degasser/Air and Dirt

Separator/Dirt Separator /Descalar in the Plant Room to ensure smoother
operation, enhanced efficiency of system and longevity.
k. Chilled Water Circuit comprising of MS pipes (“C” Class) with suitable Insulation in
case of Centralized Chilled Water System and hard drawn copper tubes with
suitable Insulation in case of VRV/VRF System.
l. GI pipes (Class B) for drain pipe with suitable insulation for chilled water system.
m. u-PVC Pipe for VRV/VRF/DX Split drain pipe to be provided.
n. Ceiling Suspended and Floor Mounted Air Handling Units, child water cassette Fan
Coil Units to Convey Chilled Air in case of Chilled Water System and Ductable/
Cassette / Hi Wall Split Units in case of VRV/VRF System.
o. Fresh air provision for ceiling suspended AHUs/FCUs/VRV/VRF Indoor Units shall
be considered as per relevant codes & standards. TFA (Treated Fresh Air Units) to
be provided to supply treated chilled air to these units/feeding areas.
p. Pressurized Expansion Tank to adjust and regulate the pressure of water in the
Chilled and Hot Water Circuit shall be provided
q. Ducting System comprising of GI Ducting with Insulation/Pre-Insulated Ducting
depending upon the requirement. Duct Construction and suspension Standards
must conform to SMACNA, IS 655 and ASME.
r. CTI certified Cooling Tower with VFD driven Fan Motors for Chilled Water System.
s. Chilled Water flow Modulation by means of Manual/Motorized Butterfly, Non
Return Valve, Ball Valve, Automatic Balancing Valve, 2 WAY PIBCV with insulation.
All the valves must be minimum PN16 rated and suitable for Chilled Water and Hot
Water applications. Insulation of valves shall be the same as that of pipe.
t. Air Flow Modulation by means of Air Distribution devices like Volume Control
Duct Dampers, Collar Dampers, CAV/VAV Boxes as per requirements conforming
to ASME and SMACNA Standards. All Conference Rooms, Individual Cabins,
Lecture Halls, Meeting Rooms, ICUs, waiting Areas etc. fed by common AHUs shall
be provided with VAV Boxes.
u. Colour scheme for equipment like Chillers/Pumps/AHUs/Cooling Tower etc. shall
be as per manufacturer’s standard color scheme or as per directions of E-I-C.
v. The scheme of colour code painting of pipe work services for AC installation shall
be as per NBC/CPWD specifications.
w. Provision of trap door of suitable material & size shall be considered for easy
accessibility of moving parts of the concerned equipment/dampers.
Page 141
x. For Burn Patients, air conditioning shall be so designed that temperature control
should be there to maintain a warm environment & high relative humidity.
y. In Mortuary/Autopsy Rooms, comfort conditions are to be maintained with 100%
fresh air system with full exhaust. Due to heavy bacterial contamination, & odor,
autopsy room shall exhaust all air well above roof to prevent contamination to
adjoining areas. This room should also be maintained at negative pressure.
z. In CSSD Areas, as it consists of cleaning area, sterilizing area & storage area, air
conditioning along with ventilation arrangement needs to be considered.
aa. BMS Compatibility to all Air Conditioning (3 phase equipment) High Side and Low
Side Equipment.
bb. Touch screen types central controller to be provide for guest house with provision
to ingrate the same on BMS.
5. Ventilation System:
a. Mechanical Ventilation System to be considered for Basements, Toilets, Kitchens,
Laundry, Dining and Individual Floor Smoke Extraction & HVAC Plant Room,
MGPS, Fire/WTP Pump House, STP/ETP Plant & other areas as per requirements.
b. Laundry needs to be ventilated with fresh filtered air & exhausted through hoods
placed over the heat generating laundry Equipment.
c. Emphasis on maintaining adequate Fresh Air supply, Removal/Exhaust of stale air,
particulate matter, fumes and noxious gases.
d. Fan Design, selection and sizing in accordance with Provisions stated in NBC 2016,
ASHRAE, ISHRAE, ECBC 2017 and Fire Bye-Laws.
6. Heating System:
a. Comfort heating for all areas and additional Monsoon Reheating for Critical Areas
in Hospitals like OTs, ICUs is to be provided.
b. Conformity of Indoor Quality parameters pertaining to Comfort and Critical Areas
Heating with ISHRAE, ASHRAE and NABH Standards.
7. Design and Layout Considerations:
The Design and Layout Considerations for HVAC System shall be done in accordance
with Norms established by GRIHA for HVAC System design, provisions stated in NBC
2016, latest ECBC and conforming to the latest ISHRAE, ASHRAE and NABH
Standards and CPWD standards.
a. Objective of HVAC System Design is to ensure proper Indoor Air Quality,
Energy Efficiency, Flexibility of Operation, Cost Optimization, BMS
Compatibility and GRIHA Rating Compliances.
b. Heat Load is to be computed for individual rooms of required buildings which
Page 142
are to be air conditioned. All required parameters /factors like geographical

location, orientation of building, ambient conditions, glazing factor,
lighting/equipment load, occupant load, area & height of room, fresh air
ACPH, CFM/person, ADP of coil, shall be considered as per
ASHRAE/ISHRAE/NBC 2016/ECBC standards.
c. Equipment sizing of HVAC system shall take into account factors such as
geographical location, climatic conditions, water availability & quality etc.
d. Chilled water pipes from HVAC Plant Room to various buildings shall be laid
underground at suitable depth as per CPWD specs. Adequate no. of Hume
pipes having suitable dia. with spare shall be laid across the roads/pathways
etc.
e. HVAC Plant Room shall be provided with safety equipment/items like suitable
elastomeric mat (as per relevant IS codes) for Panels, fire buckets, fire
extinguishers, hand gloves, safety charts, framed Schematic/SLD etc.
f. Suitable size shafts, cutouts, Niche, openings etc. shall be provided to facilitate
installation of Pipelines, Ducts etc. in all floor slabs of various buildings for
various service areas, as required. All shafts, cutouts, Niche, openings etc.
provided on floor slabs shall be suitably closed after laying of services lines
asper fire safety norms as per NBC 2016. Doors shall be provided for all shafts
at all floors as per fire safety norms as per NBC 2016.
g. All Services as required like raw/ soft/ hot water supply, drainage, plumbing,
HVAC provisions, ducting etc. shall be adequately provided for all Medical
Equipment, Modular OT Rooms, CSSD, Laundry, Kitchen, MGPS etc.
h. Plant Room Layout :-
i. Plant Room slab & its terrace shall be structurally designed to take loads
of various equipment. Also, dimensions of plant room shall conform to
CPWD norms & other relevant codes so as to have proper distance
between chillers/pumps/other equipment.
ii. The HVAC Plant Room Layout must be planned in such a manner so that
it enables easy movement of personnel to conduct daily routine and
maintenance procedures. Additional space for circulation shall be
considered as per relevant codes. Provision shall also be kept for
anticipated future requirements. Minimum clear height of plant room
(approx. 4.5 m) shall be maintained as per relevant codes. The entrance
to A.C plant room shall be preferably through rolling shutters having
minimum width as per relevant codes.
Page 143
iii. Proper spacing must be ensured between the foundations of Pumps,

Chillers and other equipment to enable repairs and easy replacement of
parts.
iv. The Plant Room must be adequately ventilated with Fans maintaining
optimum Air Flow and ACPH level. The design and sizing of Fan must be
in conformity with the CPWD & NBC norms for the same.
v. Floor loading of approx. 2000 kg/sqm shall be considered for HVAC Plant
Room. The Plant Room should have a fresh water connection & drain
trap.
vi. The floor shall have suitable drain with grating.
vii. Adequate level of illumination must be ensured to enable smooth
maintenance and repair procedures.
i. HVAC Shaft :-
i. Sufficient number of shafts shall be provided so that piping length is
optimized.
ii. The HVAC Shaft must be adequately sized to enable smooth passage of
pipes and ducts with insulation along with its supporting arrangement
through it.
iii. The walls of the HVAC Shaft must be lined with Fire Rated Material
capable of withstanding 250 degree Celsius for a period of 2 hours.
iv. Inspection Doors must be provided in HVAC Shaft wherever necessary.
The door must be Fire rated capable of withstanding 250 degree Celsius
for a period of 2 hours.
j. AHU Rooms :-
i. AHU Room slab shall be structurally designed to take loads of various
equipment.
ii. The AHU Room Layout must be planned in such a manner so that it
allows easy movement of personnel to conduct daily routine and
maintenance procedures.
iii. AHU foundation shall be proper (PCC/RCC/Steel frame) in conformance
to relevant standards. All measures shall be taken including providing
vibration isolation pads etc. should be used to dampen noise generated at
source itself.
iv. AHU Room shall be acoustically insulated with suitable material (density,
K value) as per CPWD provisions & site requirements.
Page 144
v. Floor loading of approx. 800 kg/sqm shall be considered for AHU Room.
AHU Room should have a fresh air opening, water connection & drain
trap.
vi. Arrangement for adequate Natural Ventilation must be made in the AHU
Rooms conforming to CPWD and NBC norms.
8. Design Basis
This system is designed to cater air conditioning requirement to the different areas
of the building. The brief design concept report for HVAC works in the buildings is
as below: -
8.1. General
The site details are as under for estimating Heat load and HVAC system design.
Site location. : Bathinda (Punjab)
Latitude. : 30.2°N
Longitude 74.9 °
Altitude. : 201 meters above mean sea level
The Air conditioning System shall be designed with following design parameters.
8.1.1. Outside Conditions
In absence of published weather data of Bathinda, the outdoor ambient
conditions for nearest available city of Hissar have been referred for design
which is only 155 km away from Bathinda.
The Recommended outdoor design conditions defined in ISHRAE Weather
Data File 2017 (published jointly with Bureau of Energy Efficiency) for Hissar
are given below which will be based on 0.4% annual cumulative frequency of
occurrence for Summer & Monsoon and 99.6 % annual cumulative frequency
of occurrence for Winter. The design conditions considered are as follows:
S. Season Outdoor Temperatures
No.
DBT WBT
1. Summer 44.6 °C (112.2 °F) 23.8 °C (74.8 °F)
2. Monsoon 35.7 °C (96.2 °F) 29.1 °C (84.3 °F)
3. Winter 6.1 °C (42.9 °F) -
8.1.2. Inside Conditions.
Page 145
Central air conditioning system shall be provided to maintain the specified

inside design conditions during summer, monsoon and winter for the
proposed buildings.
Classification of various spaces in terms of temperature, humidity control,
Occupancy, air filtration, air changes & pressurization requirements of various
departments shall be as per ASHRAE Standard 170. The extracts of the
relevant parameter shall be as per following
Annexure 1 Table 6, Clause 8.1.1 of PART 8 BUILDING SERVICES. SECTION
3 AIR CONDITIONING, HEATING AND MECHANICAL
VENTILATION
GUIDELINES FOR PARAMETERS TO BE CONSIDERED FOR
HVAC SYSTEM DESIGN FOR HEALTH CARE FACILITIES
Annexure1.1 ISHRAE Hand BOOK - DESIGN PARAMETERS FOR AREAS
AFFECTING PATIENT CARE IN HOSPITALS AND OUTPATIENT
FACILLTIES
Annexure 2 Table 7 of PART 8 BUILDING SERVICES . SECTION 3 AIR
CONDITIONING, HEATING AND MECHANICAL VENTILATION
GUIDELINES FOR FILTER EFFICIENCY REQUIREMENT IN
HEALTH CARE FACILITIES
Annexure 2.1 ISHRAE Hand book - PRESSURE RELATIONSHIPS AND
VENTILATION OF CRITERIA AREAS OF NURSING HOMES
Page 146
Annexure 1
Table 6 Guidelines for Parameters to be Considered for HVAC System Design for Health Care Facilities
(Clause 8.1.1) NBC
Temperature Relative Minimum Total Air Minimum Air Changes of Air Pressure in Relation to
SI No. Area/Functional Space
°C Humidity (%) Changes per Hour Outdoor Air per Hour Surrounding Area
i) Operating theatres 18-24 45-55 25 5 Positive
ii) Cath labs 20-22 30-60 15 3 Positive
iii) Delivery rooms 20-22 30-60 25 5 Positive
iv) Recovery room, ICU, Treatment rooms 20-24 30-60 6 2 Equal
v) Endoscopy, Bronchoscopy 20-24 30-60 12 2 Negative
vi) Patient rooms 24±1 30-60 6 2 Equal
vii) Toilets - - - 10 Negative
viii) Protective environment rooms (Immuno
Positive
suppressed patients) 24±1 30-60 12 2
ix) Isolation room (for patients with infectious
disease) 24±1 30-60 12 2 Negative
x) Corridors - - 2 2 Negative
xi) X-ray/Radiology 20-24 30-60 15 3 Positive
xii) Laboratories (Other than 22-24 30-60 6 2 Negative
biochemistry and serology)
xiii) Biochemistry and serology labs and pharmacy 22-24 30-60 6 2 Positive
xiv) Admission/Waiting rooms 22-24 30-60 6 2 Negative
xv) Diagnostic/Treatment OPD 22-24 30-60 12 2 Negative
xvi) Sterilizer room 22-26 30-60 10 - Negative
xvii) Sterilizer storage 22-26 30-50 4 2 Positive
Page 147
Annexure 1.1 DESIGN PARAMETERS FOR AREAS AFFECTING PATIENT CARE IN HOSPITALS AND OUTPATIENT FACILLTIES
Pressure ALL Room Air Air Design
Minimum Minimum Relative
Relationship Exhausted Recirculated temperature (I)
Space Function outdoor Total Air- Humidity
to Adjacent Directly to by means of Deg C
Air-ACH ACH Rh % (k)
Areas (n) Outdoors(j) Room units(a) Std.
Surgery and Critical Care
Operating Rooms ( classes B and C ) (m) (n), (o) Positive 4 20 NR No 20 to 60 20-24
Operating / surgical cycstoscopic rooms (m) (n),9o) Positive 4 20 NR No 20 to 60 20-25
Delivery Room (Caesaream) (m) (n),(o) Positive 4 20 NR No 20 to 60 20-26
Substerile services area NR 2 6 NR No N/R N/R
Recovery room NR 2 6 NR No 20 to 60 21-24
Critical and intensive care NR 2 6 NR No 30 to 60 21-25
intermediate Care (s) NR 2 6 NR NR Max. 60 21-26
wound intensive care (burn unit) NR 2 6 NR No 40 to 60 21-27
New born intensive care Positive 2 6 NR No 30 to 60 21-28
Treatment Rooms(t) NR 2 6 NR NR 20 to 60 21-29
Trauma room ( Crisis or shock ) © Positive 3 15 NR No 20 to 60 21-30
Medcial Anesthesia gas storage ® Nagative NR 8 yes NR N/R N/R
Laser eye room Positive 3 15 NR No 20 to 60 21-30
ER waiting rooms Nagative 2 12 Yes (q) NR Max. 65 21-31
Triage Nagative 2 12 Yes (q) NR Max. 60 21-32
Er De-contamination Nagative 2 12 Yes No N/R N/R
Radiology waiting rooms Nagative 2 12 Yes (q),(w) NR Max 60 21-32
Procedure Room ( Class Asurgery ) (o),(d) Positive 3 15 NR No 20 to 60 21-32
Emergency Department Exam/ Treatment room (p) NR 2 6 NR NR Max. 60 21-32
Inpatient Nuesing
Patient room(s) N/R 2 4 (y ) N/R N/R Max 60 21-24
Nurishment Area of room N/R N/R 2 N/R N/R N/R
Toilet room Negative N/R 10 Yes NO N/R N/R
Newborn nursery suite N/R 2 6 N/R NO 30 to 60 N/R
protective environment room(t) Positive 2 12 N/R NO Max 60 22-26
all room (u) Negative 2 12 Yes NO Max 60 21-24
Combination ALL/PE Room Positive 2 12 Yes NO Max 60 21-24
Page 148
Pressure Minimum Minimum ALL Room Air Air Relative Design
Space Function Relationship outdoor Total Air- Exhausted Recirculated Humidity temperature (I)
to Adjacent Air-ACH ACH Directly to by means of Rh % (k) Deg C
Std.
All ante Room (u) (e) N/R 10 Yes NO N/R N/R
pe Anty Room (t) (e) N/R 10 N/R NO N/R N/R
Combination ALL/PE Ante Room (e) N/R 10 Yes NO N/R N/R
Labor / Delivery / Recovery /Postpartum (LDRP)(s) N/R 2 6 N/R N/R Max 60 21-24
Labor / Delivery / Recovery (LDR) N/R 2 6 N/R N/R Max 60 21-24
Patient Corridor N/R N/R 2 N/R N/R N/R N/R
Nursing Facility
Resident room NR 2 2 NR NR NR 21-24
ResidentGathering/Activity /dining NR 4 4 NR NR NR 21-24
Resident Unit Corridor NR N/R 4 NR NR NR NR
Physical Therapy Negative 2 6 NR NR NR 21-24
Occupational Therapy NR 2 6 NR NR NR 21-24
Bathing room Negative N/R 10 YES NO 21-24
RADIOLOGY (V)
X-RAY ( Diagnostic and Treatment ) N/R 2 6 NR NR Max.60 22-26
X-RAY ( Surgrey, critical care and catherization) Positive 3 15 NR NO Max.60 21-24
Darkroom (g) Negative 2 10 YES NO NR NR
DIAGNOSTIC AND TREATMENT
Bronchoscopy,Sputum collection and Negative 2 12 YES NO NR 20-23
Laboratory,general(v) Negative 2 6 N/R NR NR 21-24

Laboratory, bacteriology (v) Negative 2 6 YES NR NR 21-24
Laboratory, biochemistry (v) Negative 2 6 YES NR NR 21-24
Laboratory, cytology (v) Negative 2 6 YES NR NR 21-24
Laboratory, glasswashing Negative 2 10 YES NR NR NR
Laboratory, histology (v) Negative 2 6 YES NR NR 21-24
Laboratory, microbiology (v) Negative 2 6 YES NR NR 21-24
Laboratory, nuclear medcine (v) Negative 2 6 YES NR NR 21-24
Page 149
Laboratory, pathology (v) Negative 2 6 YES NR NR 21-24
Laboratory, secrology (v) Negative 2 6 YES NR NR 21-24
Laboratory,sterillzing (v) Negative 2 10 YES NR NR 21-24
Laboratory,media transfer (v) Positive 2 4 N/R NR NR 21-24
Non-refrigerated body-holding rooms Negative NR 10 YES NO NR 21-24
Autopsy Room Negative 2 12 YES NO NR 20-24
Pharmacy Positive 2 4 NR NR NR NR
Exmaination Room NR 2 6 NR NR Max.60 21-24
Medication room NR 2 4 NR NR Max.60 21-24
Gastrointestinal endoscopy procdure room (x) NR 2 6 NR NO 20-60 20-24
Endoscope cleaning Negative 2 10 YES NO NR NR
Treatment Room NR 2 6 NR NR MaX 60 21-24
Hydrotherapy Negative 2 6 NR NR N/R 22-27
Physical Therapy Negative 2 6 NR NR Max 65 22-27
STERLIZING
STERLIZING Equipment Room Negative NR YES 10 NO N/R N/R
CENTRAL MEDICAL AND SURICAL SUPPLY
Solied or decontamination Room Negative 2 6 YES NO NR 22-26
Clean workroom Positive 2 4 NR NO Max.60 22-26
Sterille Storage Positive 2 4 NR NR Max.60 22-26
SERVICE
Food preparation Center (i) NR 2 10 NR NO NR 22-26
Warewashing Negative NR 10 YES NO NR NR
Dietary Storage NR NR 2 NR NO NR 22-26
Laundry, General Nagative 2 10 YES NO NR NR
Solied Linen Sporting and storage Negative NR 10 YES NO NR NR
Clean Line storage Positive NR 2 NR NR NR 22-26
Linen and trash Chute Room Nagative NR 10 YES NO NR NR
Page 150
Bedpad Room Nagative NR 10 YES NO NR NR
Bathroom Nagative NR 10 YES NO NR 22-26
Janitor's Closet Nagative NR 10 YES NO NR NR
SUPPORT SPACE
Soiled workroom or soiled holding Negative 2 10 YES NO NR NR
Clean workroom or clean holding Positive 2 4 NR NR NR NR
Hazardous Material Storage Positive 2 10 YES NO NR NR
NOTES
Exepct where indicatesd by a "No" in this column, recirculating room HVAC units ( with heating or cooling coils ) are acceptable for providing that portion of the minimum
total air changes per hour that is parmitted by section 701 ASHRAE STD 170-2013 ( subparagraph [a][5]. Because of the cleaning difficulty and potential for bulidup of
contamination, recirculating room units shall not be used in areas marked "No. "Recirculating devices with HEPA filters shall be parmited in existing facillties as interim,
a
supplemental environmental contols to meet requirements for the control of the airborne infectious agents. The desgin of either portable or fixed systems should
prevent stagnation and short circuiting of airflow. The sdesign of such systems shall also allow or easy access for scheduled prevenative maintenance and cleaning.
Pharmacy compounding ares may have additional air change, differntial pressure, and filterning requirements beyond the minimum of this table depending on the type
b of pharmacy , the regulatory requirements which may include adoption of USP 797), the associated lavel of the risk of the work ( see USP [2013] in informative Appendix
B), and the equipment utillzed in the spaces.
The term trauma room as used herein is a first-aid room and/or emergency room used for general initial treatment of of acedent victims. The operating within the
c trauma centre that is routinely used for emergency surgrey is considered to be an operating room standred.
d Pressure relationships need not be maintainted when the troom is unoccupied.

All air air need to be exhausted in dark room equipment has a scavenging exhaust duct attached and meets ventilation
e standard regarding NIOSH,OSHA, and local employe exposure limits ₂.₃ h. A nonrefrigerated body-holding room is applicable only to facillties that do not perform
autopsies on-site and use the space for short periods while wating for the body to be transferred.
Minimum total air change per hour (ach) shall be that requried tp provide proper makeup air to kitchen exhausted systems as specifled in ANSI/ASHRAE standard 154.₄
in some cases , excess exffiltration or infiltration to or from exit corridors restrictions of NEPA 90a, ₅ the pressure requirments of NEPA 96, ₆ or the maximum defined in
f
the table . during operation , a redcution to the number of air changes to any extent required for odor control shall be permitted
when the space not in use.
Page 151
In some areas with potential contamination and/or problems. Exhaust air shall be discharged directly to the outdoors and not re circulated to other
g areas. Individual circumstances may require special consideration for all the exhausted to the outdoors. To satisfy exhaust needs, constant
replacement air from the outdoors in necessary when the system is in operation .
h The RH ranges listed are the minimum and/or maximum allowable at any point within the design temperature range required for that space.
Systems shall be capable of maintaining the rooms within the range during normal operation. Lower or higher temperature hall be permitted when
i
patients ' comfort and/or medical conditions require those condition.
National institute for occupational safety and health (NIOSH) criteria documents regarding occupational exposure to waste anesthetic gases and
j vapors, and control of occupational exposure to nitrous oxide⁷ indicate a need for both local exhaust (scavenging) systems and general ventilation of
the areas in which the respective gases are utilized. Refer to NEPA 99 for other requirements.⁸
If pressure-monitoring devices alarm are installed, allowances shall be made to prevent nuisance alarms. Short-term excursions from required
k pressure relationships shall be allowed while door are moving or temporarily open. Simple visual methods such as smoke drails, ball-in-tube, or
flutterstrip shall be permitted for verification of air flow direction.
Surgeons or surgical procedures may require room temperatures, ventilations rates humidity range, and/or air disribution method the exceed the
l
minimum indicates ranges.
Treatment room used for bronchoscopy rooms. Treatment room used for procedure with nitrous oxide shall containprovisions for exhausting
m
anesthetic waste gases.
In are circulating ventilation system, HEPA filters shall be permitted instead of exhausting the air from these space to the outdoors provided that the
return air passes through the HEPA filter before it is introduced in to any other spaces. The entire minimum total be air change per hour of re
circulating airflow HEPA filters. When these area are open to larger, non-waiting spaces the exhaust air volume shall be calculated based on the
seating area of the waiting area. (Note: The intent here is not require the volume calculation to include a very large space [e.g.an atrium] just because
n a waiting area open on to it.)
o See NEPA 99 for further requirements.⁸
Page 152
For intermediate care , labour/delivery/recovery rooms, and labour/delivery/recovery /postpartum rooms, for total as shall be permitted when
p
supplemental heating and/or cooling systems( radiant heating and cooling , baseboard heating , etc. ) are used
The protective environment airflow design specifications protect the patient from common environmental airborne infectious microbes Recirculation
HEPA filters shall be permitted to increase the equivalent room air exchanges; however the outdoors air changes are still required. Constant-volume
q air flow is required for consistent ventilation for the protected environment. The pressure relationship to adjacent areas shall remain unchanged if
the PE room is utilized as normal patient room. Rooms with reversible airflow provisions for the purpose of switching between protective
environment and all function shall not be permitted.
The all room described in this standard shall be used fir isolating the airborne spread of infectious diseases, such as measles varicella , or tuberculosis.
Supplemental re circulating devices using HEPA filters shall be permitted in the All room to increase the equivalent room air exchanges; however, the
minimum outdoor air changes of tables are still required. All rooms that are retrofitted from standard patient rooms from which it is impractical to
r
exhaust directly outdoors may be re circulated with air from the all room, provided that air first passes through a HEPA filters. When the all room is
not utilized for airborne infection isolation, the pressure relationship to adjacent areas, when measured with the door closed, shall remain unchanged
and the minimum total air changes rates shall be 6 ach. Switching controls for reversible air flow provisions shall not be permitted.
when required, appropriate hoods and exhaust devices for the removal of noxious gases for chemical vapors shall be provided in accordance with
s
NFPA 99.⁸
The requirements that all rooms air is exhausted directly to outdoors applies only to radiology waiting rooms programmed to hold patients who are
t
waiting for chest X-rays for diagnosis of respiratory disease.
If the planted space is designated in the organization's operational plan to be utilized for both bronchoscopy and gastrointestinal endoscopy, the
u
design parameters for "bronchoscopy, sputum collection, and administration" shall be used.
For single-bed patient rooms using Group D diffusers, a minimum of six total ach shall be provided and calculated
v
based on the volume for the finished floor to 6ft.(1.83 m) above the floor.
Source: ASHRAE std 170-2013
Page 153
Annexure 2.1
PRESSURE RELATIONSHIPS AND VENTILATION OF CRITERIA AREAS OF NURSING HOMES
Minimum areas
Pressure Changes of Minimum total air
All Air Exhausted Air Recirculated
Function Area Relationship to Outside air per Changes per Hour
Directly To Outside within room units
Adjacent Areas Hour Supplied To Supplied to room
Room
Std Std Std Std
Patient Care
Patient Room ( Holding room ) * 2 6 Optional Optional
Patient area corridor * Optional 2 Optional Optional
Toilet Room Negative Optional 10 Yes No
Diagnostic and Treatment
Exanination room * 2 6 Optional Optional
Physical therapy Negative 2 6 Optional Optional
occupational therapy Negative 2 6 Optional Optional
Soiled workroom or solied Holding Negative 2 10 Yes No
clean workroom or clean holding Positive 2 4 Optional Optional
Sterillizing and Supply
Srerillizing exhaust room Negative Optional 10 Yes No
Linen and trash chute room Negative Optional 10 Yes No
Laundry,general * 2 10 Yes No
Solied linen sorting and storage Negative Optional 10 Yes No
clean linen storage Positive Optional 2 Yes No
Service
Food Preparation center * 2 10 Yes Yes
Ware washing room Negative Optional 10 Yes Yes
Dietary day storage * Optional 2 Yes No
Janitor closet Negative Optional 10 Yes No
Bathroom Negative Optional 10 Yes No
*Continuous directional cantrol not requried Source:ASHRAE Handbook
Page 154
8.1.3. The following are the indoor design conditions which are not suggested in
ASHRAE Standard 170:
S. No. Description Temperature Relative Remarks

°C Humidity
A. AYUSH
1. Panchkarma- Male and 23 ± 1 < 60%

Female
B. Medical College and Admin
1. Café 23 ± 1 < 60%
2. Corridors Non Air Conditioned
3. Reception 23 ± 1 < 60%
4. College Counsel 23 ± 1 < 60%
5. Staff Room 24 ± 1 < 60%
6. Museum 22 ± 1 < 60%
7. Dissection Hall 21 ± 1 < 60% 100% Exhaust

Provision
8. Autopsy Room 21 ± 1 < 60% 100% Exhaust

Provision
9. Office 24 ± 1 < 60%
10. Reading Area 23 ± 1 < 60%
11. Library/Lecture Hall 23 ± 1 < 60%
C. Auditorium 22 ± 1 < 60%
D. Guest House 22 ± 1 < 60%
E. Director’s Residence Office 22 ± 1 < 60%
F. Animal House 22 ± 1 < 60%
G. Director’s Residence
H. PG Hostel Electrical Load

Provisions for
I. Boys Hostel ACs shall be
provided for
J. Girls Hostel these areas
K. Local Shopping Center
Page 155
L. Amphitheater
M. Nurse/ Working Nurse

Hostel
N. Night Shelter
O. Residential Buildings (Type

II- Type V)
P. Shop, Café & Food Court
Q. Central Dining/ Mess
8.1.4. Lighting Load: As per NBC 2016

8.1.5. Equipment Load: As per Actual
8.1.6. Acceptable Indoor Noise Levels for Hospital: 35-40 dBA
8.1.7. Fibrous acoustic insulating material shall not be used as duct lining for
critical spaces unless downstream terminal filters are provided. Supply air
ducts shall be externally insulated as required.
8.1.8. Non critical spaces not having downstream terminal filters will have
internal acoustic lining till first bend or 5-7 metre length of duct from inside
in the Air Handling Units and Treated Fresh Air Units.
8.2. Building Construction Data
The building shall be designed for GRIHA Version 2015, for ECBC compliance
following are the details
a. Climate Zone as per ECBC: Composite
b. All U value, SHGC, VLT etc of Glazing, Roof/Wall Insulation etc. shall conform
to ECBC norms.
c. Active smoke control systems shall be used along with fire and smoke
partitions to limit the spread of smoke in the event of fire. Smoke and fire
management shall be done in accordance with Part 4 Fire and Life Safety as
per NBC.
d. Exhaust outlets shall be located at a minimum height of 3 m away from ground
level and away from doors, occupied areas and operable windows.
8.3. MECHANICAL VENTILATION: (Air Changes Per Hour)
S. Space Air Changes Per Hours (ACPH)

No.
Page 156
1. Toilet (Private) 6 ACPH exhaust with equivalent draw of air from adjacent
areas
2. Toilet (Public) 10-12 ACPH exhaust with equivalent draw of air from
adjacent areas
3. Pantry 6 ACPH exhaust, with equivalent draw of air from adjacent

areas
4. Kitchen Recommended 40 ACPH exhaust with equivalent Fresh Air

through air washer unit
5. Lift well Mechanically pressurized for maintaining 50 Pa differential

pressurization pressure.
6. Lift lobby Mechanically pressurized for maintaining 25 Pa differential

pressurization pressure.
7. Staircase All enclosed staircases shall be mechanically pressurized for

pressurization maintaining 50 Pa pressure and external staircase to be
naturally ventilated.
8. Plant Rooms 15 ACPH exhaust with equivalent draw of make-up Air
9. STP Plant room 30 ACPH exhaust with equivalent draw of make-up Air
Exhaust will be let out at higher level to prevent smell in
vicinity.
10. DG Room DG’s are open to atmosphere and hence no mechanical

ventilation.
11. Smoke Extraction 12 ACPH exhaust with equivalent draw of make-up Air
12. Basement Car 12 ACPH exhaust with equivalent draw of make-up

Park Ventilation
13. Bio Med Waste 25 ACPH exhaust
Note: Separate: Exhaust duct shall be provided for toilets, pantries, and dirty
utility areas. These shall not be combined with each other or with any other
exhaust ducts of AC System.
Sl. No. Description Fan type
1. Basement / smoke Long casing Tube / Vane Axial fans with

management system for Class H motor insulation & with BMS
escape route - fresh air compatible with VFD capable of receiving
intake signal from fire panel / CO sensor controller.
Page 157
2. Basement / smoke Long casing Tube / Vane Axial fans with

management system for Class H motor insulation & with BMS
escape route – exhaust compatible with VFD capable of receiving
signal from fire panel / CO sensor controller.
3. Lift well pressurization Long casing Tube / Vane Axial fans with
Class H motor insulation.
4. Lift lobby pressurization Long casing Tube / Vane Axial fans with
Class H motor insulation.
5. Stair well pressurization Long casing Tube / Vane Axial fans with
Class H motor insulation
Note:- Basement Ventilation (Fresh Air/exhaust) Fans shall be with IE-3 Rating.
Pressurization Fans (Lift Well, Lift Lobby, Stairwells etc.), Floor Smoke Extraction
Fans shall be with IE-2 Rating. Adequate Static shall be considered for Fans.
Sl. No. Description Fan type
1. Auditorium Fresh Air & Exhaust Long casing Tube / Vane Axial fans with
(Smoke Extraction System) Class H motor insulation
2. Toilet Exhaust Centrifugal Inline/Propeller as per

requirement
3. DU / Isolation Room Exhaust Centrifugal Inline.
4. Service / Utility area Wall mounted propeller type
5. Air Washer /Dry Scrubber Plug Fan/Centrifugal Fan
6. Bio Medical Waste Room Cabinet Type with SISW Blower
7. Plant Room/Pump Room/ Long casing Tube / Vane Axial fans with
STP/ETP etc. Class H motor insulation
DU Isolation, Bio Medical waste fans, Air washer, Scrubber, Pump Room fans shall
be with IE-2 motors & Pressurization Fans /Auditorium Exhaust shall be with min.
IE2 rated motors.
9. Estimated Refrigeration Load
Detailed heat load estimation sheet shall be prepared during detailed engineering
stage for all the seasons (Summer/Monsoon/winter) in which, the specified
conditions are to be maintained based on above design parameters.
Page 158
Based on ASHRAE GRP 158, Load Calculation Manual (Heating & Cooling), Table
A1.1- Estimated Heat load summary is derived as under:-
SL. No. Area Description Air conditioned Cooling Capacity (TR)

Area (Sft)
1 Guest House 4715 28
Grand total 4715 Sft 28 TR
Equipment Selection 1 No. 28 HP VRF/VRV ODU

1 No. 20 HP VRF/VRV ODU
Suitable capacity (TR/CFM)
Ductable/Cassette/Hi Wall Split Indoor
Units
SL. No. Area Description Air conditioned Cooling Capacity (TR)

Area (Sft)
1 Animal House 1750 40

Grand total 1750 Sft 40 TR
Equipment Selection 60 HP VRF/VRV ODU with suitable capacity

(TR/CFM) Ductable/Cassette/Hi Wall Split
Indoor Units
Central AC Plant Phase 1 Phase 2 Phase 3 Phase 4

Diversity
Diversity
Diversity
Diversity
Air Cooling Sub

SL. Area
75%
75%
75%
75%
conditioned Capacity Sub Total Sub Sub

No. Description Area (Sqft) (TR) Total Total Total
OPD &
DIAGNOSTIC
1 BLOCK 143341 553 553 415
MEDICAL
COLLEGE &
NURSING
2 COLLEGE 156613 640 640 480 702 527
Page 159
3 HOSPITAL 196840
BLOCK 1133
4 1216 912
AYUSH 20233 83
HOSPITAL
5 BLOCK 112223 604
6 AUDITORIUM 16323 98
2 x 575 TR 1 x 575 TR 1 x 575 TR 1 x 575 TR
Grand Total 645573 3110 (1W+1S) (W) (W) (W)
Total Load After
Diversity 2334
2300
Say TR
5 Nos. x 575 TR (4W +1S)
In Director’s Residence, Split A/C shall be provided only in office area. For other rooms in
Director’s Residence, only electrical load provisions will be considered for ACs.
For UPS Rooms, Server Rooms, LV Rooms, Fire Control Rooms etc. energy efficient split
ACs shall also be provided in various buildings. Electrical load provision for ACs shall be
provided for all residences, Hostels, Night Shelter, Dining, Cafeteria etc.
10. Proposed Chilled Water Plant Selection & Equipment Addition Scheme
Sl. Description Individual Cumulative Equipment
No. Load (TR) Load (TR)
1. Phase I 415 415 2 No. 575 TR Water Cooled Chiller
2 No. 20 HP Primary Pump
2 No. 50 HP Secondary Pump with VFD
2 No. 50 HP Condenser Pump
2 No. Cooling Tower suitable for 575
TR chiller
2 No. 300 kW Hot Water Generator
2 No. 10 HP Hot Water Pump
2. Phase 2 480 895 1 No. 575 TR Water Cooling Chiller
TR chiller
Page 160

TR chiller
TR chiller
The Equipment Details, Layout scheme, Position and Application of Equipment given in
the above table is indicative only. During detailed designing, if required and found
necessary, the capacity / rating of the equipment may be upgraded/ revised subject to
concurrence of Engineer-In-Charge.
11. System Description
11.1. Air Conditioning:-
A central air conditioning system installed in a common Utility Block is proposed
to be provided for all buildings as tabulated above. The system will comprise of
water cooled Chilling machines along with associated equipment like cooling
towers, pumps, air handling units, fan coil units and piping/ducting etc. The
equipment shall be installed sequentially as per development of Phases and
infrastructure comprising of Header, equipment spaces & plant room sizing shall
be considered in the 1st phase itself.
The proposed scheme for addition of chillers & pumps/cooling towers is defined
in earlier section of the report. Thus, the proposed system shall provide sufficient
capacity to meet peak cooling loads and also operate efficiently at part-load
conditions without excessive spare capacity.
Chilled water from chilling units and hot water from hot water generator shall be
pumped through insulated chilled/hot water pipes installed in the ceiling spaces
within plant room and adjoining areas.
Four pipe system shall be provided for selected medical rooms and high
occupancy zones of the Hospital. With this arrangement, the AC system shall be
Page 161
able to meet simultaneous cooling demand in the high occupancy public areas as
well as equipment intensive areas while simultaneously catering to space heating
requirement in other areas during winter season. Also, the four pipe arrangement
will help in reheat of air to maintain a precise control of relative humidity during
monsoon season in critical areas.
Chilled and Hot water system shall be designed with 2 Way PID valves which will
help to avoid reverse return piping and ensure balancing of water flows.
Expansion/ Contraction in hydronic circuit (chilled/ hot water) shall be handled
through expansion tank along with air separator provided in the plant room.
For comfort heating during winter for critical area shall be done by Hot Water
Generators, these shall be in alternation to chillers. It is assumed that the Heating
load for the complex shall be 900 kW and according it is proposed to install 4 No.
300 kW Hot Water Generators including 1 No. Standby.
All mechanical equipment with larger capacity motors such as chilling units,
pumps, AHU’s and larger ventilation fans shall be provided with energy efficient
IE 3 motors in order to maximize energy savings. Mechanical Plant rooms such
as HVAC plant room, Pump room, STP room, Filtration plant room etc shall be
provided with air cooling system and exhaust.
All AHUs in the Critical areas including OTs shall have 4- pipe system& Hot Water
Generator & its pumps for reheating shall be placed over OT terrace. AHU’s in the
remaining areas shall be with 2 pipe system with Hot Water Generator located in
HVAC Plant Room.
Butterfly valve in supply line of riser & balancing valve in return line of riser for
each centrally air conditioned building shall be provided.
11.2. Patient Room Air Conditioning:-
Each single / multiple bed unit shall be provided with independent fan coil unit
located above suspended ceiling space in the entrance vestibule. Conditioned air
shall be supplied through duct and return air shall be brought back through slits
or return air grille in suspended ceiling. Treated fresh air @ 50 CFM per room
shall be supplied directly to each Patient Room and 40 CFM shall be exhausted
through the room toilet by DOAS unit. Dedicated Outdoor Air System shall be
provided with supply & return air fan along with thermal wheel for recovering the
cooling from part of return air being exhausted into atmosphere from patient
floors. The thermal wheel shall be used for energy saving only.
11.3. Protective Isolation rooms
Page 162
The protective isolation rooms meant for immuno-suppressed patients (as

identified) shall be kept at (+) 2.5 Pa pressure w.r.t surrounding. These rooms
shall be provided with total air quantity not less than 12 ACPH.
11.4. Infectious Disease Isolation rooms
The negative pressure isolation room shall have airflow rates similar to the
protective isolation room. Separate AHU is not required for these isolation rooms.
Supply air shall be tapped from nearest AHU and all the air shall be exhausted to
the atmosphere. Pressure differential of (-) 2.5 Pa shall be maintained with respect
to adjacent spaces. In addition, exhaust through Bronchoscopy, Burn patient units
and nuclear medicine shall be HEPA filtered. Exhaust point shall be at least 25 ft
away from all fresh air intakes.
11.5. Imaging
Imaging or Radiology department consisting of CT Scan, MRI, X-ray etc. shall be
provided with two stage filtration AHU. The indoor areas shall be kept at positive
pressure with respect to surrounding.
Air distribution system for MRI shall be through aluminum construction duct &
accessories If MRI machine is equipped with nozzle connections for supply and
return air, flexible aluminum ducting shall be used to connect these nozzles with
ducting headers. MRI room will have a standby AHU with duty cycle panel for
round the clock cooling
11.6. Auditorium
Air handling units (AHU) shall be constant volume type, double skin (for noise
control) construction, comprising centrifugal fans, cooling coil section, stainless
steel sloping drain pan (for zero water retention) and filter section. These shall be
floor-standing type with ducted arrangement for supply and return air. Fresh air
shall be injected as per the operator guideline. All fans shall have sound level not
exceeding 60 dB(A) at a distance of 1 m from the air handling unit in both supply
and return air stream. AHU’s shall be provided with proportionate pressure
independent cum modulating valves in chilled water coils.
11.7. Ventilation System:-
11.7.1. Kitchen Ventilation
The Kitchen shall be non-air-conditioned. Air washer unit shall be provided for
supplying make-up air around the hoods. Kitchen hoods over cooking area shall
be compensating type and provided with UV filters inbuilt in hoods The exhaust
should be collected from the kitchen hoods and connected to dry scrubber.
Kitchens shall be maintained at slight negative pressure to prevent spread of
food odour in occupied areas.
Page 163
11.7.2. Smoke Extraction in In Patient Departments (IPD) Floors

All individual floors shall be provided with smoke extraction system through
exhaust grille located on each floor and connected to vertical duct riser in a
dedicated shaft. Motorized fire and smoke damper shall be provided in main
duct which shall open upon sensing of smoke by any smoke detector in office
area and actuate the fans located on terrace.
Smoke exhaust fan shall be sized for smoke extraction of simultaneously 3
floors at 12 ACPH.
Equal amount of makeup air shall also be provided through fresh air fan,
capacity @ 12 ACPH with dedicated make up air grilles located on each floor
and connected to vertical duct riser in a dedicated shaft.
11.7.3. Floor Smoke Extraction System in public areas except IPD Floors
Floor shall be provided with smoke extraction system and fan shall be sized for
extracting @ 12 air changes per hour. Smoke extraction fan shall be connected
in main supply air ducts through motorized NO/NC dampers. During the normal
operation, supply air ducts shall be used for air conditioning the space via
grilles and diffusers.
The smoke extraction fan shall be connected to the main duct through a branch
duct with Motorized fire and smoke damper which shall open upon sensing of
smoke by any smoke detector in office area and actuate the fan. In event of fire,
smoke extraction fan shall actuate and extract smoke exhaust through supply
air duct whereas make up air shall be provided via make up air fan capacity to
be sized @ 12 ACPH. Scheme for as extraction as follows:
S. No. Description Normal Operation Fire Operation
1. Supply air damper NO, Open NC
2. Exhaust air damper NC, Closed NO
3. Supply air fan On Off
4. Smoke Extract Fan Off On
5. Make up air Fan Or Off On
Motorized louvers
11.7.4. Plant Room Ventilation
Plant rooms shall be provided with mechanical ventilation system. The system
shall consist of air washer units/make air fan section (as described in matrix
below), fresh air grille with filters, air distribution system with grilles, electrical
panel, power cabling, control wiring and earth. Fresh air shall be drawn from
outside & shall be supplied to these areas by means of ducts and grilles.
Ventilation fan & duct shall be provided for exhausting equivalent amount of
air.
Page 164
HVAC Plant room : Air cooling system with exhaust

Plumbing & Fire Plant room : Make up air fan section with exhaust
STP Plant room : Make up air fan section with exhaust
LT Panel room : Air cooling system with exhaust
11.7.5. Pantry and Toilet Exhaust
Pantries and toilets shall be connected to the mechanical ventilation system
consisting of in-line fan or propeller fan in exhaust duct.
11.7.6. Staircase Pressurization
All the staircases open to the external façade shall be naturally ventilated as per
the latest amendment of NBC. Whereas, all the internal/fire staircases shall be
provided with Pressurization system @ 50 Pa, consisting of supply air fans
installed on roof level. These fans shall be connected to ducts installed in
vertical risers for supplying air at each staircase landing in order to achieve
effective pressurization. Supply air fans serving stairwell shall be provided with
gravity louvers to prevent humid fresh air entering into staircase well.
11.7.7. Lift Lobby Pressurization
All fire escape Lift lobbies shall be provided with Pressurization system @ 25
Pa, consisting of supply air fans installed on roof. These fans shall be connected
to ducts installed in vertical risers for supplying air at each lift lobby landing in
order to achieve effective pressurization.
11.7.8. Lift well Pressurization
Lift wells shall also be provided with pressurization by supplying the air
through fans installed on roof level. Fans shall be sized to maintain minimum
positive pressure of 50 Pa across the door. The pressurization fans shall get
activated upon sensing of smoke in corridors / common passengers / lift lobby.
12. Brief Equipment Specifications (High Side):
i. Chillers
 Chillers shall be Centrifugal.
 Chiller Motors must be equipped with VFDs.
 Water cooled Chillers shall be with hermetic/semi hermetic, single/multiple
compressors, Flooded/ Falling Film type chillers.
 Chiller shall be Factory Assembled and Tested – Eurovent / AHRI certified.
 Equipment shall meet or exceed minimum efficiency requirements of COP/
IPLV/ IKW per TR as per latest ASHRAE/ ISHRAE/ ECBC Standards.
Page 165
 The total capacity of chillers shall be 2300 TR ( 5 Nos. x 575 TR ) (4W +1S)
 Minimum requirement of both COP and IPLV requirement of ECBC /NBC
provisions shall be met. Preferably, COP of min. 6.5 at AHRI conditions & IPLV of
min.8.9 to be met with.
 The chiller capacity shall be as per following parameters:
 Chilled Water Leaving Temperature: 5.5 Deg. C
 Chilled Water Entering Temperature: 12.2 Deg. C
 Chiller Fouling Factor: 0.0005 FPS
 Chiller Water Flow Rate: @2.0GPM / TR
 Condenser Entering Temperature: 31. Deg. C
 Condenser Leaving Temperature: 36.6 Deg. C
 Condenser Fouling Factor: 0.001 FPS
 Condenser Water Flow Rate: @ 3GPM/TR
 COP at AHRI Conditions: min. 6.5 or better
 Motors shall be energy efficient must conform to minimum IE-3 Class Efficiency.
 Full compatibility with BMS System.
 The scope shall include plant manager for optimizing plant room operation.
 Both Working and Stand-by provisions for Chillers has to be considered.
Minimum One Chiller shall be considered in addition to the no. of chillers as per
requirements.
 Refrigerant of chiller shall be CFC free & low ODP (preferably zero ODP), low
GWP and preferably should be R-134 a/ R-514a/ R1233zd (E)or as per NBC
2016.
ii. Outdoor units for VRF /VRV System
 The Outdoor Units for VRV/ VRF System/Air Cooled Chillers have to be
installed in a completely open space like Terrace etc. where it can easily
discharge heat to the environment.
 Outdoor Units for VRV/ VRF System must be factory assembled unit housed in a
sturdy weather proof casing, conforming to IP 54 Standards constructed from
rust-proofed panels of suitable material coated with a suitable finish material.
 The outdoor unit shall have scroll/rotary compressors. The compressor shall be
of highly efficient hermetic scroll/rotary type and equipped with capacity
Page 166
control technology capable of changing the speed in accordance to the cooling

load requirement.
 The heat exchanger shall be constructed with copper tubes mechanically
bonded to aluminum fins to form a cross fin coil. The aluminium fins shall be
covered by anti-corrosion resin film.
 The refrigerant circuit shall include an accumulator, sub cooler, liquid and gas
shut off valves and a solenoid valves.
 The following safety devices shall be part of the outdoor unit: High Pressure
Switch, Low Pressure Switch, Fan Motor Safety Thermostat, Inverter Overload
Protector, Over Current Relay, Fusible Plugs, and Fuses.
 Each unit shall be equipped, with an oil recovery system to ensure stable
operation with long refrigerant piping.
 If the number of Outdoor Units is high, then they may be mounted and fixed on
a specially fabricated MS Channel designed to accommodate all the Outdoor
Units. The design and sizing of MS Channel may be done in accordance with
relevant CPWD and ASME Standards. If the number of Outdoor Units is few,
then they may be mounted on Individual Outdoor Unit Stands as specified and
provided by OEM.
 Proper spacing between Outdoor units must be ensured to enable adequate
heat discharge area, smooth passage of personnel to conduct routine and
maintenance procedures, repairs and replacement.
 The plenum of the fan must be lined with Fire Rated Acoustic Material.
 It should be ensured that proper level difference and spacing is maintained
between the Fresh Air ducts and Normal Exhaust ducts to ensure smooth
circulation of air.
iii. Refrigerant
 Refrigerant selected must possess the following properties:
 Low to zero Global Warming Potential (GWP) & ODP
 Low to zero Flammability
 Low to zero Toxicity
 Low to zero Flame Propagation
 Depending upon the specific suitability and applicability, a desirable refrigerant
may be selected for Central Chiller or VRV/VRF System.
iv. Pumps
Page 167
 Chilled/Hot/Condenser water pumps shall be Horizontal/Vertical Split

Casing/Inline Centrifugal type for ease of maintenance and rugged usage.
 Suitable Pump Head shall be selected while sizing of pump depending upon the
piping length, fittings, friction factor etc. and other requirements.
 Both Working and Stand-by provisions for Pumps has to be considered.
Minimum. One standby pump shall be considered in addition to the no. of
working pumps as per requirements.
 Pump casing shall be cast iron, impeller shall be bronze/gunmetal, shaft shall be
of Stainless steel with S.S mechanical seal.
 The thermal insulation of Chilled/hot Water Pumps shall be with same material
& thickness as that of pipe.
 Pump shall be complete with all accessories like pressure gauge, valves
(butterfly, NRV etc.), reducers (if reqd.), Strainers, flexible bellows (double arch
PN 16 rating min.) etc.
 All pumps including hot water & secondary chilled water pumps, primary
chilled water pumps & condenser water pumps will be with unit mounted
variable speed drives circulating water in the chilled/hot water circuit.
 Suitable Foundation (PCC/RCC) or as per OEM standards needs to be
constructed for mounting of these pumps along with anti-vibration pads.
 Efficiency of Pumps shall be preferably 70% or best efficiency as per OEM
standards. Motor shall be TEFC Type, with Class F insulation.
 Operating speed shall not exceed 1500 RPM.
 Pumps must be Energy Efficient and the Motor shall be rated preferably for IE-3
Class Efficiency.
v. Cooling Towers
 Cooling Towers must be CTI Certified.
 The Cooling Tower Fan Motors shall be rated for preferably IE-3 rated and
equipped with VFDs. Each VFD shall be installed in a dedicated external IP-65
enclosure
 Min Range of Cooling Tower 4.2 degree C & wet bulb approach at least 2.77
degree C. Cooling tower shall have fan controls based on wet bulb logic.
 Cooling Tower shall be designed in such a manner that the total losses (drift +
evaporation + bleed off etc.) are minimized.
 Cooling Tower shall be located at a well ventilated space either at ground floor/
terrace of plant room/terrace of building. In case cooling towers are located on
Page 168
the terrace of the building, the structural loading of terrace shall be considered.
Cooling towers shall be installed preferably on columns (raised by 3 feet at
terrace) so that load is transferred directly to columns. For this, MS sections
/beams shall be provided. Sufficient space shall be left all around for efficient
operation of cooling tower.
 Depending upon suitability and applicability, Induced Type, Counter/Cross
Flow type may be selected.
 It should be complete with FRP (Fiber Reinforced Plastic)water basin, FRP
casing, distribution system, PVC filling with integral louvers, drift eliminators,
spray nozzles or self-rotating sprinklers, statically , dynamically balanced axial
flow type fan, HDG supporters and MS Painted ladders, make up quick fill
arrangement, overflow & drain connections with necessary valves. It should be
complete with cement concrete foundation, steel/masonry supporting
structure, anti-vibration mountings etc.
 Minimum. One Cooling Tower shall be considered in addition to the no. of
working cooling towers as per requirements.
vi. Hot Water Generator
 Electrically operated Hot Water Generators for winter heating & monsoon
reheat
 For winter heating electrically heated HWG (Hot water generator) will be
provided in plant room. The Hot water will be supplied through pumps with
VFD.
 Separate Electric Hot water generators will be provided on terrace of respective
buildings for reheating of OT AHUs to control humidity.
 Both Working and Stand-by provisions for Hot Water Generators has to be
considered.
 Hot Water Vessel Construction must conform to relevant Standards and must
be insulated with Fiberglass/rock wool of suitable density and thickness and
shall be suitably cladded.
 Must have sufficient number of Heat Banks.
13. Brief Equipment Specifications (Low Side):-
i. Air Handling Units (For Comfort Areas) – Waiting Areas, wards, Library,
Auditorium etc.
 Factory fabricated Double skinned construction with Thermal Break Profile
with GI Sheet of Suitable thickness (0.8 mm) pre plasticized outside & plain GI
(0.8 mm) on inside with PUF Insulation of suitable thickness (25mm for indoor
Page 169
applications/40 mm for outdoor applications) and density (min. 40 kg/cum)

between them. AHU may be floor mounted/ceiling suspended & should be of
sufficient Tonnage, CFM & static pressure as per requirements.
 Maximum flow velocity across filters/Fans/Coils, motor /fan speed etc. shall be
in conformance to relevant standards.
 Velocity & friction factor for Pipe Sizing shall be in conformance to relevant
standards.
 Volume control dampers to be provided in ducts as per requirements.
 Fire Damper must be provided at the Supply and Return of AHUs room fire
walls.
 Motor must conform to preferably IE-3 Class Efficiency and must be Squirrel
cage induction type / BLDC type.
 Selected AHUs shall be equipped with VFDs.
 Fan Blower should be DIDW backward/forward Curved blade (Belt driven)/
Plug fan (Direct driven) for supply/exhaust. Fans must be selected for suitable
Static Pressure & CFM & shall be AMCA Certified for sound & performance.
 All AHUs shall be with pre and fine filters & will be equipped with UVGI lamps.
 Cooling/Heating Coil of required OD & thickness preferably made of Copper
with Fins preferably made of Aluminum with suitable fins/inch.
Cooling/Heating Coils Row deep should be considered meeting the functional
requirements.
 Drain Pan of AHUs must be made of Stainless Steel of Suitable thickness(18 G)
duly insulated with required thickness & density of insulating material & drain
slope on both sides.
 Suitable number of modulating valves like Butterfly/ Ball/ PICB/Drain etc. must
be positioned at the inlet and Outlet along with other accessories like
Thermometer, Pressure Gauge, Thermostat, and Humidistat etc. Strainers shall
also be considered at the inlet of AHUs.
 Suitable Foundation for Floor Mounted AHUs /Hanging Arrangement for Ceiling
Mounted AHUs should be considered with anti-vibration pads.
 Water Supply provision must be considered for AHUs with Built-in Humidifier
wherever required.
 Fireproof double canvass connection should be considered.
 The air handling units shall be powder coated in approved colour as per OEM
standards or as per directions of Engineer-in-Charge.
Page 170
ii. Air Handling Units (For Critical Areas) –ICU, OTs, Sterile Corridor, Labs, CSSD etc.
 Factory fabricated Double skinned construction with Thermal Break Profile
with Aluminium Sheet of Suitable thickness (0.8 mm) pre plasticized outside &
Aluminum Sheet (1mm) on inside with PUF Insulation of suitable thickness (50
mm) and density (min. 40 kg/cum) between them. AHU may be floor mounted
& should be of sufficient Tonnage, CFM & static pressure as per requirements.
 All OT/ICU AHUs shall be double tier with separate fans for supply & return.
 All OT/ICU AHUs shall have 3 damper arrangements for – one for by passing
return air to recirculation, second for exhausting return air and the third for
fresh air intake.
 Maximum flow velocity across filters/Fans/Coils, motor /fan speed etc. shall be
in conformance to relevant standards.
 Velocity & friction factor for Pipe Sizing shall be in conformance to relevant
standards.
 Volume control dampers to be provided in ducts as per requirements.
 Fire Damper must be provided at the Supply and Return of AHUs.
 Motor must conform to preferably IE-3 Class Efficiency and must be Squirrel
cage induction type / BLDC motor.
 All AHUs shall be equipped with VFDs (Separately for supply & exhaust fans).
 Fan Blower should be Plug Type for supply/exhaust. Fans must be selected for
suitable Static Pressure & CFM & shall be AMCA Certified for sound &
performance.
 All AHUs shall be with pre and fine filters & will be equipped with UVGI lamps
and at-least pre filters in exhaust.
 Cooling/Heating Coil of required OD & thickness preferably made of Copper
with Fins preferably made of Aluminum with suitable fins/inch. Cooling/
Heating Coils Row deep should be considered meeting the functional
requirements.
 Drain Pan of AHUs must be made of Stainless Steel of Suitable thickness(18 G)
duly insulated with required thickness & density of insulating material & drain
slope on both sides.
 Suitable number of modulating valves like Butterfly/ Ball/ PICB/Drain etc. must
be positioned at the inlet and Outlet along with other accessories like
Thermometer, Pressure Gauge, Thermostat, and Humidistat etc. Strainers shall
also be considered at the inlet of AHUs.
Page 171
 Suitable Foundation for Floor Mounted AHUs /Hanging Arrangement for Ceiling
Mounted AHUs should be considered with anti-vibration pads.
 Water Supply provision must be considered for AHUs with Built-in Humidifier
wherever required.
 Fireproof double canvass connection should be considered.
 The air handling units shall be powder coated in approved colour as per OEM
standards or as per directions of E-I-C.
 ICU & other critical areas shall be designed for re-circulatory system with 4 air
changes fresh air.
 Heat recovery units (HRU) will be provided for all AHUs for 100% fresh air
units to be considered for all OTs & Septic ICUs.
 Pressure differential Operating rooms where highly infectious patients are
treated and isolation is required, All air from operating rooms and from all
airborne infection isolation rooms, shall be exhausted directly to outdoors and
if this is not possible, the room shall be ventilated with re-circulated air
supplied through High-Efficiency Particulate Arrestance (HEPA) filters. Such
rooms shall be maintained at a minimum negative pressure with respect to
surrounding areas.
 Protective environment rooms, such as, bone marrow transplants and organ
transplants, shall be maintained at a positive pressure with respect to
surrounding spaces.
 All operation theatres shall have independent air handling unit to prevent cross
contamination.
 The laminar flow air distribution system shall be followed. Air shall be supplied
from ceiling level to flow unidirectional upto the operation table. The return air
shall be collected from four corners of the room to prevent the contamination
from re-circulation in space.
 Return to be collected near floor level approximately 200 mm above the floor
level for OTs.
 The area of laminar flow grid shall extend by a minimum of 450 mm beyond the
foot print of the operating table on all sides.
 Both supply and return air shall be ducted.
 Three level filtration shall be adopted with pre-filters, fine filters and HEPA
filters of following filtration efficiency :
HEPA Filters 99.97% down to o.3 
Page 172
Fine Filters 99% down to 5 

Pre Filters 90% down to 10 
 All these filters shall be with aluminium frame to prevent formation of bacterial
colonies. Epoxy resin shall be used to seal filter media with the framework.
 OTs shall be maintained at positive pressure by supplying about 15% more air
than return air to prevent any contamination from entering OT space.
 AHUs with HEPA filters shall be designed for high static pressure to overcome
high pressure drops.
 All AHUs will have cooling & heating coil (for reheat) (4 pipe system).
 All OT AHUs will have 30% Air bypass damper at cooling coil.
 A unidirectional air flow pattern at a velocity of 0.45 ± 0.10 m/s should be
maintained.
 Magnehelic gauge to be provided in each OT between OT & Corridor and across
filter bank.
 HEPA Filters to be provided preferably at terminals. However, if not, then same
needs to be provided in the AHUs.
 Ducting for Operation theatre (OT) shall be aluminium with silicon sealants at
all joints. Return air will be collected in four corners with return air risers sized
for min. 800 FPM velocity. Return risers will have grilles at 150 mm height
above floor level. Risers will be cleanable. Each AHU shall be capable of
operating at variable fresh air quantity depending on procedure and heat
recovery wheel shall ensure waste heat is recovered.
 Operation theatre shall be maintained at 2.5 Pa positive pressures compared to
adjacent clean corridor.
iii. Fan Coil Units
 Must be preferably of GI powder coated construction of suitable thickness.
 Fans must be selected for suitable Static Pressure.
 Coil of required OD & thickness preferably made of Copper with Fins preferably
made of Aluminum with suitable fins/inch. Cooling/Heating Coils Row deep
should be considered meeting the functional requirements.
 Motor must be energy efficient and must be 3 speed type. This shall consist of
two lightweight aluminum impellers of forward curved type, both statically and
dynamically balanced. The two impellers shall be directly mounted on to a
Page 173
double shaft, single phase multiple winding motor capable of running at three
speeds.
 Drain Pan of FCUs must be made of Stainless Steel (18 G) of Suitable thickness
duly insulated with required thickness & density of insulating material.
 The PREFILTER shall be cleanable type &of suitable thickness AL./HDPE wire
mesh and mounted behind the pan in a filter plenum of GI sheet.
 The fan coil units shall be powder coated in approved colour as per OEM
standards or as per directions of E-I-C.
 It should consists of 2-Way Modulating type valve, Y strainers, Ball valves, wall
mounted BMS compatible thermostat containing three speed and on/off control
for fan, speed and temperature control for summer/ Monsoon/winter air
conditioning.
iv. Split Air Conditioner Units
 Air cooled split air conditioner Unit comprising of an Indoor unit and outdoor
Unit.
 Must be Energy Efficient & refrigerant used should be CFC free & low,
preferably zero ODP.
 Refrigerant piping and fittings interconnecting compressor condenser shall be
all copper and valves shall be brass / gunmetal construction.
 Fan motor shall be suitable for 415 ± 10% volts or 230±10% volts, 50 Hz, A.C.
Supply, Single phase, motors shall be provided with permanent capacitor.
Motors shall be especially designed for quite operation and motor speed shall
not exceed 1440 rpm.
 Fan speed shall not exceed 1000 rpm and maximum fan outlet velocity shall be
550 meters per minute.
 Cooling coils shall be of fin and tube type having aluminium fins firmly bonded
to copper tubes assembled in zinc coated steel frame / Multi channel.
 Inverter Driven Compressor Air Conditioner depending upon suitability and
applicability. Non Inverter driven AC must conform to minimum 3 Star Rating.
 EER shall be as per ECBC requirements.
v. Pressurized Closed Type Expansion Tank
 Pressurized Cold Water Closed Type Expansion Tank must be equipped with
Air Separator & should be preferably mounted in the plant room.
 The tank and air separator must be constructed in accordance with relevant
standards.
Page 174
 The tank shall be preferably pre charged steel expansion tank with replaceable
heavy duty butyl rubber bladder.
 The expansion tank will be complete with safety relief valve, pressure reducing
valve, pressure gauge & other accessories.
vi. Chilled Water piping
 The Pipes of sizes 150mm & below shall be M.S. ‘C’ class as per IS : 1239 and
pipes size above 150mm shall be welded black steel pipe heavy class as per IS:
3589, from minimum 6.35mm thick M.S. Sheet for pipes upto 350 mm dia. and
from minimum 7mm thick MS sheet for pipes of 400 mm dia. and above.
 For cooling and heating applications, the pipe may be sized accordingly in
conformance with relevant ASME and CPWD Codes for the same.
 450mm Dia. pipe or as per requirement ring main will be laid in ground
(Burried) from AC plant room to various hospital building.
 Pipe insulation for Plant Room/Terrace pipe shall be with EPS (Expanded
Polystyrene –TF Quality) moulded pipe section of density min. 20 Kg/cum after
thick coat of cold setting adhesive (CPRX compound) , wire mesh, wrapped with
500 g polythene faced hessian cloth & finally applying 0.63 mm Al sheet
cladding complete as per relevant standards.
 Pipe insulation for buried pipe shall be with EPS (Expanded Polystyrene-TF
Quality) moulded pipe section of density min. 20 Kg/cum after thick coat of cold
setting adhesive (CPRX compound), wire mesh, wrapped with 500 g polythene
sheet & then applying 2 layers of sand cement plaster of 13 mm thickness each.
Alternatively pre insulated chilled water pipes as per CPWD specifications may
be considered during detailed designing for smooth installation at site.
 The pipe within the building (in shafts, inside building etc.) shall be insulated
with Nitrile insulation with min. 45 kg/cum density, K – 0.037 W/Mk or better
at 20 degree C mean temperature, Class O Insulation applied with suitable
adhesive & as per CPWD specifications.
 Riser for each building will have a butterfly valve in supply line of riser & a
balancing valve return line of riser for isolating the building.
 Vacuum Degasser - Installed in a bypass line to CHW header. It shall be able to
degass a minimum of 1CMH of water at system working pressure. Vacuum
degasser shall be complete with Vacuum tube with high capacity automatic air
vent with ingress preventer, Multistage centrifugal pump, Make-up water and
system inlet water connections with motorized valves to enable degasser
operation even at low system pressure. (Manual preset flow control valves at
inlet and outlet are not acceptable), Pressure transmitter to regulate pressure /
Page 175
vacuum in the vacuum tube, Built in flow meter to measure degassed and
make-up water volumes, Microprocessor based, BMS compatible, control panel
with IP54 protection, All Components, i.e. pump, vacuum tube, valves,
interconnecting piping and control panel mounted on a compact steel frame.
The unit shall be selected as per system's highest working pressure.
 600mm Dia. pipe or as required condenser water pipe header from plant room
to plant room terrace.
 Pot strainer will be provided in main header of condenser circuit for removal
impurities in header.
vii. Refrigerant Piping
 All refrigerant piping for the air conditioning system shall be constructed from
hard drawn seamless copper refrigerant pipes with copper fittings Y- joints,
headers etc. and silver-soldered joints. The refrigerant piping arrangements
shall be in accordance with good practice within the air conditioning industry,
and are to include expansion valves, charging connections, suction line
insulation and all other items normally forming part of proper refrigerant
circuits.
 The Pipe diameter and thickness shall be based on quantity and flow rate of
refrigerant passing through the circuits.
viii. Indoor Units/Centralized remote Controller/Individual Remotes (Corded/Cord
Less):-
 Indoor units of VRV/VRF system should consists of Hi wall/Round flow cassette
unit/ductable unit as per requirements. Suitable no. of Centralized Remote
controller / manager should be considered with all superior specifications &
BACNET/MODBUS compatibility. Individual corded/cordless remotes to be
considered for each indoor unit & should be strategically located at site.
ix. Valves
 All the Valves like Butterfly, Ball, Balancing, PICB must conform to PN 16
Pressure Rating.
 Valves must be duly insulated with suitable Insulation of suitable thickness and
density.
x. Thermostat
 Proportional type for AHUs and for FCUs
 Should be Microprocessor based with LED display
 Should have Fan Speed and Heat/Cool Change Over Switch options
Page 176
 Automatic Heat / Cool Changeover option through external temperature sensor

 Should have high accuracy, fast response, Long Life and must be easy to operate
 Thermostat and digital programmable Humidistat, both BMS compatible to set
the desired temperature and relative humidity as per the table given below.
 Followings shall be the logics of operation where both shall be installed.
xi. Control Philosophy
Both Thermostat & Humidistat shall enable the user to define the set points for
Temperature & Humidity in absence / breakdown of BMS System. Thermostat
considered shall be suitable for 4 Pipe system with dual Analog Outputs for
Cooling & Heating. However humidistat shall be having single On/Off output.
Outputs of these thermostat & humidistat will go to controller which in turn shall
modulate chilled water control valve, hot water control valve & switch on / off
the Humidifier for maintaining Temperature & Humidity.
Following shall be the conditions possible:
 When both Temperature & RH are high with respect to Set Point: Chilled water
valve shall be modulated.
 When Temperature is high & RH is low with respect to Set Point : Chilled water
valve shall be modulated & Humidifier shall be switched on/ off.
 When Temperature is low & RH is High with respect to Set Point: Both Chilled
Water & Hot Water valve shall be modulated.
 When both Temperature & RH are low with respect to Set Point: Hot water
valve shall be modulated & Humidifier shall be switched on / off.
xii. Drain Piping
 GI medium class Drain Piping/High Strength uPVC /PVC Pipe to be considered
as per requirements.
 The pipes shall be insulated with suitable material depending upon the
requirement.
 The pipe material properties like density, thickness, K-Value and R-Value must
be in conformity with relevant IS Codes, NBC, ISHRAE, ASHRAE & ASME.
xiii. Air Distribution (Ducting)-Air Conditioning

 All ducts shall be fabricated either from galvanized sheet steel (GSS) confirming
to IS 277 or Al sheets confirming to IS 737. The steel sheet shall be hot dipped
galvanized with matt finish with coating of min. 120 GSM of zinc, GI sheet shall
Page 177
be lead free, eco-friendly & RoHS compliant. The sheet thickness shall be as per
CPWD specifications.
 Ducting shall be selected factory pre-fabricated to achieve the high quality
workman ship and specifications, end pieces can be site fabricated.
 Supply & Return Aluminum Ducting of required thickness ( 20 G in return duct
& 18 G in supply duct) to be considered for OTs/ICUs & other critical areas.
 All non-critical areas supply & return ducting shall be with GSS Ducting of
suitable gauge thickness & pressure rating as per requirements.
 Duct Construction and suspension Standards must conform to IS655 / SMACNA
and ASME.
 All ducts are proposed to be insulated by use of crossed linked polyethylene,
19/25 mm thick or closed cell Elastomeric Nitrile Rubber. The material will
adhere to ducts, since this is a flexible material. Further since this has closed
cells it cannot help in germinating or supporting Bacteria colonies, which may
otherwise form in the return air flowing above the false ceiling.
 The exposed duct shall have 26 G Aluminum cladding as weather protection for
the insulation.
 Acoustic Duct Lining of suitable thickness and required length shall be provided
at the commencement of ductwork from the respective Indoor Unit.
 Fire proof double canvass connection of suitable thickness and required length
shall be provided at the outlet of the Indoor Equipment connecting it with the
plenum.
 GSS Duct Construction standards must conform to SMACNA Standards.
 Threaded Rod (M.S/G.I) of sufficient dia. should be considered for hanging of
fans and preferably G.I Channel of suitable dimensions shall be used for duct
support. The sizing, suspension/hanging arrangement must conform to
standards and specifications stated in relevant ASME/SMACNA/ CPWD/NBC
2016 Codes.
 GSS ducting shall be complete with all relevant accessories like splitters, vanes
etc. complete in all respect as per directions of engineer-in-charge. Proper
jointing (EPDM lining/cleats etc.) shall be done to prevent air leakages.
xiv. Supply / Return Air Grilles
 Preferably powder coated extruded aluminum construction with preferably
aluminum volume control dampers.
xv. VCD/Fire Damper with Actuators
Page 178
 VCDs to be provided at ducts at suitable places. Fire Dampers with actuators to

be considered for floor mounted AHUs at supply/return duct.
 The material of VCDs & dampers shall be MS enamel painted.
 Fire Dampers shall be CBRI tested & certified for at least 90 min. rating against
collapse & flame penetration as per UL 555 & 555S. Fire dampers shall be
compatible with fire detection system.
 For fire safety motorised fire dampers with electrical actuators interlocked with
the air blowers shall be provided in supply and return air paths. All materials
used for insulation shall be fire proof type. The air handling unit's motors shall
also be interlocked with the central fire alarm system such that in case of
detection of smoke or fire by the fire alarm system, the air handling units shall
automatically shut off.
14. Brief Equipment Specifications (Ventilation/Pressurization) :-
Ventilation system should be considered for Toilets, Kitchen/Pantry, Basement,
floor smoke extraction, plant room & other utility areas etc. as required.
Pressurization system for lift well/staircase/lift lobby etc. should be considered.
i. Axial Fans
 Axial Fans for Fresh / Exhaust air suitable for installing in any position in
Horizontal or vertical, and must be AMCA certified.
 Casing of Fans shall be constructed of heavy gauge sheet steel and preferably be
powder coated. Support brackets for ceiling suspension shall be welded to the
casing for connection to hanger bolts. Threaded Rod of sufficient dia. /channel
should be considered for hanging of fans.
 Fan Sizing (CFM & Static Pressure) for Basement Ventilation (Fresh Air/Normal
Exhaust / Smoke Exhaust) must be done considering the required ACPH levels
in the Basement as specified in NBC 2016/ECBC or relevant codes.
 The plenum of the fans must be lined with Acoustic Lining to ensure proper
sound absorption.
 Axial Fans for Basement Smoke Exhaust and Smoke Extraction purpose must be
Fire Rated (H Class), able to withstand a temperature of 250 degree Celsius for
a period of 2 hours.
 Fan-motor assembly (as whole) shall be statically & dynamically balanced,
conforming to ISO and AMCA Standards.
 Should be suitable for 415 V ± 10% volts three phase 50cycle, AC supply.
Page 179
 The speed of Fan shall not exceed 1000 RPM for Fans with impeller diameter
above 450mm and 1450 RPM for fans with impeller diameter of 450mm and
less.
 Provision of all necessary accessories such as Wire Guard on inlet side and bird
screen on outlet, Gravity operated louver shutters, Canvass Connection for
connecting Fan assembly and Plenum should be considered.
 Sizing of Fans must be done in accordance with provisions sated in ISHRAE/
ASHRAE/ NBC 2016 and relevant IS Codes.
 Noise Level of Fan (in decibel) should conform to NBC 2016/ASHRAE/ ISHRAE/
CPWD and relevant IS Codes.
ii. Fan Section
 Utility of Fan Section preferably for Pressurization of Lift Lobbies, Lift Well,
Staircase. Fan must be AMCA certified.
 Fan Sections for Pressurization purpose must be H/F Class as per requirement.
 Provision of all necessary accessories such as Canvass Connection for
connecting Fan assembly and Plenum must be considered.
 Sizing of Fans must be done in accordance with provisions sated in
ISHRAE/ASHRAE/NBC 2016
 Noise Level of Fan (in decibel) should conform to latest NBC 2016/
ASHRAE/ISHRAE/CPWD and relevant IS Codes.
iii. Propeller & Inline Fans
 Propeller and Inline fans AMCA Certified with its construction standards
conforming to CPWD, NBC 2016/ ISHRAE/ ASHRAE and relevant IS Codes.
 Propeller Fans shall be direct-driven, three or four blade type. It should be of
Steel/GI/PVC construction as per CFM requirement & dia. Of fan.
 The speed of Fan shall not exceed 1000 RPM for Fans with impeller diameter
above 310mm and 1440 RPM for fans with impeller diameter of 310mm and
less.
Page 180
 Provision of all necessary accessories such as Wire Guard on inlet side and bird
screen on outlet, Gravity operated louver shutters, Canvass Connection for
connecting Fan assembly and Plenum should be considered.
 Noise Level of Fan (in decibel) should conform to latest NBC 2016/
ASHRAE/ISHRAE/CPWD and relevant IS Codes.
iv. Air washer & Scrubber:
 It should be generally considered for kitchen ventilation. Air washer to be
considered for fresh air supply & Scrubber to be considered for exhaust.
 Capacity of air washer/scrubber to be decided considering negative pressure
inside kitchen all through out.
 Air Washer shall be of double skin construction with suitable thickness
impregnated cellulose paper media (Celdek pads) of minimum 90% efficiency,
factory assembled, distribution header, GI 'B' class piping, makeup, quick fill
and drain connections, Butterfly/Gate valves for Pumps, make up, drain & quick
fill connections of Sump, 2 Nos. pumps of suitable capacity (1W +1 S), Y
strainers and necessary fittings, GI frame and supporting structure for Celdek
pads, washable synthetic fiber filters (of 90% efficiency down to 10 micron)
and SS(18 gauge) sump, TEFC Motor (IP:55) Control panel complete with
necessary Switchgear, Starters, metering, power and control wiring between
Control panel and Motor/Pump etc. & drive unit complete with Pulley, Belts,
Fresh air Louvers with bird screen (GI Construction) etc as per specification &
as directed by Engineer- in-charge.
 Scrubber shall comprise of extract air intake section, electrostatic precipitation
technology, dry type air cleaner to remove oil, smoke and fumes from exhaust
air, washable type aluminum mesh filters, stainless steel spiked ionizers to
create high voltage DC field, aluminum collector plates which should be
alternatively charged positive and negative with large collecting area to work as
magnet for charged smoke and oil particles. The system should allow
connection to a fan section to achieve 500 FPM velocity across the air cleaner.
 Suitable PCC/RCC foundation with plaster, Anti-vibration arrangement of cushy
foot mountings etc. shall be provided.
v. Ventilation Duct:-
GSS Duct Construction standards must conform to SMACNA Standards.
 Threaded Rod (M.S/G.I) of sufficient dia. should be considered for hanging of
fans and preferably G.I Channel of suitable dimensions shall be used for duct
support. The sizing, suspension/hanging arrangement must conform to
Page 181
standards and specifications stated in relevant ASME/SMACNA/ CPWD/NBC

2016 Codes.
 GSS ducting shall be complete with all relevant accessories like splitters, vanes
etc. complete in all respect as per directions of engineer-in-charge. Proper
jointing (EPDM lining/cleats etc.) shall be done to prevent air leakages.
 Acoustic Duct Lining of suitable thickness and required length shall be provided
at the commencement of ductwork from the respective Indoor Unit.
 Fire proof double canvass connection of suitable thickness and required length
shall be provided at the outlet of the Indoor Equipment connecting it with the
plenum.
vi. Air Distribution Products (ADP) -Louvers / Grills with or without Dampers
 Sizing of Ventilation Louvers should be done considering the capacity of Fans.
The Ventilation Louver for Fresh Air shall have manually operated dampers
along with bird screen wire mesh and Ventilation Louver for exhaust air shall
only have bird screen wire mesh. Material Of Construction of louvers shall be
preferably extruded aluminum with powder coated finish or as per OEM
requirements complying codes & standards.
 Grills with dampers for supply/fresh air & grills without dampers to be
considered exhaust/return air. MOC of grills shall be preferably extruded
aluminum with powder coated finish or as per OEM requirements complying
codes & standards.
15. Brief Equipment Specifications (HVAC Electrical):-
i. Main HVAC Panel
 Panel shall be fabricated out of suitable gauge thickness of preferably CRCA
Sheet Steel with reinforcement, channels and angles etc.
 The main electrical panel, distribution board & chilled water/ condenser water
pumps will be located in the respective plant rooms.
 Panels shall be treated with all anticorrosive process before painting with 2
coats of red oxide primer and final shade of powder coated paint.
 All outgoing & incoming shall be provided with Stop/Manual/ Auto/selector
switch to facilitate operation through BAS. All starters shall be provided with
potential free Contact for Connections to Building Automation System.
 A separate set of CTs to be provided for BAS and wiring from CT’s and voltage
transducers to be brought on to separate set of terminals.
 Panel should have sufficient number of Incoming and Outgoing feeders.
Page 182
 Main HVAC Panel should cater to Chiller Motors, Primary and Secondary Chilled
Water Pump Motors, Hot Water Generator and Pump Motors, Condenser Water
Pumps Motors, Cooling Tower Fan Motors etc.
ii. Control Panels For OT & Isolation Room With Heat Recovery Unit
 Should be preferably cubicle type, wall mounted control panels including
anchoring into the wall
 All outgoing shall be provided with Stop / Manual /Auto selector switch to
facilitate operation through BAS. All starters shall be provided with potential
free Contact for Connections to Building Automation System.
 MCB with over-load relay, suitable for motor duty and able to withstand
suitable fault level .Sufficient number of incomers and Outgoings depending
upon the load and requirement.
 Suitable exhaust arrangement within electrical panel shall be provided to avoid
overheating.
 Control Panel catering to VFD operated Motors. Suitable rating starter required
as a bypass arrangement in case of VFD failure.
iii. Control Panel In Air Handling Unit With VFD
free Contact for Connections to Building Automation System
 Phase indicating lights and indicating light for ON/OFF/TRIP status phase
sequence relay shall also be provided.
 Digital voltmeter and ammeter with selector switches.
 Suitable rating starter required as a bypass arrangement in case of VFD failure.
 Time delay relay for delayed automatic restart of air handling unit motor.
 Wiring for micro switch for starting / stopping the fan when fire damper closes
/ Power supply for fire damper control panel.
 For on/off/remote and local operation, 3 pole single throw switch shall be
provided in each AHU panel to facilitate override of the automatic operation.
 All starters shall be provided with suitable potential free contract for
connections to the Building Automation System.
Page 183
 Catering to Three phase Motor with VFD. Each of these compartments shall
contain indicating lamp with ON/ OFF/ TRIP status of motors.
iv. Control Panels For Fan Sections, Inline Fans & Axial Fans /Air Scrubbers/ Air
Washers
free Contact for Connections to Building Automation System. DOL/Star delta
starters to be provided depending upon H.P rating of fans.
 Over-load relay, suitable for motor duty and able to withstand fault level of
suitable kA rating.
 single phase preventer (Electronics type)
 Terminal block for power distribution.
 Power Contactor.
 Phase indicating lights and indicating light for ON/OFF/TRIP status phase
sequence relay shall also be provided.
 Voltmeter and ammeter.
 Time delay relay for delayed automatic restart of motor
 Wiring for micro switch for starting / stopping the fan (in case of fire) / Power
supply for damper control panel.
 For on/off/remote and local operation, 3 pole single throw switch shall be
provided in each panel to facilitate override of the automatic operation.
 All starters shall be provided with suitable potential free contract for
connections to the Building Automation System.
 Three phase star delta starter with overload relay and single phase preventer.
Each of these compartments shall contain indicating lamp with ON/ OFF/ TRIP
status for fan sections/axial fans.
v. Cables
 Power and Control Cables should be preferably XLPE insulated and PVC
sheathed Aluminium/Copper conductor armoured/un-armoured depending
upon need and requirement, 1.1 KV grade conforming to IS : 7098:1988
vi. Glands and Lugs
Page 184
 Glands and Lugs suitable for Power and Control Cables XLPE insulated and PVC
sheathed Aluminium/Copper conductor armoured/ un-armoured (depending
upon need and requirement), of 1.1 KV grade confirming to IS : 7098:1988.
vii. Cable Tray
 Preferably perforated G.I cable trays with perforation not more than 17.5%,
in convenient sections, joined with connectors, suspended from the ceiling with
G.I. suspenders including bolts & nuts, painting suspenders etc. complete with
bends, reducers, Tees, cross members etc. as required
viii. Earthing
 Earthing requirements to be in conformity with IS -3043 (latest).
16. The Cooling towers will be placed on terrace of substation at least one meter above
cooling tower basin; the makeup tank will be filled twice in 24 Hours with treated water.
17. DESIGN PARAMETERS:

i. Design parameter for selection of Air Handling Unit and its components shall be:
Maximum face velocity across pre/fine filters 1.78 m/sec

: (350 fpm)
Maximum face velocity across cooling coils 2.54 m/sec
: (500 fpm)
Maximum fan outlet velocity 9.14 m/sec
: (1800 fpm)
Maximum fan speed
a. Fan above 450 mm dia. 1000 RPM
:
b. Fan up to and including 450 mm dia. 1450 RPM
:
Maximum fan motor speed 1450 RPM
:
ii. Design parameter for Duct design shall be:
Maximum flow velocity in ducts for air 1800 fpm.

:
conditioning
Maximum flow velocity in ducts for ventilation in 7.5 m / sec
: – 12.5 m / Sec
pump room, boiler room, generator room, toilet (1500 – 2500 FPM)
exhaust & Kitchen exhaust.
Maximum friction 0.65 Pa /: M run (0.08 inch
WG/100 ft run)
iii. Ventilation Fan:
Maximum fan outlet velocity for fan upto 9.14 m/sec

: (1800 fpm)
450 mm dia.
Maximum fan outlet velocity for fan 12 m/sec (2400 fpm)
above 450 mm dia.
Page 185
Maximum fan speed for fans. 1440:RPM

iv. Filtration:
Re circulated air Pre-filtration shall be through washable synthetic

(mixed fresh & return type air filters having 90% efficiency down to 10
air) at air handling microns (MERV 8)
units. Further filtration shall be through MERV 13 filters
having 99% efficiency down to 3 microns
HEPA filters where ever required shall be as relevant standard
v. Piping shall be sized for the following design parameters :
Maximum velocity : 2.5 M/Sec

Maximum friction : 5 M/100 M Run
Page 186
N. Design Basis Report-

Building Management System
1. General
The EPC Contractor shall carry out Design, Engineering, Supply, Installation, and
Testing & Commissioning of BMS Works.
Complete system shall be hooked on to BMS system; each building shall be controlled
individually with additional central controller in plant room. The different buildings
shall be interconnected on LAN infrastructure. Proposed BMS system shall be logically
structured into three distinctive levels, which are Management Level, Automation
Level and Field Level. Each level shall be autonomous from the other. Peer to peer
communication shall be possible on all system levels and the system design shall be
modular in structure to allow straight forward extensions.
SCADA System shall be provided for control & monitoring of various parameters of all
Substation Equipment & SCADA system will be hooked up to BMS. Necessary
hardware/software required for hooking up /hand shake of BMS system shall be
provided.
HVAC, Fire, WTP, ETP, STP, PA System, HSD storage pumping system & Lifts etc. will
also be hooked on to BMS system.
State of art Building Management System (BMS) will integrate multiple building
functions including equipment supervision and control, alarm management, energy
management, information management and historical data collection and archiving.
The system shall be modular in nature and shall permit expansion of both capacity
and functionality through the addition of field devices / programming. The failure of
any single component or network connection shall not interrupt the execution of
control strategies at other operational devices.
2. Scope of Work
The proposed BMS system will consist of the following:
Central control station for monitoring, control and alarm through operator interface
station (OIS). Software for building management system and energy management
system. System integration unit consisting of gateways, interface units etc. Portable
operator terminals, Sensors and field devices consisting of but not limited to the
following:
 Immersion type temperature sensors
 Duct type temperature sensors
 Outside air and humidity sensors
 Water flow meter
Page 187
 Differential pressure switch across the AHU

 Level switches for indicating water level in cooling towers, tanks etc.
 Water flow switches
 pH Sensor
 TDS Sensor
 Differential pressure transmitters
 Current transducers
 Voltage transducers
Stand-alone intelligent 32 bit Direct Digital Controller (DDC), Line/Field Devices etc. for
but not limited to the following:
 HVAC system
 VRV/VRF system
 Hot water system
 Water supply system
 Water softening plant
 Firefighting system
 Fire alarm system
 Lifts, Escalators (if any)
 UPS
 VFD integration
 Fire alarm integration
 LT panels energy consumption parameters
 Air handing unit & Forced cooling unit
 Solar PV system/Inverters
 Public Address System & CCTV System
The plant will operate automatically as per programmed schedule the controllers will
estimate the actual requirement on any particular day depending on outside temperature
and accordingly decide the lead time required to achieve design inside conditions, in all
areas, at the start of offices.
DDC to DDC networking shall be through LAN Cabling.
All standby pumps can be rotated to provide equal wear and tear and reduce fatigue.
The water supply system is controlled and operated as per requirement without any
wastage.
All other services are monitored as per requirement.
Comprehensive I/O summary with relevant A/I, A/O, D/I, D/O details for all equipment
and systems covered under BMS shall be prepared during detailed engineering.
Page 188
PARAMETERS TO BE CONTROLLED/MONITORED WITH IBMS

R stands for “Required”
S. Description AI DI AO DO Monitor Control Alarm TYPE SENSORS OTHER CONTROLS
No.
A HVAC Equipment (HIGH
SIDE)
1 Chilling Machines
a Chiller On/Off R R Relay Output Potential Free Contact in Chiller Panel
b Chiller Run Status R R R Potential Free Contact in Chiller Panel
c Chiller Auto/Manual R Potential Free Contact in Chiller Panel
Status
d Chiller -Water Temp R R 0-10VDC signal from chiller panel
Reset
e Chiller trip / Fault R R Potential Free Contact in Chiller Panel
f Chiller- Chilled water R R Immersion Type Suitable Insertion Provision
supply Temp In (1) + Sensor
Out
g Chilled Water Flow R R Water Flow switch Suitable Insertion Provision
Status
h Motorized valve on R
evaporator
i Motorized valve on R Potential Free Contact in B/F Valve
evaporator status limit switch
j Motorized valve on R
condenser
k Motorized valve on R Potential Free Contact in B/F Valve
condenser status limit switch
n Chilled water Return R R Flow meter Suitable Insertion Provision
Flow rate
o Integrator for chiller Integrator Integrator interface card
machines
p Ambient Temp sensor R R Suitable Insertion Provision
q Ambient RH sensor R R Suitable Insertion Provision
r Chilling machine Integrator unit/ software connectivity
- - - -
microprocessor
Page 189
(software integration)
Vacuum degaser & R R Integrator unit/ software connectivity
pressurization unit R R
integration
Total
2 Chilled Water Pumps (Primary and Secondary pumps)

a Primary Chilled Water R R Relay Output Potential Free Contact in Pump
Pump On/Off Starter Panel
b Primary Chilled Water R R R Potential Free Contact in Pump
Pump Run Status Starter Panel
c Primary Chilled Water R R Differential Suitable Insertion Provision
Pump Flow Status Pressure Switch
(Water)
d Secondary Chilled R R Relay Output Potential Free Contact in Pump
Water Pump On/Off Starter Panel
f Secondary Chilled R R R Potential Free
Water Pump Run Status Contact in Pump
Starter Panel
g Secondary CHW Pump R R Differential Suitable Insertion Provision
Flow Status Pressure Switch
(Water)
h Secondary Chilled R 0-10VDC Signal Acceptance of BMS signal.
Water Pump VFD from controller
integration
Total
3 Condenser Water
Pumps
a Condenser Pump R R Relay Output Potential Free Contact in Pump
On/Off Starter Panel
b Condenser Pump Run R R R Potential Free Contact in Pump
Status Starter Panel
c Condenser Pump Flow R R Differential Suitable Insertion Provision
Status Pressure Switch
Page 190
(Water)
d Condenser water supply R Immersion Type Suitable Insertion Provision
header temperature Sensor
e Condenser water return R Immersion Type Suitable Insertion Provision
header temperature Sensor
Total
4 Cooling Tower
a Cooling Tower Fan R R Relay Output Potential Free Contact in Starter
On/off Panel
b Cooling Tower Air Flow R R Differential Potential Free Contact in Starter
Status Pressure Switch Panel
(Air)
c Cooling Tower Sump R R Low Level Switch Suitable Insertion Provision
Low Water
d Cooling Tower 'IN" R R Connectivity to BMS Motorized Valves
valves On/Off
e Cooling Tower 'IN" R R R Potential Free Contact in the B/F
valves On/Off Status valve limit switch
f Cooling Tower Header - R R Immersion Type Suitable Insertion Provision
In water temperature Sensor
g Cooling Tower - Out R R Immersion Type Suitable Insertion Provision
water temperature Sensor
Total
5 Electrical panels of
HVAC
a Incoming breaker R R Potential Free Contact in the electrical
ON/OFF status Panel
b Bus coupler ON/OFF R R Potential Free Contact in the electrical
status Panel
c Multi-function meter R Integration
integration
d Incoming breaker trip R R Potential Free Contact in the electrical
status Panel
Page 191
e Bus coupler trip status R R Potential Free Contact in the electrical

Panel
Total
6 LOW SIDE
Air Handling units
a AHU On/Off R R Relay Output Potential Free Contact in the AHU
Panel
b AHU Air flow Status R R Differential Suitable Insertion Provision
Pressure Switch
(Air)
c AHU Filter Status R R Differential Suitable Insertion Provision
Pressure
Switch(Filter)
d AHU motor trip status R R Relay Output Potential Free Contact in the AHU
Panel
e Return Temperature R R Room Temperature Suitable Insertion Provision
Sensors Sensor
f Motorized valve R R Connectivity to BMS Motorised Valves
controlling
g AHU Auto/Manual R R Potential Free contact from the
Status Auto/Manual switch
h Ambient Enthalpy R R Temp & humidity Suitable Installation Provision
Sensor Sensor(outside air)
i CO2 level monitoring in R R Connectivity to BMS CO2 sensors
office areas
j Fresh air volume R R R Connectivity to BMS Modulating Damper
control damper
(Operated with CO2
Sensor)
k Return air volume R R R Connectivity to BMS Modulating Damper
control damper
l Exhaust air damper R R R Connectivity to BMS Modulating Damper
m Return air damper R R R Connectivity to BMS Modulating Damper
n AHU VFD Frequency R R Connectivity to BMS VFD in AHU
Page 192
Modulation
o Vane Axial fans ON / R R Relay output Potential Free Contact in panel.
OFF - free air cooling
p Vane Axial fans ON / R R Differential Suitable Insertion Provision
OFF - free air cooling pressure switch
(air)
q Vane Axial fans Auto R R Potential Free Contact in the Blower
Manual Status Starter Panel
Total
7 Pressurization Fans
a Pressurisation Fans for R R Relay Output Potential Free Contact in the Blower
supply ON/OFF Starter Panel
b Pressurisation Fans R R Relay Output Potential Free Contact in the Blower
on/off status Starter Panel
c Pressurisation Fans R R Relay Output Potential Free Contact in the Blower
Auto/Manual Status Starter Panel
d Pressurisation Fans Air R R R Differential Suitable Insertion Provision
Flow Status Pressure Switch
(Air)
Total
B Fire Fighting System & Drinking Water Pumps

1 Fire Fighting System
a Jockey Pump Run Status R R R Potential Free Contact in Starter Panel
b Jockey Pump Flow R R R Water Flow Switch Suitable Insertion Provision
Status
c Sprinkler Pump Run R R R Potential Free Contact in Starter Panel
Status
d Sprinkler Pump Flow R R R Water Flow Switch Suitable Insertion Provision
Status
e Diesel Engine driven R R R Potential Free Contact in Starter Panel
pump Run Status
f Diesel Engine driven R R R Water flow switch Suitable Insertion Provision
pump flow status
Page 193
g Diesel Engine Battery R R DC Voltage Suitable Insertion Provision

Voltage Transducer
h Day Fuel Oil Storage R R Flameproof Level Suitable Insertion Provision
Tank Low Level Switch
i Day Fuel Oil Storage R R Flameproof Level Suitable Insertion Provision
Tank High Level Switch
j Main electric driven fire R R R Potential Free Contact in Starter Panel
pump run status.
k Main electric driven fire R R R Water flow switch Suitable Insertion Provision
pump flow status
l Fire Fighting Tank Level R R R Level Switch Suitable Insertion Provision
monitoring (U.G. Tanks)
m Fire Fighting tank R R R Level Switch Suitable Insertion Provision
high/low level
monitoring (O.H. Tank)
n Fire hydrant line R R R Water Pressure Suitable Insertion Provision
pressure monitoring Transducer
o Sprinkler flow switch Integration
annunciation panel
Total
2 Water supply pump sets

a Pump Run Status R R R Potential Free Contact in Starter Panel
b Pump Flow Status R R R Water Flow Switch Suitable Insertion Provision
c Pump Flushing R R R Potential Free Contact in Starter Panel
d Pump Flow Status R R x Water Flow Switch Suitable Insertion Provision
Flushing
e Drinking Water Tank R R R Level Switch Suitable Insertion Provision
Level monitoring (U.G.
Tanks)
Total
C Automatic Analogue Addressable Fire Detection and Alarm system
a Integration R Integration Automatic Analogue Addressable Fire
Page 194
Detection and Alarm Panel
D Lifts
a Integration with Lift R Integration
panel(s)
E Electric Sub-Station R SCADA integration

Comprising of DG Sets,
Transformers, HT & LT
Panels, Capacitor
Panels, HSD Pumping
system etc.
F UPS R Integration
G Solar PV Inverters R Integration
located at Various
Buildings
H Energy Meters of R Integration
Electrical Distribution
Panels located at
various buildings
Page 195
ANNEXURE-I
(FINISHING SCHEDULE-
AIIMS-BATHINDA)
Page 196
ANNEXURE-II
(TENTATIVE LIST OF MEDICAL EQUIPMENT-
AIIMS-BATHINDA)
Page 197
Sl.
Name of the Item Qty Unit
No
1. TEACHING BLOCK
A DEPARTMENT OF ANATOMY
1 Mortury Cooler/ Refrigerator 2 No.
2 Embalming Machine 3 No.
3 Meat cutting Machine (Bakon's slicer) 1 No.
4 Binocular Microscope (Student) 50 No.
Binocular Microscope (for faculty and teachers) with

5 1 No.
photographic attachment
6 Hot plate - Electrical 2 No.
7 Incubator 2 No.
8 Rotary Microtome 1 No.
9 Analytical Balance 1 No.
10 Dissection Table - Std 10 No.
11 Dissection table small 10 No.
12 X - Ray viewing Lobby 40 No.
13 Water Purification System 1 No.
Human Skeleton Articulated (Real

14 1 No.
Bones)
Complete Human Bones set

15 1 No.
disarticulated (Real Bones)
16 Charts (in set) 1 No.
17 Models (in set) 1 No.
18 Lquid Nitrogen Drum 6 No.
19 Sledge and freezing microtome 1 No.
20 Refrigerator -330L (Laboratory type) 1 No.
21 Dissecting Microscope 2 No.
Page 198
Sl.
No
22 Centrifuge Machine (Table top centrifuge) 2 No.
23 Laminar Air Flow Chamber 4 No.
24 Deep freezer (-20 deg C) 2 No.
25 Deep freezer (-80 deg C) 2 No.
26 Paraffin water bath 2 No.
27 Water bath serological 3 No.
28 Paraffin embedding system 1 No.
29 Plastination Equipment 1 No.
30 Inverted Microscope 1 No.
B. DEPARTMENT OF BIOCHEMISTRY
1 Blood gas analyzer 2 No.
2 Analytical balance(Hi end) 4 No.
3 Handheld Particulate counter 2 No.
4 Hot air oven 3 No.
5 Incubator 4 No.
6 Biosafety Cabinet 1 No.
7 Liquid Nitrogen Drum 3 No.
8 Ultra Sonicator 2 No.
9 Orbital shaker 1 No.
10 Gradient PCR Machine 2 No.
11 Real time PCR 2 No.
12 Chemiluminescence & Gel imaging & analysis system 1 No.
13 Vertical Laminar flow bench with Hepa filter 1 No.
14 Vertical gel electrophoresis 4 No.
15 Electrolyte analyzer 2 No.
Page 199
Sl.
No
16 HPLC system 1 No.
Random access high throughput fully automated chemistry

17 1 No.
analyzer
Random access medium throughput fully automated

18 3 No.
chemistry analyzer
19 Elisa reader with washer and shaker 2 No.
20 Laminar flow with PCR 2 No.
21 Vertical Laminar flow bench with Hepa filter 2 No.
22 UV Visible Double Beam Spectrophotometer 1 No.
23 Ultra-Centrifuge 1 No.
24 Refrigerated centrifuge 1 No.
25 Refrigerated Micro-centrifuge 4 No.
27 Cell counter and sizer 1 No.
28 Semiauto analyzer 4 No.
29 Laminar airflow for cell culture 2 No.
30 Top loading balance 6 No.
31 Binocular microscope 12 No.
32 Nano spectro bio photometer 1 No.
33 Fluorescent microscope 2 No.
34 Inverted microscope with PC 2 No.
35 CO2 incubator 1 No.
36 ICE flaking machine 1 No.
37 Autoclave (vertical) 2 No.
38 Refrigerator (300-380L) 8 No.
39 BOD incubator 2 No.
Page 200
Sl.
No
40 All glass distillation apparatus 1 No.
41 Bench top Flow-cytometer 1 No.
42 Peristaltic pump 2 No.
43 Agarose gel electrophoresis system 4 No.
Random access small through put fully automated clinical

44 2 No.
chemistry analyzer
45 Vertical deep freezer -20deg 4 No.
46 Vertical deep freezer -80deg 2 No.
47 Fully automated chemiluminiscence immunoassay analyzer 1 No.
48 Elisa reader 2 No.
49 Microplate multimode reader 1 No.
HPLC based automated analyzer for HbA1c &

50 1 No.
hemoglobinopathy testing
51 Fraction collection 1 No.
52 Lyophilizer 1 No.
53 Beta counter 1 No.
54 Transilluminator with UV stand and UV torch 1 No.
55 Western blot apparatus 2 No.
C. DEPARTMENT OF PHYSIOLOGY
1 Binocular microscope - Students 50 No.
2 Trinocular microscope - Teaching 2 No.
3 Priestly Smith Perimeter 20 No.
4 Ophthalmoscope 4 No.
5 Olfactometer 1 No.
6 Thermal aesthesiometer - Digital 1 No.
7 Von frey Aesthesiometer 1 No.
Page 201
Sl.
No
8 Dales Organ bath 20 No.
9 Lab refrigerator 1 No.
11 Electronic Muscle Stimulator 3 No.
12 Storage Oscilloscope - 4 channel 1 No.
13 Physiograph 3 channel 12 No.
14 Water purification system 1 No.
15 Lagendroff's Apparatus 4 No.
16 Single channel physiological recorder 20 No.
17 ECG machine 12 channel 3 No.
18 ECG machine single channel 5 No.
19 Algometer 1 No.
20 Kymograph with accessories 20 No.
21 EEG 1 No.
D DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNITY MEDICINE
1 Comparator, Nessler 4 No.
2 Barometer - Precision, Fortin 1 No.
3 Barometer - Aneroid with thermometer 1 No.
4 Hygrometers, wet and dry bulb 1 No.
5 Binocular Microscope (For students) 35 No.
6 Binocular Microscope (For Teachers) 5 No.
7 Continuous Dichotomous Ambient Particulate Monitor 2 No.
8 Continuous Emissions Monitoring System 2 No.
9 SO3 Analyzer 2 No.
10 CO Analyzer 2 No.
Page 202
Sl.
No
11 Enhanced Trace Level SO2 Analyzer 2 No.
12 Dosimeter 2 No.
13 Dissecting Microscope (10 X) 50 No.
14 Analytical Balance 200 gm 4 No.
15 Centrifuge clinical 2 No.
17 CO2 incubator 1 No.
18 Auto analyser 1 No.
19 Fat Extraction 1 No.
20 Incubator, electric 1 No.
21 Biological safety cabinet 1 No.
22 Intra Uterine device insertion trainer 4 No.
23 Ultrasound machine 1 No.
24 Portable Flash Autoclave 2 No.
25 Otorhinolaryngoscope 5 No.
26 Ph Meter 10 No.
27 Aspirators/ Suction Tubes 10 No.
28 ECG Machine (12 channel) 3 No.
29 Fetoscope 10 No.
E DEPARTMENT OF MICROBIOLOGY
1 Ultraviolet/White light trans-illuminator 1 No.
2 Analytical Weighing Scale – electronics 2 No.
Laboratory Autoclave- Microprocessor controlled Stainless

3 1 No.
steel horizontal
4 Bio safety cabinet Class II A 2 No.
Page 203
Sl.
No
5 Bio safety cabinet Class II B 1 No.
6 CO2 Incubator 1 No.
7 Micro pipette adjustable, 20ul,50ul,100ul,1000ul capacity 2 sets of 2
8 Deep freezers -20 deg C 1 No.
9 Deep freezers -800C- Vertical 1 No.
10 Electronic pipettes digitally adjustable 4 No.
11 Pharmaceutical refrigerators 4 No.
12 Laminar Airflow work station with HEPA filter complete 2 No.
13 Automated tissue grinder(Homozenizer) 1 No.
Automated continuous monitoring stand alone blood

14 1 No.
culture system
Table top refrigerated centrifuged with accessories with

15 1 No.
adjustable rotor to hold different size tubes
16 Walk-in-cooler 4oC (9x8x7 ft) 1 No.
17 All glass distillation apparatus for D.W 2 No.
18 Multi-channel pipette 10-50ul, 20-200 ul 2 sets of 2
19 Laboratory centrifuge 2 No.
20 Desiccator cabinet 1 No.
21 Hot air oven microprocessor control 2 No.
22 Digital Standard Lab Bacteriological Incubator 4 No.
23 Vertical autoclave 3 No.
High Air Flow sampler with media plate for collection of air
24 1 No.
sample for bacteriological monitoring of O.T, I.C.U etc.
Polycarbonate Anaerobic Jar with charges complete ( Gas

25 3 No.
pack )to hold 5-9 plates
26 Membrane filter holder with hand held vacuum pump 1 No.
27 Water purification system for ultrapure nuclease free 1 No.
Page 204
Sl.
No
water
Fully automated Gel Documentation system with UPS back

28 1 No.
up
29 UV/Visual spectrophotometer 1 No.
30 Gradient Thermal Cycler with stand-alone UPS 1 No.
32 Dry Heating block for PCR 1 No.
Gel electrophoresis horizontal with compatible power pack

33 1 No.
and accessories
34 Semi-automated ELISA system with washers 2 No.
35 Water bath microprocessor controlled 2 No.
36 Liquid nitrogen cylinder 1 No.
37 Positive pressure pump for tissue culture media prep. 1 No.
Binocular Microscopes research complete for faculty and

38 with digital imaging and morphometry software with 1 No.
photographic attachment for each section
39 Binocular Microscope - Student for UG 100 No.
40 Phase contrast and dark ground microscope 1 No.
41 Incubator BOD 2 No.
Automated rapid T.B culture and drug sensitivity detection

42 1 No.
system
43 Lyophilizer 1 No.
44 Automatic Ice Flaking Machine 1 No.
Immunoanalyser (Chemiluminescence based) fully

45 1 No.
automated with UPS back up
46 Orbital shaker without incubator 1 No.
47 Table top dispenser 1 No.
48 Anaerobic work station with gas cylinder complete 1 No.
Page 205
Sl.
No
49 Real Time PCR machine with stand-alone UPS unit 1 No.
50 Forced Air incubators microprocessor controlled 5-600C 1 No.
51 Sonicator 1 No.
52 Hybridization chamber system 1 No.
Binocular Fluorescence microscope with photography

53 1 No.
attachment complete
54 Refrigerated shaker 1 No.
Inverted microscope with phase contrast and epi-

55 1 No.
fluorescent attachment
F DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACOLOGY
1 Analgesiometer - Tail Flick (Digital) 1 No.
2 Polygraph (Sixteen channel research) 1 No.
3 Electroconvulsiometer (with ear and corneal electrodes) 1 No.
4 Cook's Pole Climbing Apparatus 1 No.
5 Rotarod (6 compartments)- 1 No.
6 Photoactometer 1 No.
7 Elevated Plus Maze 1 No.
8 Tissue Homogenizer 1 No.
9 Portable Autoclave (25L) 1 No.
10 Incubator (20 - 100 degC) 1 No.
11 Digital Spirometer 1 No.
12 Bicycle ergometer with digital display 1 No.
Double beam UV spectrophotometer (UV-Vis, variable

13 wavelength, glass and quartz cuvettes with data analysis 1 No.
software and computer interface and power back-up)
14 Refrigerator -20 deg C (With boxes to store samples) 1 No.
15 Treadmill (motorized) for humans with cardiac monitor 1 No.
Page 206
Sl.
No
16 Digital Reaction Time apparatus 1 No.
17 Multiple Choice Apparatus (with digital display) 1 No.
18 Critical flicker fusion apparatus 1 No.
Quaternary FHPLC (Fast High Pressure Liquid

Chromatography) with Fluorescence + visible and PDA
19 detectors with columns and auto sampler (Inclusive 1 No.
Software programme + computer + printer+ Online UPS
with at least 1 hr backup)
20 Water purification system for HPLC 1 No.
21 ELISA reader (automated) 1 No.
22 Electrolyte Analyzer 1 No.
23 ECG Machine 12 channel 1 No.
24 Student Electric Kymograph with drum 4 No.
25 Isolated Organ bath 4 No.
26 Lab. Centrifuge Machine (Digital) 2 No.
27 Electronic Balance 1 No.
28 Cardiac Monitor 1 No.
29 Multi-Channel Pipette (Manual) 1 No.
30 Bioelectrical Impedance Analyzer for body composition 1 No.
G DEPARTMENT OF LAB MEDICINE AND PATHOLOGY
1 Electronic Blood Cell Counter with five part differential 1 No.
2 Coagulation analyzer, automated 1 No.
3 ESR analyser 1 No.
4 Automated urine analyser 1 No.
5 Binocular microscope 2 No.
6 High speed Cold Centrifuge 1 No.
7 Centrifuge machine (Table top) 5 No.
Page 207
Sl.
No
8 Deep freeze (-20°) 1 No.
9 Deep freeze (-80°) 1 No.
10 High speed autoclave 1 No.
11 Vacuum Assisted Tissue Processor 2 No.
Embedding Station with Hot & Cold Table & Paraffin

12 2 No.
Dispenser
13 Microtome-Semi Automated 2 No.
14 Cryomicrotome 1 No.
15 Pentahead Microscope 1 No.
16 Cytospin 1 No.
H DEPARTMENT OF LAB MEDICINE AND FORENSIC MEDICINE & TOXICOLOGY
1 Downdraft ventilated Autopsy Table with Integral Sink 2 No.
2 Downdraft ventilated, Stainless steel, Dissecting Bench 2 No.
3 Air purifier 2 No.
4 Cadaver lift Conveyor style 2 No.
5 Weighing Machine for dead bodies 1 No.
6 Weighing Machine for organs/fetus 3 No.
7 Oscillating Electric Autopsy Saw 2 No.
8 Dissecting Instruments (as per list attached) 1 set
9 Cadaver/ Autopsy carrier 3 No.
10 Mobile X- Ray system 1 No.
11 Student upright Binocular Microscopes 20 No.
12 Binocular research Microscope with camera attachment 1 No.
13 Analytical Digital Balance single pan 1 No.
14 Centrifuge Machine 1 No.
Page 208
Sl.
No
15 Dissecting Lights (Double Ceiling Mounts) 2 No.
16 Mortuary Cooler 2 No.
2. SPECIALITY DEPARTMENTS
A DEPARTMENT OF GENERAL SURGERY
1 Electro hydraulic OT table 1 No.
2 Hydraulic OT table 1 No.
3 Laparoscope set 1 No.
4 Open surgery instrument 1 set
5 ESU 3 No.
6 Ultrasonic Cutting & coag. 1 No.
7 ESU with vessel sealing 1 No.
8 Suction Machine 4 No.
9 Miscellaneous 1 Lum
B DEPARTMENT OF GENERAL MEDICINE & IMMUNOLOGY
1 Multichannel monitor 5 No.
2 Syringe infusion pump 30 No.
3 Defibrillator 2 No.
6 LED View Box 2 No.
7 DVT Pump 1 No.
8 Bi PAP/ CPAP 3 No.
9 Temporary Pacer 1 No.
C DEPARTMENT OF PEADIATRICS
Page 209
Sl.
No
1 Neonatal open care system 6 No.
2 Weighing Machine(Infant) 1 No.
3 Weighing Machine(nappy) 1 No.
4 Infantometer 1 No.
5 Stadiometer 1 No.
6 Ventilator(Neonatal) with HFO 1 No.
7 Phototherapy machine single surface 5 No.
8 Centrifuge machine with hematocrit reader(Capillary) 1 No.
9 Micro method bilirubin analyzer 1 No.
10 Transcutaneous bilirubin analyzer 1 No.
11 Oxygen hood 15 No.
12 Self-Inflating bag,300 ml(double wall silicon) 20 No.
15 Laryngoscope with different size of blade size 3 No.
16 Irradiance meter 1 No.
17 Transport Incubator 1 No.
18 Air Oxygen blender 1 No.
19 Weighing Machine(Pediatrics) 1 No.
20 Bubble CPAP machine 2 No.
21 Multiparameter monitor 3 No.
22 Pulse Oximeter 6 No.
D DEPARTMENT OF ORTHOPEADICS
1 Orthopedic table with attachments 2 No.
Page 210
Sl.
No
2 Cautery Machine with Vessel Sealing 1 No.
3 Cautery machine 2 No.
4 Suction machine 2 No.
5 C-arm 1 No.
6 Tourniquet 2 No.
7 Battery operated drills 1 No.
8 General orthopedic instruments (Set 1 to 6) 2 Sets
9 Plaster saw and equipments 2 No.
10 Arthroscopy System 1 No.
11 Pneumatic drill system 1 No.
12 Orthopedic Bed with Balkan frame with traction attachment 4 No.
E DEPARTMENT OF OPHTHALMOLOGY
1 Photo – slit lamp with applanation tonometer 1 No.
2 Noncontact tonometer 1 No.
3 ND: YAG Laser- 1064 nm 1 No.
4 Ophthalmic Operating Microscope 1 No.
5 Digital Fundus Camera (Mydriatic & Non - Mydriatic) 1 No.
6 Auto Refractokeratometer 1 No.
7 Visual field analyser 1 No.
8 Ultrasound (A+B scan) with Pachymeter 1 No.
9 532nm Green laser Console 1 No.
10 Indirect Ophthalmoscope (Wireless) 1 No.
11 Hi Speed Steam Flash Sterilizer 1 No.
12 Autolensometer 1 No.
Page 211
Sl.
No
13 Hand held Kerotometer 1 No.
14 Teller Acuity Charts 1 No.
15 Electro hyraulic Ot table 1 No.
F DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHIATRY
1 Electro Convulsive Therapy (ECT) machine 2 No.
2 Boyle's Apparatus 1 No.
3 Multi Parameter Patient Monitor 1 No.
4 Psychological tests (20 tests) 1 No.
5 Computerized Biofeedback Machine 1 No.
G DEPARTMENT OF DERMATOLOGY
1 IPL( Intense Pulse Light System) 1 No.
2 Radiofrequency ablation (RFA) machine 1 No.
3 MOTOR (ELECTRIC) DERMABRADER 1 No.
4 Dermascope 1 No.
5 Operating Binocular magnifier 1 No.
6 Trinocular Microscope with camera attachment 1 No.
7 Dermatology procedure chair 1 No.
8 Hand foot UV phototherapy device 1 No.
9 Vertical Autoclave 1 No.
10 Dermatology hand instruments 1 No.
11 Electro hyraulic OT table 1 No.
Page 212
Sl.
No
H DEPARTMENT OF ENT (OTORHINOLARYNGOLOGY)
1 ENT Operating Microscope 1 No.
2 Pure tone Audiometer 1 No.
3 Tympanometer 1 No.
4 OAE(screening) 1 No.
5 BERA with ASSR 1 No.
6 Endoscopic sinus surgery set 1 Sets
7 Shaver System cum micro drill 1 No.
8 Full HD camera with recording system 1 No.
Surgical instruments- ear

Surgical instruments- nose/rhinoplasty
Surgical instruments- tonsils & adenoids
9 1 Sets
Surgical instruments- tracheostomy
Surgical instruments- microlaryngeal surgery
General Surgical instruments- head & neck
10 LED Head Light 2 No.
11 Xenon head light with micro camera 1 No.
12 Bronchoscopy 1 No.
13 Esophagoscopy 1 No.
14 Flexible rhino-pharyngo-laryngoscope 1 No.
15 Videolaryngoscope 1 No.
16 Radiofrequency Unit For ENT 1 No.
17 Videonystagmography(VNG) 1 No.
18 Electro hyraulic Ot table 1 No.
I DEPARTMENT OF OBSTETRICS & GYNECOLOGY
Page 213
Sl.
No
Laparoscopic Surgery Set with Hysterestoscope & resectoscope

1 1 Sets
with High Definition Camera & Monitor
2 Portable Ultrasound & Colour Doppler 1 No.
3 Cardiotocography Machine 2 No.
4 Gynae. OT Table 1 No.
5 Delivery Bed 2 No.
6 LEEP SYSTEM with Smoke Evacuator & integrated cart 1 No.
7 Cryo Surgical System 1 No.
8 Caesarean set 1 No.
9 Hysterectomy set 1 No.
10 MTP Suction 2 No.
11 Multiparameter Monitor 1 No.
12 Syringe Infusion pump 2 No.
13 ESU with Vessel Sealing 1 No.
J DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL MEDICINE & REHABILITATION (PMR)
1 Treatment Tables with postural drainage 1 No.
2 DVT prophylaxis pumps (calf and ankle) One set = Pair 2 No.
Operation theater instruments (as per requirement) See Separate

3 1 Sets
Worksheet
4 Exercise table 2 No.
5 Tilt table (Manual) 1 No.
6 Tilt Table (Motorized) 1 No.
7 Parallel bar( 12ft with platform with mirror 1 No.
8 Recumbent Cycle Excerciser 1 No.
9 Movement Therapy System for upper limb and lower limb 1 No.
Page 214
Sl.
No
10 Quadriceps exerciser stand 1 No.
11 Stair training unit with ramp (wooden with straight type) 1 No.
12 Wheelchairs, folding, manual, different sizes 4 No.
13 Motorized wheelchair 1 No.
14 Medical Gym 1 No.
15 Hip, knee, ankle CPM 1 No.
16 Shoulder CPM 1 No.
17 Ultrasonic Therapy 1 No.
18 Cryotherapy 1 No.
19 Laser Therapy unit 1 No.
20 Short wave diathermy 1 No.
21 Interferential therapy 1 No.
22 Moist heat therapy unit (8 Packs) Heavy duty 1 No.
23 Paraffin wax bath 1 No.
24 TENS unit 2 No.
25 Lumbar and cervical Traction 1 No.
26 Combination therapy unit (Portable) 1 No.
27 Robo walk Treadmill with reverse belting and safety harness 1 No.
3. SUPER SPECIALITY DEPARTMENTS
A DEPARTMENT OF CARDIOLOGY
1 CATH Lab including All accessories and EP 1 No.
4 Syringe Pump 10 No.
Page 215
Sl.
No
5 Volumetric Infusion Pump 4 No.
6 Ventilator 4 No.
7 4D Echo Cardiography 1 No.
8 X Ray Viewing Lobby 2 Film 2 No.
9 Suction apparatus 3 No.
10 Crash cart 3 No.
16 Patient warmer unit 1 No.
20 Mobile spot light 2 No.
24 Refrigerator 1 No.
25 Alternate pressure pad system 6 No.
26 Holter monitor 1 No.
27 Needle Destroyer 5 No.
31 ECG machine three Channel 1 No.
32 TMT machine with ergometer or thread mill 1 No.
35 Tilted table 1 No.
36 Miscellaneous and Consumables 1 Lum
B DEPARTMENT OF CTVS
1 Electro hydraulic OT Table with all accessories 1 No.
2 Heart Lung Machine 1 No.
3 Sternal Saw 1 No.
4 Electro Surgical Diathermy 1 No.
5 Portable Color Doppler 1 No.
6 Surgical Instrument set for various procedures 1 Sets
Page 216
Sl.
No
7 IABP Machine 1 No.
8 ACT Machine 1 No.
9 Surgical Loupe 2 No.
10 Operating head lamps with Light source source 1 No.
11 Patient warming system 1 No.
12 Crash Cart 3 No.
13 Portable Ventilator 1 No.
15 Defibrillator 3
16 Syringe Infusion Pump 7 No.
20 X ray viewing Lobby 2 film 2 No.
21 Induction Heater 2 No.
22 Nebulizer 6 No.
23 Arterial Blood gas Analyser 1 No.
24 Refrigerator 1 No.
26 Pacemaker Single Chamber - External 2 No.
27 Pacemaker Dual Chamber - External 2 No.
28 Suction machine 3 No.
C DEPARTMENT OF NEUROLOGY
1 Vedio EEG Machine 1 No.
Page 217
Sl.
No
2 4 channel EMG/NCV/EP Machine 1 No.
3 Portable EEG Machine 1 No.
4 Portable EMG Machine 1 No.
5 32 channal VEEG 1 No.
6 Transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulator 1 No.
7 Video Polysomnography 1 No.
8 ECG Machine Three channel 1 No.
11 Pulse oximeter 2 No.
D DEPARTMENT OF NEUROSURGERY
2 ICP Monitor 2 No.
3 Neuro Surgical Drill with all attachments. 1 No.
4 C-Arm Image Intensifier 1 No.
5 Facial Nerve Stimultor 1 No.
6 Intra Operative Nerve Monitoring 1 No.
7 Transcranial Doppler 1 No.
8 Neuro Surgical hand Instruments set 2 Sets
9 Electro Surgical Diathermy 1 No.
10 PCA Pumps 2 No.
12 Multiparmaeter Monitor 2 No.
Page 218
Sl.
No
17 Operating Microscope 1 No.
E DEPARTMENT OF GASTROENTEROLOGY
1 Argon Plasma Coagulation System 1 No.
2 C-arm with Image Intensifier 1 No.
3 Cautery Machine 1 No.
4 Colour Doppler (3D) 1 No.
5 Defibrillator with ECG Monitor 1 No.
6 Endoscopic Ultrasound 1 No.
7 Fibroscan Machine 1 No.
8 Molecular Adsorbent Recirculation System (MARS System) 1 No.
9 Multiparameter Monitor – 5 Para 2 No.
10 Non-invasive ventilator 1 No.
11 Video Endoscopy System with accessories 1 No.
F DEPARTMENT OF GASTROENTERO SURGERY
1 Laparoscopic Surgery set with High Definition camera 1 No.
2 Cautery Machine 1 No.
3 OPEN GENERAL SURGERY INSTRUMENTS 1 No.
4 Suction Machine (High Vacuum) 1 No.
5 Ultrasonic cutting and Coagulation device 1 No.
Page 219
Sl.
No
G DEPARTMENT OF ENDOCRINOLOGY
1 DEXA SCANNER 1 No.
H DEPARTMENT OF SURGICAL ONCOLOGY
1 Defibrillator with CPR capability 2 No.
2 Multiparameter Monitor – 5 Para 5 No.
3 ESU with vessel sealing 2 No.
5 Operating Table-Electro Hydraulic 1 No.
6 CUSA (Cavitron Ultrasonic Surgical Aspirator) 1 No.
7 Ultrasonic Cutting & coag. 1 No.
I DEPARTMENT OF MEDICAL ONCOLOGY
1 Platelet Agitator 1 No.
2 Apheresis Machine(Cell seperator) 1 No.
3 Hemo Analyser 1 No.
4 Vein illumination device 2 No.
5 Infusion Pumps 10 No.
6 Laminar Flow Unit for chemotherapy 4 No.
7 Flow Cytometer 1 No.
8 ECG Machine 1 No.
9 Cardiac Monitor 10 No.
10 Chemotherapy Chair 10 No.
Page 220
Sl.
No
J DEPARTMENT OF RADIATION ONCOLOGY
1 Advanced High Energy Linear Accelerator(LA) System 1 No.
2 HDR BRACHYTHERAPY 1 No.
3 CT Simulator System 1 No.
K DEPARTMENT OF UROLOGY
1 Ultrasound machine 1 No.
2 Mobile Spot Light 3 No.
3 Urodynamic System 1 No.
5 X Ray Viewing Lobby 2 Film 2 No.
6 Pulse Oximeter 5 No.
7 Electro hydraulic OT Table 1 No.
8 Electro Surgical Diathermy with vessel sealing system 1 No.
9 Electrosurgical diathermy 1 No.
10 Laparoscopy set 1 No.
11 C-Arm Image Intensifier Unit 1 No.
12 Surgical Instrument set for various procedures 1 Sets
13 Operating head lamps with light source 1 No.
18 PCNL System 1 No.
Page 221
Sl.
No
19 Ultra Sonic Cutting & Coagulation device 1 No.
20 ESWL 1 No.
Holmium:Yag Laser With Accessories For Percutaneous And

21 1 No.
Retrograde Intrarenal Surgery
22 Ureteroscope/Ultrosound Pneumatic Lithotripsy System 1 No.
23 Urine Analyzer 1 No.
L DEPARTMENT OF NEPHROLOGY
1 Dialysis Machine 5 No.
2 ICU Bed 5 No.
3 Automatic PD Cycler 1 No.
4 Dialyser Reprocessor 2 No.
6 RO plant 1 No.
7 Mobile Spot Light 2 No.
9 CRRT Machine 1 No.
10 Flexible cyto nephrosope high end 1 No.
11 Miscellaneous 1 No.
M DEPARTMENT OF PEDIATRICS SURGERY
1 Surgical instruments for fine surgery 1 Set
2 Electro surgical unit 1 No.
3 Pediatric OT table 1 No.
4 Pediatric laparoscopy set 1 Set
5 Pediatric cystoscope and resectoscope set 1 Set
Page 222
Sl.
No
6 Pediatric bronchoscope set 1 Set
7 Pediatric rigid Esophagoscope 1 Set
4. OTHER DEPARTMENTS
A DEPARTMENT OF RADIOLOGY
1 CT 128 Slice 1 No.
2 MRI 1.5 T 1 No.
3 Digital X-Ray 1000 mA 1 No.
4 Fluoroscopy System 1 No.
5 Mobile X-Ray (High Frequency) 2 No.
6 Colour Doppler (2D & 3D) 2 No.
7 Portable Colour Doppler 2 No.
8 CR System 1 No.
9 Mammography 1 No.
B DEPARTMENT OF ANESTHESIOLOGY
1 Anesthesia work station with monitor and ventilator 15 No.
2 Drug Cart 15 No.
3 Defibrillator with CPR capability 5 No.
4 Patient warming System 10 No.
5 Blood & Fluid Warming Device 10 No.
Fibre-optic bronchoscope with monitor and recording facility

6 2 No.
for adult and paediatric
8 Recovery trolley 15 No.
9 Recovery ward monitor 30 No.
Page 223
Sl.
No
10 Nerve Stimulator 4 No.
11 ICU ventilator 30 No.
12 ICU monitor with CNS (5 nos) 50 No.
13 DVT pump 20 No.
14 View Box 5 No.
15 Blood Gas Analyser 2 No.
16 ECG machine 5 No.
17 Transport ventilator 5 No.
18 Transport Monitor 7 No.
19 Non invasive ventillator 5 No.
20 ICU BEDS 50 No.
21 ICU Beds for recovery 32 No.
C DEPARTMENT OF BLOOD BANK
1 Hemoglobinometer 2 No.
2 Blood Collection Monitor 4 No.
3 Biosealer 2 No.
4 Biosealer (Hand Held) 1 No.
5 Donor Couch 4 No.
6 Folding Donor Couch (One Set -2 Chair With One Trolley) 1 No.
7 Domestic Refrigerator (300l) 3 No.
8 Tube Stripper 3 No.
9 Refrigerated Blood Bag Centrifuge (12 Bags) 2 No.
10 Two Pan Component Balance (Digital) 1 No.
11 Manual Plasma Extractor * 4 No.
Page 224
Sl.
No
12 Blood Bank Refrigerator 2 No.
13 -40 Deep Freezer 1 No.
14 -80 Deep Freezer 1 No.
15 Platelet Agitator & Incubator (96 Bags) 1 No.
16 Reagent Refrigerator (300l) 1 No.
17 CRYO Bath 1 No.
18 Sterile Connecting Device 1 No.
19 Laminar Flow (Small) 1 No.
20 Table Top Centrifuge 4 No.
21 Elisa Reader and Washer 1 No.
22 Gel / Bead Centrifuge and Incubator 1 No.
23 Incubator (Small) 1 No.
24 Hot Air Oven (Small) 1 No.
25 VDRL Shaker 1 No.
26 Water Bath 2 No.
27 Analytical Balance 1 No.
28 Ph METER 1 No.
29 Cell Counter (3 Part Diff.) 1 No.
30 Micro Pipet 2-1000 ul 1 No.
31 Micro Pipet Fixed Volume (One Set) 1 No.
32 Microscope Binocular(Upright) 3 No.
33 Multi-Channel Pipet 1 No.
34 Mobile Transport Box 1 No.
35 Apheresis Machine 1 No.
36 Auto Clave Portable Vertical 1 No.
Page 225
Sl.
No
37 Table Top Microplate Centrifuge 1 No.
D DEPARTMENT OF EMERGENCY & TRAUMA
1 ECG Machine-12 channel 2 No.
3 Syringe Pumps 10 No.
4 Infusion Pumps 5 No.
5 Mobile X ray-100 mA 1 No.
6 Portable Ventilator 2 No.
8 ICU ventilators 5 No.
9 ESU 1 No.
10 Operating Table-Electro Hydraulic 1 No.
11 Assorted Surgical Instrument 2 No.
12 Plaster Saw with suction 1 No.
13 ICU beds 5 No.
E DEPARTMENT OF AYUSH
1 Autoclave – Table Top (25 Litres) 1 No.
2 Refrigerated Centrifuge 1 No.
3 Centrifuge - Table Top 1 No.
4 Deep Freezer -20 o C 1 No.
5 Deep Freezer -80°C 1 No.
7 Electronic Balance (High End Analytical) (200g / 0.1mg) 1 No.
Page 226
Sl.
No
8 Precision Balance 1 No.
9 Hot Plate – Electrical 2 No.
10 Lab Refrigerator 1 No.
11 Laboratory Microwave Oven 1 No.
12 Incubator With Shaker 1 No.
13 Bi Head Micro Led Fluoroscence Microscope 1 No.
14 Lyophilizer (Freeze Dryer) 1 No.
15 Magnetic Stirrer 3 No.
16 Hot Air Oven (Table Top) 1 No.
17 Vacuum Oven 1 No.
18 pH Meter 2 No.
19 Vortex Mixer 2 No.
20 Shaking Water Bath 1 No.
21 Dissecting Microscope 1 No.
22 Perculator 3 No.
23 Digital Polarimeter 1 No.
24 Refractometer 1 No.
25 Sonicator 1 No.
26 Soxhlet Apparatus 1 No.
27 Multi Channel Pipettes- Variable Volume 2 No.
28 Mouse & Rat Cages 1 No.
29 Inverted Phase Contrast Microscope 1 No.
30 Laminar Flow 1 No.
31 Automated Urine Analyser 1 No.
32 Fully Automated Cell Counter (3 Part ) 1 No.
Page 227
Sl.
No
33 Elisa Reader & Washer 1 No.
34 Semi-Automated Biochemistry Analyser 1 No.
35 Ecg Machine - 12 Channel 1 No.
36 Binocular Microscope 1 No.
37 Digital Brix Meter 1 No.
38 Dissolution Apparatus – 6 Stations 1 No.
39 Disintegration Apparatus 1 No.
40 Friability Apparatus 1 No.
41 Distillation Apparatus(Kjaldhal Apparatus) 1 No.
END OF DBR
Page 228

Vol 4: Design Basis Report: All India Institute of Medical Sciences AT

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Vol 4: Design Basis Report: All India Institute of Medical Sciences AT

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

VOL 4: DESIGN BASIS REPORT

ALL INDIA INSTITUTE OF MEDICAL SCIENCES

CLIENT EXECUTING AGENCY ARCHITECTS

MINISTRY OF HEALTH AND FAMILY

Tender No. HITES/AIIMS-BHATD/2018

Design Basis Report

CLIENT EXECUTING AGENCY ARCHITECTS

MINISTRY OF HEALTH AND FAMILY

Chapter TITLE Page No.

D. Plumbing (Water Supply and Sanitary Installation) 56

E. Solid Waste Generation and Management 64

F. Water Treatment Plant (WTP) 66

G. Reverse Osmosis System 77

H. Sewage Treatment Plant & Effluent Treatment Plant 79

I. Hot Water System including Solar System 84

J. Fire Fighting System 86

K. Electrical and LV works 106

M. HVAC System 139

N. Building Management System 187

Annexure-I - Finishing Schedule

Annexure-II - Tentative List of Medical Equipment

Construction of All India Institute for Medical Sciences at

2.3. Connectivity & Circulation

Railway Station 14.5 Km

2.4. Building Regulations

3.2. PROJECT COMPONENTS:

 Expansion of Medical College

3.3. Summary of Facilities Planned/ Provided:

Buildings/Particulars Planned/ Provided

Working Nurses Hostel 150 nos.

Blocks Total Present stage of Future Total provision

A. Detail of building floors

S. No Description No. of Floor

1 OPD + Diagnostic Block G+2

3 AYUSH Hospital (30 Beds) G+2

4 Medical & Nursing College G+4

5 Housing Type II(2Blocks) G+7

6 Housing Type III G+4

7 Housing Type IV G+3

8 Housing Type V G+2

S. No Description No. of Floor

9 Director Residence G+1

10 Guest House G+1

11 Nurse Hostel G+4

12 Boys Hostel G+4

13 Girls Hostel G+4

14 PG Students Hostel G+4

15 Working Nurses Hostel G+4

16 Night Shelter/Dharmshala G+2

19 ESS &HVAC Plant Room G

22 MGPS Manifold Room G

23 Waste management services block G

24 Central Dinning & Mess G

S. No. Department/ Speciality Bed Speciality

A Surgical and allied specialities

B Medicine and Allied Specialities

9 Obstetrics and Gynaecology

C Super Speciality Departments

S. No. Department/ Speciality Bed Speciality

17 Neuro Surgery 15 215

19 Burns and Plastic Surgery 15

25 Intensive Care Unit and Critical Care 75

TOTAL BEDS (HOSPITAL BUILDING) 720 720